OpenCores
URL https://opencores.org/ocsvn/openrisc/openrisc/trunk

Subversion Repositories openrisc

[/] [openrisc/] [trunk/] [gnu-dev/] [or1k-gcc/] [gcc/] [ada/] [exp_ch4.adb] - Blame information for rev 706

Details | Compare with Previous | View Log

Line No. Rev Author Line
1 706 jeremybenn
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2
--                                                                          --
3
--                         GNAT COMPILER COMPONENTS                         --
4
--                                                                          --
5
--                              E X P _ C H 4                               --
6
--                                                                          --
7
--                                 B o d y                                  --
8
--                                                                          --
9
--          Copyright (C) 1992-2012, Free Software Foundation, Inc.         --
10
--                                                                          --
11
-- GNAT is free software;  you can  redistribute it  and/or modify it under --
12
-- terms of the  GNU General Public License as published  by the Free Soft- --
13
-- ware  Foundation;  either version 3,  or (at your option) any later ver- --
14
-- sion.  GNAT is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITH- --
15
-- OUT ANY WARRANTY;  without even the  implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY --
16
-- or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General Public License --
17
-- for  more details.  You should have  received  a copy of the GNU General --
18
-- Public License  distributed with GNAT; see file COPYING3.  If not, go to --
19
-- http://www.gnu.org/licenses for a complete copy of the license.          --
20
--                                                                          --
21
-- GNAT was originally developed  by the GNAT team at  New York University. --
22
-- Extensive contributions were provided by Ada Core Technologies Inc.      --
23
--                                                                          --
24
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
25
 
26
with Atree;    use Atree;
27
with Checks;   use Checks;
28
with Debug;    use Debug;
29
with Einfo;    use Einfo;
30
with Elists;   use Elists;
31
with Errout;   use Errout;
32
with Exp_Aggr; use Exp_Aggr;
33
with Exp_Atag; use Exp_Atag;
34
with Exp_Ch2;  use Exp_Ch2;
35
with Exp_Ch3;  use Exp_Ch3;
36
with Exp_Ch6;  use Exp_Ch6;
37
with Exp_Ch7;  use Exp_Ch7;
38
with Exp_Ch9;  use Exp_Ch9;
39
with Exp_Disp; use Exp_Disp;
40
with Exp_Fixd; use Exp_Fixd;
41
with Exp_Intr; use Exp_Intr;
42
with Exp_Pakd; use Exp_Pakd;
43
with Exp_Tss;  use Exp_Tss;
44
with Exp_Util; use Exp_Util;
45
with Exp_VFpt; use Exp_VFpt;
46
with Freeze;   use Freeze;
47
with Inline;   use Inline;
48
with Lib;      use Lib;
49
with Namet;    use Namet;
50
with Nlists;   use Nlists;
51
with Nmake;    use Nmake;
52
with Opt;      use Opt;
53
with Par_SCO;  use Par_SCO;
54
with Restrict; use Restrict;
55
with Rident;   use Rident;
56
with Rtsfind;  use Rtsfind;
57
with Sem;      use Sem;
58
with Sem_Aux;  use Sem_Aux;
59
with Sem_Cat;  use Sem_Cat;
60
with Sem_Ch3;  use Sem_Ch3;
61
with Sem_Ch8;  use Sem_Ch8;
62
with Sem_Ch13; use Sem_Ch13;
63
with Sem_Eval; use Sem_Eval;
64
with Sem_Res;  use Sem_Res;
65
with Sem_Type; use Sem_Type;
66
with Sem_Util; use Sem_Util;
67
with Sem_Warn; use Sem_Warn;
68
with Sinfo;    use Sinfo;
69
with Snames;   use Snames;
70
with Stand;    use Stand;
71
with SCIL_LL;  use SCIL_LL;
72
with Targparm; use Targparm;
73
with Tbuild;   use Tbuild;
74
with Ttypes;   use Ttypes;
75
with Uintp;    use Uintp;
76
with Urealp;   use Urealp;
77
with Validsw;  use Validsw;
78
 
79
package body Exp_Ch4 is
80
 
81
   -----------------------
82
   -- Local Subprograms --
83
   -----------------------
84
 
85
   procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
86
   pragma Inline (Binary_Op_Validity_Checks);
87
   --  Performs validity checks for a binary operator
88
 
89
   procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
90
     (N   : Node_Id;
91
      Op1 : Node_Id;
92
      Op2 : Node_Id);
93
   --  If a boolean array assignment can be done in place, build call to
94
   --  corresponding library procedure.
95
 
96
   function Current_Anonymous_Master return Entity_Id;
97
   --  Return the entity of the heterogeneous finalization master belonging to
98
   --  the current unit (either function, package or procedure). This master
99
   --  services all anonymous access-to-controlled types. If the current unit
100
   --  does not have such master, create one.
101
 
102
   procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id);
103
   --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): Subsidiary procedure to Expand_N_Allocator and
104
   --  Expand_Allocator_Expression. Allocating class-wide interface objects
105
   --  this routine displaces the pointer to the allocated object to reference
106
   --  the component referencing the corresponding secondary dispatch table.
107
 
108
   procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id);
109
   --  Subsidiary to Expand_N_Allocator, for the case when the expression
110
   --  is a qualified expression or an aggregate.
111
 
112
   procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
113
   --  This routine handles expansion of the comparison operators (N_Op_Lt,
114
   --  N_Op_Le, N_Op_Gt, N_Op_Ge) when operating on an array type. The basic
115
   --  code for these operators is similar, differing only in the details of
116
   --  the actual comparison call that is made. Special processing (call a
117
   --  run-time routine)
118
 
119
   function Expand_Array_Equality
120
     (Nod    : Node_Id;
121
      Lhs    : Node_Id;
122
      Rhs    : Node_Id;
123
      Bodies : List_Id;
124
      Typ    : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
125
   --  Expand an array equality into a call to a function implementing this
126
   --  equality, and a call to it. Loc is the location for the generated nodes.
127
   --  Lhs and Rhs are the array expressions to be compared. Bodies is a list
128
   --  on which to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the
129
   --  process. It is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies
130
   --  at the right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for the generated code.
131
   --  Normally the types used for the generated equality routine are taken
132
   --  from Lhs and Rhs. However, in some situations of generated code, the
133
   --  Etype fields of Lhs and Rhs are not set yet. In such cases, Typ supplies
134
   --  the type to be used for the formal parameters.
135
 
136
   procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id);
137
   --  Common expansion processing for Boolean operators (And, Or, Xor) for the
138
   --  case of array type arguments.
139
 
140
   procedure Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator (N : Node_Id);
141
   --  Common expansion processing for short-circuit boolean operators
142
 
143
   function Expand_Composite_Equality
144
     (Nod    : Node_Id;
145
      Typ    : Entity_Id;
146
      Lhs    : Node_Id;
147
      Rhs    : Node_Id;
148
      Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id;
149
   --  Local recursive function used to expand equality for nested composite
150
   --  types. Used by Expand_Record/Array_Equality, Bodies is a list on which
151
   --  to attach bodies of local functions that are created in the process.
152
   --  This is the responsibility of the caller to insert those bodies at the
153
   --  right place. Nod provides the Sloc value for generated code. Lhs and Rhs
154
   --  are the left and right sides for the comparison, and Typ is the type of
155
   --  the arrays to compare.
156
 
157
   procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id);
158
   --  Routine to expand concatenation of a sequence of two or more operands
159
   --  (in the list Operands) and replace node Cnode with the result of the
160
   --  concatenation. The operands can be of any appropriate type, and can
161
   --  include both arrays and singleton elements.
162
 
163
   procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id);
164
   --  N is a N_Op_Divide or N_Op_Multiply node whose result is universal
165
   --  fixed. We do not have such a type at runtime, so the purpose of this
166
   --  routine is to find the real type by looking up the tree. We also
167
   --  determine if the operation must be rounded.
168
 
169
   function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
170
   --  Ada 2005 (AI-216): A view of an Unchecked_Union object has inferable
171
   --  discriminants if it has a constrained nominal type, unless the object
172
   --  is a component of an enclosing Unchecked_Union object that is subject
173
   --  to a per-object constraint and the enclosing object lacks inferable
174
   --  discriminants.
175
   --
176
   --  An expression of an Unchecked_Union type has inferable discriminants
177
   --  if it is either a name of an object with inferable discriminants or a
178
   --  qualified expression whose subtype mark denotes a constrained subtype.
179
 
180
   procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id);
181
   --  N is an expression whose type is an access. When the type of the
182
   --  associated storage pool is derived from Checked_Pool, generate a
183
   --  call to the 'Dereference' primitive operation.
184
 
185
   function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
186
     (Typ : Entity_Id;
187
      Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
188
   --  Comparisons between arrays are expanded in line. This function produces
189
   --  the body of the implementation of (a > b), where a and b are one-
190
   --  dimensional arrays of some discrete type. The original node is then
191
   --  expanded into the appropriate call to this function. Nod provides the
192
   --  Sloc value for the generated code.
193
 
194
   function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
195
     (Typ : Entity_Id;
196
      N   : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
197
   --  Boolean operations on boolean arrays are expanded in line. This function
198
   --  produce the body for the node N, which is (a and b), (a or b), or (a xor
199
   --  b). It is used only the normal case and not the packed case. The type
200
   --  involved, Typ, is the Boolean array type, and the logical operations in
201
   --  the body are simple boolean operations. Note that Typ is always a
202
   --  constrained type (the caller has ensured this by using
203
   --  Convert_To_Actual_Subtype if necessary).
204
 
205
   procedure Optimize_Length_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
206
   --  Given an expression, if it is of the form X'Length op N (or the other
207
   --  way round), where N is known at compile time to be 0 or 1, and X is a
208
   --  simple entity, and op is a comparison operator, optimizes it into a
209
   --  comparison of First and Last.
210
 
211
   procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id);
212
   --  If N is the node for a comparison whose outcome can be determined at
213
   --  compile time, then the node N can be rewritten with True or False. If
214
   --  the outcome cannot be determined at compile time, the call has no
215
   --  effect. If N is a type conversion, then this processing is applied to
216
   --  its expression. If N is neither comparison nor a type conversion, the
217
   --  call has no effect.
218
 
219
   procedure Tagged_Membership
220
     (N         : Node_Id;
221
      SCIL_Node : out Node_Id;
222
      Result    : out Node_Id);
223
   --  Construct the expression corresponding to the tagged membership test.
224
   --  Deals with a second operand being (or not) a class-wide type.
225
 
226
   function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
227
     (Lhs : Node_Id;
228
      Op1 : Node_Id;
229
      Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean;
230
   --  In the context of an assignment, where the right-hand side is a boolean
231
   --  operation on arrays, check whether operation can be performed in place.
232
 
233
   procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id);
234
   pragma Inline (Unary_Op_Validity_Checks);
235
   --  Performs validity checks for a unary operator
236
 
237
   -------------------------------
238
   -- Binary_Op_Validity_Checks --
239
   -------------------------------
240
 
241
   procedure Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
242
   begin
243
      if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
244
         Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
245
         Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
246
      end if;
247
   end Binary_Op_Validity_Checks;
248
 
249
   ------------------------------------
250
   -- Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call --
251
   ------------------------------------
252
 
253
   procedure Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call
254
     (N   : Node_Id;
255
      Op1 : Node_Id;
256
      Op2 : Node_Id)
257
   is
258
      Loc       : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
259
      Kind      : constant Node_Kind := Nkind (Expression (N));
260
      Target    : constant Node_Id   :=
261
                    Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
262
                      Prefix         => Name (N),
263
                      Attribute_Name => Name_Address);
264
 
265
      Arg1      : Node_Id := Op1;
266
      Arg2      : Node_Id := Op2;
267
      Call_Node : Node_Id;
268
      Proc_Name : Entity_Id;
269
 
270
   begin
271
      if Kind = N_Op_Not then
272
         if Nkind (Op1) in N_Binary_Op then
273
 
274
            --  Use negated version of the binary operators
275
 
276
            if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_And then
277
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
278
 
279
            elsif Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Or then
280
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
281
 
282
            else pragma Assert (Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Xor);
283
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
284
            end if;
285
 
286
            Call_Node :=
287
              Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
288
                Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
289
 
290
                Parameter_Associations => New_List (
291
                  Target,
292
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
293
                    Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
294
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
295
 
296
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
297
                    Prefix => Right_Opnd (Op1),
298
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
299
 
300
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
301
                    Prefix => Left_Opnd (Op1),
302
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
303
 
304
         else
305
            Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Not);
306
 
307
            Call_Node :=
308
              Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
309
                Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
310
                Parameter_Associations => New_List (
311
                  Target,
312
 
313
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
314
                    Prefix => Op1,
315
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
316
 
317
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
318
                    Prefix => Op1,
319
                     Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
320
         end if;
321
 
322
      else
323
         --  We use the following equivalences:
324
 
325
         --   (not X) or  (not Y)  =  not (X and Y)  =  Nand (X, Y)
326
         --   (not X) and (not Y)  =  not (X or Y)   =  Nor  (X, Y)
327
         --   (not X) xor (not Y)  =  X xor Y
328
         --   X       xor (not Y)  =  not (X xor Y)  =  Nxor (X, Y)
329
 
330
         if Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
331
            Arg1 := Right_Opnd (Op1);
332
            Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
333
            if Kind = N_Op_And then
334
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nor);
335
            elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
336
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nand);
337
            else
338
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
339
            end if;
340
 
341
         else
342
            if Kind = N_Op_And then
343
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_And);
344
            elsif Kind = N_Op_Or then
345
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Or);
346
            elsif Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
347
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Nxor);
348
               Arg2 := Right_Opnd (Op2);
349
            else
350
               Proc_Name := RTE (RE_Vector_Xor);
351
            end if;
352
         end if;
353
 
354
         Call_Node :=
355
           Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
356
             Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Proc_Name, Loc),
357
             Parameter_Associations => New_List (
358
               Target,
359
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
360
                 Prefix         => Arg1,
361
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
362
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
363
                 Prefix         => Arg2,
364
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
365
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
366
                 Prefix         => Arg1,
367
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
368
      end if;
369
 
370
      Rewrite (N, Call_Node);
371
      Analyze (N);
372
 
373
   exception
374
      when RE_Not_Available =>
375
         return;
376
   end Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call;
377
 
378
   ------------------------------
379
   -- Current_Anonymous_Master --
380
   ------------------------------
381
 
382
   function Current_Anonymous_Master return Entity_Id is
383
      Decls     : List_Id;
384
      Loc       : Source_Ptr;
385
      Subp_Body : Node_Id;
386
      Unit_Decl : Node_Id;
387
      Unit_Id   : Entity_Id;
388
 
389
   begin
390
      Unit_Id := Cunit_Entity (Current_Sem_Unit);
391
 
392
      --  Find the entity of the current unit
393
 
394
      if Ekind (Unit_Id) = E_Subprogram_Body then
395
 
396
         --  When processing subprogram bodies, the proper scope is always that
397
         --  of the spec.
398
 
399
         Subp_Body := Unit_Id;
400
         while Present (Subp_Body)
401
           and then Nkind (Subp_Body) /= N_Subprogram_Body
402
         loop
403
            Subp_Body := Parent (Subp_Body);
404
         end loop;
405
 
406
         Unit_Id := Corresponding_Spec (Subp_Body);
407
      end if;
408
 
409
      Loc := Sloc (Unit_Id);
410
      Unit_Decl := Unit (Cunit (Current_Sem_Unit));
411
 
412
      --  Find the declarations list of the current unit
413
 
414
      if Nkind (Unit_Decl) = N_Package_Declaration then
415
         Unit_Decl := Specification (Unit_Decl);
416
         Decls := Visible_Declarations (Unit_Decl);
417
 
418
         if No (Decls) then
419
            Decls := New_List (Make_Null_Statement (Loc));
420
            Set_Visible_Declarations (Unit_Decl, Decls);
421
 
422
         elsif Is_Empty_List (Decls) then
423
            Append_To (Decls, Make_Null_Statement (Loc));
424
         end if;
425
 
426
      else
427
         Decls := Declarations (Unit_Decl);
428
 
429
         if No (Decls) then
430
            Decls := New_List (Make_Null_Statement (Loc));
431
            Set_Declarations (Unit_Decl, Decls);
432
 
433
         elsif Is_Empty_List (Decls) then
434
            Append_To (Decls, Make_Null_Statement (Loc));
435
         end if;
436
      end if;
437
 
438
      --  The current unit has an existing anonymous master, traverse its
439
      --  declarations and locate the entity.
440
 
441
      if Has_Anonymous_Master (Unit_Id) then
442
         declare
443
            Decl       : Node_Id;
444
            Fin_Mas_Id : Entity_Id;
445
 
446
         begin
447
            Decl := First (Decls);
448
            while Present (Decl) loop
449
 
450
               --  Look for the first variable in the declarations whole type
451
               --  is Finalization_Master.
452
 
453
               if Nkind (Decl) = N_Object_Declaration then
454
                  Fin_Mas_Id := Defining_Identifier (Decl);
455
 
456
                  if Ekind (Fin_Mas_Id) = E_Variable
457
                    and then Etype (Fin_Mas_Id) = RTE (RE_Finalization_Master)
458
                  then
459
                     return Fin_Mas_Id;
460
                  end if;
461
               end if;
462
 
463
               Next (Decl);
464
            end loop;
465
 
466
            --  The master was not found even though the unit was labeled as
467
            --  having one.
468
 
469
            raise Program_Error;
470
         end;
471
 
472
      --  Create a new anonymous master
473
 
474
      else
475
         declare
476
            First_Decl : constant Node_Id := First (Decls);
477
            Action     : Node_Id;
478
            Fin_Mas_Id : Entity_Id;
479
 
480
         begin
481
            --  Since the master and its associated initialization is inserted
482
            --  at top level, use the scope of the unit when analyzing.
483
 
484
            Push_Scope (Unit_Id);
485
 
486
            --  Create the finalization master
487
 
488
            Fin_Mas_Id :=
489
              Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc,
490
                Chars => New_External_Name (Chars (Unit_Id), "AM"));
491
 
492
            --  Generate:
493
            --    <Fin_Mas_Id> : Finalization_Master;
494
 
495
            Action :=
496
              Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
497
                Defining_Identifier => Fin_Mas_Id,
498
                Object_Definition =>
499
                  New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Finalization_Master), Loc));
500
 
501
            Insert_Before_And_Analyze (First_Decl, Action);
502
 
503
            --  Mark the unit to prevent the generation of multiple masters
504
 
505
            Set_Has_Anonymous_Master (Unit_Id);
506
 
507
            --  Do not set the base pool and mode of operation on .NET/JVM
508
            --  since those targets do not support pools and all VM masters
509
            --  are heterogeneous by default.
510
 
511
            if VM_Target = No_VM then
512
 
513
               --  Generate:
514
               --    Set_Base_Pool
515
               --      (<Fin_Mas_Id>, Global_Pool_Object'Unrestricted_Access);
516
 
517
               Action :=
518
                 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
519
                   Name =>
520
                     New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Set_Base_Pool), Loc),
521
 
522
                   Parameter_Associations => New_List (
523
                     New_Reference_To (Fin_Mas_Id, Loc),
524
                     Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
525
                       Prefix =>
526
                         New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Global_Pool_Object), Loc),
527
                       Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access)));
528
 
529
               Insert_Before_And_Analyze (First_Decl, Action);
530
 
531
               --  Generate:
532
               --    Set_Is_Heterogeneous (<Fin_Mas_Id>);
533
 
534
               Action :=
535
                 Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
536
                   Name =>
537
                     New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Set_Is_Heterogeneous), Loc),
538
                   Parameter_Associations => New_List (
539
                     New_Reference_To (Fin_Mas_Id, Loc)));
540
 
541
               Insert_Before_And_Analyze (First_Decl, Action);
542
            end if;
543
 
544
            --  Restore the original state of the scope stack
545
 
546
            Pop_Scope;
547
 
548
            return Fin_Mas_Id;
549
         end;
550
      end if;
551
   end Current_Anonymous_Master;
552
 
553
   --------------------------------
554
   -- Displace_Allocator_Pointer --
555
   --------------------------------
556
 
557
   procedure Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N : Node_Id) is
558
      Loc       : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
559
      Orig_Node : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (N);
560
      Dtyp      : Entity_Id;
561
      Etyp      : Entity_Id;
562
      PtrT      : Entity_Id;
563
 
564
   begin
565
      --  Do nothing in case of VM targets: the virtual machine will handle
566
      --  interfaces directly.
567
 
568
      if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
569
         return;
570
      end if;
571
 
572
      pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
573
        and then Nkind (Orig_Node) = N_Allocator);
574
 
575
      PtrT := Etype (Orig_Node);
576
      Dtyp := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
577
      Etyp := Etype (Expression (Orig_Node));
578
 
579
      if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp)
580
        and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
581
      then
582
         --  If the type of the allocator expression is not an interface type
583
         --  we can generate code to reference the record component containing
584
         --  the pointer to the secondary dispatch table.
585
 
586
         if not Is_Interface (Etyp) then
587
            declare
588
               Saved_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Orig_Node);
589
 
590
            begin
591
               --  1) Get access to the allocated object
592
 
593
               Rewrite (N,
594
                 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc, Relocate_Node (N)));
595
               Set_Etype (N, Etyp);
596
               Set_Analyzed (N);
597
 
598
               --  2) Add the conversion to displace the pointer to reference
599
               --     the secondary dispatch table.
600
 
601
               Rewrite (N, Convert_To (Dtyp, Relocate_Node (N)));
602
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Dtyp);
603
 
604
               --  3) The 'access to the secondary dispatch table will be used
605
               --     as the value returned by the allocator.
606
 
607
               Rewrite (N,
608
                 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
609
                   Prefix         => Relocate_Node (N),
610
                   Attribute_Name => Name_Access));
611
               Set_Etype (N, Saved_Typ);
612
               Set_Analyzed (N);
613
            end;
614
 
615
         --  If the type of the allocator expression is an interface type we
616
         --  generate a run-time call to displace "this" to reference the
617
         --  component containing the pointer to the secondary dispatch table
618
         --  or else raise Constraint_Error if the actual object does not
619
         --  implement the target interface. This case corresponds with the
620
         --  following example:
621
 
622
         --   function Op (Obj : Iface_1'Class) return access Iface_2'Class is
623
         --   begin
624
         --      return new Iface_2'Class'(Obj);
625
         --   end Op;
626
 
627
         else
628
            Rewrite (N,
629
              Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
630
                Make_Function_Call (Loc,
631
                  Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Displace), Loc),
632
                  Parameter_Associations => New_List (
633
                    Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Address),
634
                      Relocate_Node (N)),
635
 
636
                    New_Occurrence_Of
637
                      (Elists.Node
638
                        (First_Elmt
639
                          (Access_Disp_Table (Etype (Base_Type (Dtyp))))),
640
                       Loc)))));
641
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
642
         end if;
643
      end if;
644
   end Displace_Allocator_Pointer;
645
 
646
   ---------------------------------
647
   -- Expand_Allocator_Expression --
648
   ---------------------------------
649
 
650
   procedure Expand_Allocator_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
651
      Loc    : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
652
      Exp    : constant Node_Id    := Expression (Expression (N));
653
      PtrT   : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
654
      DesigT : constant Entity_Id  := Designated_Type (PtrT);
655
 
656
      procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
657
        (Ref            : Node_Id;
658
         Built_In_Place : Boolean := False);
659
      --  Ada 2005 (AI-344): For an allocator with a class-wide designated
660
      --  type, generate an accessibility check to verify that the level of the
661
      --  type of the created object is not deeper than the level of the access
662
      --  type. If the type of the qualified expression is class- wide, then
663
      --  always generate the check (except in the case where it is known to be
664
      --  unnecessary, see comment below). Otherwise, only generate the check
665
      --  if the level of the qualified expression type is statically deeper
666
      --  than the access type.
667
      --
668
      --  Although the static accessibility will generally have been performed
669
      --  as a legality check, it won't have been done in cases where the
670
      --  allocator appears in generic body, so a run-time check is needed in
671
      --  general. One special case is when the access type is declared in the
672
      --  same scope as the class-wide allocator, in which case the check can
673
      --  never fail, so it need not be generated.
674
      --
675
      --  As an open issue, there seem to be cases where the static level
676
      --  associated with the class-wide object's underlying type is not
677
      --  sufficient to perform the proper accessibility check, such as for
678
      --  allocators in nested subprograms or accept statements initialized by
679
      --  class-wide formals when the actual originates outside at a deeper
680
      --  static level. The nested subprogram case might require passing
681
      --  accessibility levels along with class-wide parameters, and the task
682
      --  case seems to be an actual gap in the language rules that needs to
683
      --  be fixed by the ARG. ???
684
 
685
      -------------------------------
686
      -- Apply_Accessibility_Check --
687
      -------------------------------
688
 
689
      procedure Apply_Accessibility_Check
690
        (Ref            : Node_Id;
691
         Built_In_Place : Boolean := False)
692
      is
693
         New_Node : Node_Id;
694
 
695
      begin
696
         if Ada_Version >= Ada_2005
697
           and then Is_Class_Wide_Type (DesigT)
698
           and then not Scope_Suppress (Accessibility_Check)
699
           and then
700
             (Type_Access_Level (Etype (Exp)) > Type_Access_Level (PtrT)
701
               or else
702
                 (Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
703
                   and then Scope (PtrT) /= Current_Scope))
704
         then
705
            --  If the allocator was built in place Ref is already a reference
706
            --  to the access object initialized to the result of the allocator
707
            --  (see Exp_Ch6.Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator). Otherwise
708
            --  it is the entity associated with the object containing the
709
            --  address of the allocated object.
710
 
711
            if Built_In_Place then
712
               New_Node := New_Copy (Ref);
713
            else
714
               New_Node := New_Reference_To (Ref, Loc);
715
            end if;
716
 
717
            New_Node :=
718
              Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
719
                Prefix         => New_Node,
720
                Attribute_Name => Name_Tag);
721
 
722
            if Tagged_Type_Expansion then
723
               New_Node := Build_Get_Access_Level (Loc, New_Node);
724
 
725
            elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
726
               New_Node :=
727
                 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
728
                   Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Get_Access_Level), Loc),
729
                   Parameter_Associations => New_List (New_Node));
730
 
731
            --  Cannot generate the runtime check
732
 
733
            else
734
               return;
735
            end if;
736
 
737
            Insert_Action (N,
738
              Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
739
                Condition =>
740
                  Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
741
                    Left_Opnd  => New_Node,
742
                    Right_Opnd =>
743
                      Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Type_Access_Level (PtrT))),
744
                Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
745
         end if;
746
      end Apply_Accessibility_Check;
747
 
748
      --  Local variables
749
 
750
      Aggr_In_Place : constant Boolean   := Is_Delayed_Aggregate (Exp);
751
      Indic         : constant Node_Id   := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
752
      T             : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Indic);
753
      Node          : Node_Id;
754
      Tag_Assign    : Node_Id;
755
      Temp          : Entity_Id;
756
      Temp_Decl     : Node_Id;
757
 
758
      TagT : Entity_Id := Empty;
759
      --  Type used as source for tag assignment
760
 
761
      TagR : Node_Id := Empty;
762
      --  Target reference for tag assignment
763
 
764
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Allocator_Expression
765
 
766
   begin
767
      --  In the case of an Ada 2012 allocator whose initial value comes from a
768
      --  function call, pass "the accessibility level determined by the point
769
      --  of call" (AI05-0234) to the function. Conceptually, this belongs in
770
      --  Expand_Call but it couldn't be done there (because the Etype of the
771
      --  allocator wasn't set then) so we generate the parameter here. See
772
      --  the Boolean variable Defer in (a block within) Expand_Call.
773
 
774
      if Ada_Version >= Ada_2012 and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Function_Call then
775
         declare
776
            Subp : Entity_Id;
777
 
778
         begin
779
            if Nkind (Name (Exp)) = N_Explicit_Dereference then
780
               Subp := Designated_Type (Etype (Prefix (Name (Exp))));
781
            else
782
               Subp := Entity (Name (Exp));
783
            end if;
784
 
785
            Subp := Ultimate_Alias (Subp);
786
 
787
            if Present (Extra_Accessibility_Of_Result (Subp)) then
788
               Add_Extra_Actual_To_Call
789
                 (Subprogram_Call => Exp,
790
                  Extra_Formal    => Extra_Accessibility_Of_Result (Subp),
791
                  Extra_Actual    => Dynamic_Accessibility_Level (PtrT));
792
            end if;
793
         end;
794
      end if;
795
 
796
      --  Would be nice to comment the branches of this very long if ???
797
 
798
      if Is_Tagged_Type (T) or else Needs_Finalization (T) then
799
         if Is_CPP_Constructor_Call (Exp) then
800
 
801
            --  Generate:
802
            --    Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T);
803
            --    Init (Pnnn.all,...);
804
 
805
            --  Allocate the object without an expression
806
 
807
            Node := Relocate_Node (N);
808
            Set_Expression (Node, New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc));
809
 
810
            --  Avoid its expansion to avoid generating a call to the default
811
            --  C++ constructor.
812
 
813
            Set_Analyzed (Node);
814
 
815
            Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P', N);
816
 
817
            Temp_Decl :=
818
              Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
819
                Defining_Identifier => Temp,
820
                Constant_Present    => True,
821
                Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
822
                Expression          => Node);
823
            Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl);
824
 
825
            Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
826
 
827
            --  Locate the enclosing list and insert the C++ constructor call
828
 
829
            declare
830
               P : Node_Id;
831
 
832
            begin
833
               P := Parent (Node);
834
               while not Is_List_Member (P) loop
835
                  P := Parent (P);
836
               end loop;
837
 
838
               Insert_List_After_And_Analyze (P,
839
                 Build_Initialization_Call (Loc,
840
                   Id_Ref          =>
841
                     Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
842
                       Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)),
843
                   Typ             => Etype (Exp),
844
                   Constructor_Ref => Exp));
845
            end;
846
 
847
            Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
848
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
849
            return;
850
         end if;
851
 
852
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
853
         --  to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
854
         --  must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
855
         --  to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
856
         --  we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
857
         --  as build-in-place.
858
 
859
         if Ada_Version >= Ada_2005
860
           and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
861
         then
862
            Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
863
            Apply_Accessibility_Check (N, Built_In_Place => True);
864
            return;
865
         end if;
866
 
867
         --  Actions inserted before:
868
         --    Temp : constant ptr_T := new T'(Expression);
869
         --    Temp._tag = T'tag;  --  when not class-wide
870
         --    [Deep_]Adjust (Temp.all);
871
 
872
         --  We analyze by hand the new internal allocator to avoid any
873
         --  recursion and inappropriate call to Initialize
874
 
875
         --  We don't want to remove side effects when the expression must be
876
         --  built in place. In the case of a build-in-place function call,
877
         --  that could lead to a duplication of the call, which was already
878
         --  substituted for the allocator.
879
 
880
         if not Aggr_In_Place then
881
            Remove_Side_Effects (Exp);
882
         end if;
883
 
884
         Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P', N);
885
 
886
         --  For a class wide allocation generate the following code:
887
 
888
         --    type Equiv_Record is record ... end record;
889
         --    implicit subtype CW is <Class_Wide_Subytpe>;
890
         --    temp : PtrT := new CW'(CW!(expr));
891
 
892
         if Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
893
            Expand_Subtype_From_Expr (Empty, T, Indic, Exp);
894
 
895
            --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the expression is a class-wide interface
896
            --  object we generate code to move up "this" to reference the
897
            --  base of the object before allocating the new object.
898
 
899
            --  Note that Exp'Address is recursively expanded into a call
900
            --  to Base_Address (Exp.Tag)
901
 
902
            if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Exp))
903
              and then Is_Interface (Etype (Exp))
904
              and then Tagged_Type_Expansion
905
            then
906
               Set_Expression
907
                 (Expression (N),
908
                  Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic),
909
                    Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
910
                      Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag_Ptr),
911
                        Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
912
                          Prefix         => Exp,
913
                          Attribute_Name => Name_Address)))));
914
            else
915
               Set_Expression
916
                 (Expression (N),
917
                  Unchecked_Convert_To (Entity (Indic), Exp));
918
            end if;
919
 
920
            Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), Entity (Indic));
921
         end if;
922
 
923
         --  Processing for allocators returning non-interface types
924
 
925
         if not Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
926
            if Aggr_In_Place then
927
               Temp_Decl :=
928
                 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
929
                   Defining_Identifier => Temp,
930
                   Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
931
                   Expression          =>
932
                     Make_Allocator (Loc,
933
                       Expression =>
934
                         New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
935
 
936
               --  Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
937
               --  built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
938
               --  the original allocator node. This is for proper handling of
939
               --  restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
940
 
941
               Set_Comes_From_Source
942
                 (Expression (Temp_Decl), Comes_From_Source (N));
943
 
944
               Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Temp_Decl));
945
               Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl);
946
 
947
               Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc (Temp_Decl, True);
948
               Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Temp_Decl, Exp);
949
 
950
               --  Attach the object to the associated finalization master.
951
               --  This is done manually on .NET/JVM since those compilers do
952
               --  no support pools and can't benefit from internally generated
953
               --  Allocate / Deallocate procedures.
954
 
955
               if VM_Target /= No_VM
956
                 and then Is_Controlled (DesigT)
957
                 and then Present (Finalization_Master (PtrT))
958
               then
959
                  Insert_Action (N,
960
                    Make_Attach_Call (
961
                      Obj_Ref =>
962
                        New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
963
                      Ptr_Typ => PtrT));
964
               end if;
965
 
966
            else
967
               Node := Relocate_Node (N);
968
               Set_Analyzed (Node);
969
 
970
               Temp_Decl :=
971
                 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
972
                   Defining_Identifier => Temp,
973
                   Constant_Present    => True,
974
                   Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
975
                   Expression          => Node);
976
 
977
               Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl);
978
               Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc (Temp_Decl, True);
979
 
980
               --  Attach the object to the associated finalization master.
981
               --  This is done manually on .NET/JVM since those compilers do
982
               --  no support pools and can't benefit from internally generated
983
               --  Allocate / Deallocate procedures.
984
 
985
               if VM_Target /= No_VM
986
                 and then Is_Controlled (DesigT)
987
                 and then Present (Finalization_Master (PtrT))
988
               then
989
                  Insert_Action (N,
990
                    Make_Attach_Call (
991
                      Obj_Ref =>
992
                        New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
993
                      Ptr_Typ => PtrT));
994
               end if;
995
            end if;
996
 
997
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle allocators whose designated type is an
998
         --  interface type. In this case we use the type of the qualified
999
         --  expression to allocate the object.
1000
 
1001
         else
1002
            declare
1003
               Def_Id   : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T');
1004
               New_Decl : Node_Id;
1005
 
1006
            begin
1007
               New_Decl :=
1008
                 Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
1009
                   Defining_Identifier => Def_Id,
1010
                   Type_Definition =>
1011
                     Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
1012
                       All_Present            => True,
1013
                       Null_Exclusion_Present => False,
1014
                       Constant_Present       => False,
1015
                       Subtype_Indication     =>
1016
                         New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
1017
 
1018
               Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
1019
 
1020
               --  Inherit the allocation-related attributes from the original
1021
               --  access type.
1022
 
1023
               Set_Finalization_Master (Def_Id, Finalization_Master (PtrT));
1024
 
1025
               Set_Associated_Storage_Pool (Def_Id,
1026
                 Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT));
1027
 
1028
               --  Declare the object using the previous type declaration
1029
 
1030
               if Aggr_In_Place then
1031
                  Temp_Decl :=
1032
                    Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1033
                      Defining_Identifier => Temp,
1034
                      Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
1035
                      Expression          =>
1036
                        Make_Allocator (Loc,
1037
                          New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
1038
 
1039
                  --  Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just
1040
                  --  built, since logically this allocator is a replacement of
1041
                  --  the original allocator node. This is for proper handling
1042
                  --  of restriction No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
1043
 
1044
                  Set_Comes_From_Source
1045
                    (Expression (Temp_Decl), Comes_From_Source (N));
1046
 
1047
                  Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Temp_Decl));
1048
                  Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl);
1049
 
1050
                  Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc (Temp_Decl, True);
1051
                  Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Temp_Decl, Exp);
1052
 
1053
               else
1054
                  Node := Relocate_Node (N);
1055
                  Set_Analyzed (Node);
1056
 
1057
                  Temp_Decl :=
1058
                    Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1059
                      Defining_Identifier => Temp,
1060
                      Constant_Present    => True,
1061
                      Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Def_Id, Loc),
1062
                      Expression          => Node);
1063
 
1064
                  Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl);
1065
                  Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc (Temp_Decl, True);
1066
               end if;
1067
 
1068
               --  Generate an additional object containing the address of the
1069
               --  returned object. The type of this second object declaration
1070
               --  is the correct type required for the common processing that
1071
               --  is still performed by this subprogram. The displacement of
1072
               --  this pointer to reference the component associated with the
1073
               --  interface type will be done at the end of common processing.
1074
 
1075
               New_Decl :=
1076
                 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1077
                   Defining_Identifier => Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P'),
1078
                   Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
1079
                   Expression          =>
1080
                     Unchecked_Convert_To (PtrT,
1081
                       New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
1082
 
1083
               Insert_Action (N, New_Decl);
1084
 
1085
               Temp_Decl := New_Decl;
1086
               Temp      := Defining_Identifier (New_Decl);
1087
            end;
1088
         end if;
1089
 
1090
         Apply_Accessibility_Check (Temp);
1091
 
1092
         --  Generate the tag assignment
1093
 
1094
         --  Suppress the tag assignment when VM_Target because VM tags are
1095
         --  represented implicitly in objects.
1096
 
1097
         if not Tagged_Type_Expansion then
1098
            null;
1099
 
1100
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): Suppress the tag assignment with class-wide
1101
         --  interface objects because in this case the tag does not change.
1102
 
1103
         elsif Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))) then
1104
            pragma Assert (Is_Class_Wide_Type
1105
                            (Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (N))));
1106
            null;
1107
 
1108
         elsif Is_Tagged_Type (T) and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (T) then
1109
            TagT := T;
1110
            TagR := New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc);
1111
 
1112
         elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
1113
           and then Is_Tagged_Type (Underlying_Type (T))
1114
         then
1115
            TagT := Underlying_Type (T);
1116
            TagR :=
1117
              Unchecked_Convert_To (Underlying_Type (T),
1118
                Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
1119
                  Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc)));
1120
         end if;
1121
 
1122
         if Present (TagT) then
1123
            declare
1124
               Full_T : constant Entity_Id := Underlying_Type (TagT);
1125
            begin
1126
               Tag_Assign :=
1127
                 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1128
                   Name =>
1129
                     Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
1130
                       Prefix => TagR,
1131
                       Selector_Name =>
1132
                         New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Full_T), Loc)),
1133
                   Expression =>
1134
                     Unchecked_Convert_To (RTE (RE_Tag),
1135
                       New_Reference_To
1136
                         (Elists.Node
1137
                           (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Full_T))), Loc)));
1138
            end;
1139
 
1140
            --  The previous assignment has to be done in any case
1141
 
1142
            Set_Assignment_OK (Name (Tag_Assign));
1143
            Insert_Action (N, Tag_Assign);
1144
         end if;
1145
 
1146
         if Needs_Finalization (DesigT)
1147
            and then Needs_Finalization (T)
1148
         then
1149
            --  Generate an Adjust call if the object will be moved. In Ada
1150
            --  2005, the object may be inherently limited, in which case
1151
            --  there is no Adjust procedure, and the object is built in
1152
            --  place. In Ada 95, the object can be limited but not
1153
            --  inherently limited if this allocator came from a return
1154
            --  statement (we're allocating the result on the secondary
1155
            --  stack). In that case, the object will be moved, so we _do_
1156
            --  want to Adjust.
1157
 
1158
            if not Aggr_In_Place
1159
              and then not Is_Immutably_Limited_Type (T)
1160
            then
1161
               Insert_Action (N,
1162
                 Make_Adjust_Call (
1163
                   Obj_Ref    =>
1164
 
1165
                     --  An unchecked conversion is needed in the classwide
1166
                     --  case because the designated type can be an ancestor
1167
                     --  of the subtype mark of the allocator.
1168
 
1169
                     Unchecked_Convert_To (T,
1170
                       Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
1171
                         Prefix => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc))),
1172
                   Typ => T));
1173
            end if;
1174
 
1175
            --  Generate:
1176
            --    Set_Finalize_Address (<PtrT>FM, <T>FD'Unrestricted_Access);
1177
 
1178
            --  Do not generate this call in the following cases:
1179
 
1180
            --    * .NET/JVM - these targets do not support address arithmetic
1181
            --    and unchecked conversion, key elements of Finalize_Address.
1182
 
1183
            --    * Alfa mode - the call is useless and results in unwanted
1184
            --    expansion.
1185
 
1186
            --    * CodePeer mode - TSS primitive Finalize_Address is not
1187
            --    created in this mode.
1188
 
1189
            if VM_Target = No_VM
1190
              and then not Alfa_Mode
1191
              and then not CodePeer_Mode
1192
              and then Present (Finalization_Master (PtrT))
1193
              and then Present (Temp_Decl)
1194
              and then Nkind (Expression (Temp_Decl)) = N_Allocator
1195
            then
1196
               Insert_Action (N,
1197
                 Make_Set_Finalize_Address_Call
1198
                   (Loc     => Loc,
1199
                    Typ     => T,
1200
                    Ptr_Typ => PtrT));
1201
            end if;
1202
         end if;
1203
 
1204
         Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
1205
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
1206
 
1207
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): Displace the pointer to reference the record
1208
         --  component containing the secondary dispatch table of the interface
1209
         --  type.
1210
 
1211
         if Is_Interface (Directly_Designated_Type (PtrT)) then
1212
            Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
1213
         end if;
1214
 
1215
      elsif Aggr_In_Place then
1216
         Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P', N);
1217
         Temp_Decl :=
1218
           Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1219
             Defining_Identifier => Temp,
1220
             Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (PtrT, Loc),
1221
             Expression          =>
1222
               Make_Allocator (Loc,
1223
                 Expression => New_Reference_To (Etype (Exp), Loc)));
1224
 
1225
         --  Copy the Comes_From_Source flag for the allocator we just built,
1226
         --  since logically this allocator is a replacement of the original
1227
         --  allocator node. This is for proper handling of restriction
1228
         --  No_Implicit_Heap_Allocations.
1229
 
1230
         Set_Comes_From_Source
1231
           (Expression (Temp_Decl), Comes_From_Source (N));
1232
 
1233
         Set_No_Initialization (Expression (Temp_Decl));
1234
         Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl);
1235
 
1236
         Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc (Temp_Decl, True);
1237
         Convert_Aggr_In_Allocator (N, Temp_Decl, Exp);
1238
 
1239
         --  Attach the object to the associated finalization master. Thisis
1240
         --  done manually on .NET/JVM since those compilers do no support
1241
         --  pools and cannot benefit from internally generated Allocate and
1242
         --  Deallocate procedures.
1243
 
1244
         if VM_Target /= No_VM
1245
           and then Is_Controlled (DesigT)
1246
           and then Present (Finalization_Master (PtrT))
1247
         then
1248
            Insert_Action (N,
1249
              Make_Attach_Call
1250
                (Obj_Ref => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
1251
                 Ptr_Typ => PtrT));
1252
         end if;
1253
 
1254
         Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
1255
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
1256
 
1257
      elsif Is_Access_Type (T)
1258
        and then Can_Never_Be_Null (T)
1259
      then
1260
         Install_Null_Excluding_Check (Exp);
1261
 
1262
      elsif Is_Access_Type (DesigT)
1263
        and then Nkind (Exp) = N_Allocator
1264
        and then Nkind (Expression (Exp)) /= N_Qualified_Expression
1265
      then
1266
         --  Apply constraint to designated subtype indication
1267
 
1268
         Apply_Constraint_Check (Expression (Exp),
1269
           Designated_Type (DesigT),
1270
           No_Sliding => True);
1271
 
1272
         if Nkind (Expression (Exp)) = N_Raise_Constraint_Error then
1273
 
1274
            --  Propagate constraint_error to enclosing allocator
1275
 
1276
            Rewrite (Exp, New_Copy (Expression (Exp)));
1277
         end if;
1278
 
1279
      else
1280
         Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc (N, True);
1281
 
1282
         --  If we have:
1283
         --    type A is access T1;
1284
         --    X : A := new T2'(...);
1285
         --  T1 and T2 can be different subtypes, and we might need to check
1286
         --  both constraints. First check against the type of the qualified
1287
         --  expression.
1288
 
1289
         Apply_Constraint_Check (Exp, T, No_Sliding => True);
1290
 
1291
         if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1292
            Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1293
            Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1294
         end if;
1295
 
1296
         --  A check is also needed in cases where the designated subtype is
1297
         --  constrained and differs from the subtype given in the qualified
1298
         --  expression. Note that the check on the qualified expression does
1299
         --  not allow sliding, but this check does (a relaxation from Ada 83).
1300
 
1301
         if Is_Constrained (DesigT)
1302
           and then not Subtypes_Statically_Match (T, DesigT)
1303
         then
1304
            Apply_Constraint_Check
1305
              (Exp, DesigT, No_Sliding => False);
1306
 
1307
            if Do_Range_Check (Exp) then
1308
               Set_Do_Range_Check (Exp, False);
1309
               Generate_Range_Check (Exp, DesigT, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
1310
            end if;
1311
         end if;
1312
 
1313
         --  For an access to unconstrained packed array, GIGI needs to see an
1314
         --  expression with a constrained subtype in order to compute the
1315
         --  proper size for the allocator.
1316
 
1317
         if Is_Array_Type (T)
1318
           and then not Is_Constrained (T)
1319
           and then Is_Packed (T)
1320
         then
1321
            declare
1322
               ConstrT      : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A');
1323
               Internal_Exp : constant Node_Id   := Relocate_Node (Exp);
1324
            begin
1325
               Insert_Action (Exp,
1326
                 Make_Subtype_Declaration (Loc,
1327
                   Defining_Identifier => ConstrT,
1328
                   Subtype_Indication  =>
1329
                     Make_Subtype_From_Expr (Internal_Exp, T)));
1330
               Freeze_Itype (ConstrT, Exp);
1331
               Rewrite (Exp, OK_Convert_To (ConstrT, Internal_Exp));
1332
            end;
1333
         end if;
1334
 
1335
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the initialization expression is a call
1336
         --  to a build-in-place function, then access to the allocated object
1337
         --  must be passed to the function. Currently we limit such functions
1338
         --  to those with constrained limited result subtypes, but eventually
1339
         --  we plan to expand the allowed forms of functions that are treated
1340
         --  as build-in-place.
1341
 
1342
         if Ada_Version >= Ada_2005
1343
           and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Exp)
1344
         then
1345
            Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Allocator (N, Exp);
1346
         end if;
1347
      end if;
1348
 
1349
   exception
1350
      when RE_Not_Available =>
1351
         return;
1352
   end Expand_Allocator_Expression;
1353
 
1354
   -----------------------------
1355
   -- Expand_Array_Comparison --
1356
   -----------------------------
1357
 
1358
   --  Expansion is only required in the case of array types. For the unpacked
1359
   --  case, an appropriate runtime routine is called. For packed cases, and
1360
   --  also in some other cases where a runtime routine cannot be called, the
1361
   --  form of the expansion is:
1362
 
1363
   --     [body for greater_nn; boolean_expression]
1364
 
1365
   --  The body is built by Make_Array_Comparison_Op, and the form of the
1366
   --  Boolean expression depends on the operator involved.
1367
 
1368
   procedure Expand_Array_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
1369
      Loc  : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
1370
      Op1  : Node_Id             := Left_Opnd (N);
1371
      Op2  : Node_Id             := Right_Opnd (N);
1372
      Typ1 : constant Entity_Id  := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
1373
      Ctyp : constant Entity_Id  := Component_Type (Typ1);
1374
 
1375
      Expr      : Node_Id;
1376
      Func_Body : Node_Id;
1377
      Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1378
 
1379
      Comp : RE_Id;
1380
 
1381
      Byte_Addressable : constant Boolean := System_Storage_Unit = Byte'Size;
1382
      --  True for byte addressable target
1383
 
1384
      function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean;
1385
      --  Returns True if the length of the given operand is known to be less
1386
      --  than 4. Returns False if this length is known to be four or greater
1387
      --  or is not known at compile time.
1388
 
1389
      ------------------------
1390
      -- Length_Less_Than_4 --
1391
      ------------------------
1392
 
1393
      function Length_Less_Than_4 (Opnd : Node_Id) return Boolean is
1394
         Otyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Opnd);
1395
 
1396
      begin
1397
         if Ekind (Otyp) = E_String_Literal_Subtype then
1398
            return String_Literal_Length (Otyp) < 4;
1399
 
1400
         else
1401
            declare
1402
               Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Otyp));
1403
               Lo   : constant Node_Id   := Type_Low_Bound (Ityp);
1404
               Hi   : constant Node_Id   := Type_High_Bound (Ityp);
1405
               Lov  : Uint;
1406
               Hiv  : Uint;
1407
 
1408
            begin
1409
               if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo) then
1410
                  Lov := Expr_Value (Lo);
1411
               else
1412
                  return False;
1413
               end if;
1414
 
1415
               if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi) then
1416
                  Hiv := Expr_Value (Hi);
1417
               else
1418
                  return False;
1419
               end if;
1420
 
1421
               return Hiv < Lov + 3;
1422
            end;
1423
         end if;
1424
      end Length_Less_Than_4;
1425
 
1426
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Array_Comparison
1427
 
1428
   begin
1429
      --  Deal first with unpacked case, where we can call a runtime routine
1430
      --  except that we avoid this for targets for which are not addressable
1431
      --  by bytes, and for the JVM/CIL, since they do not support direct
1432
      --  addressing of array components.
1433
 
1434
      if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ1)
1435
        and then Byte_Addressable
1436
        and then VM_Target = No_VM
1437
      then
1438
         --  The call we generate is:
1439
 
1440
         --  Compare_Array_xn[_Unaligned]
1441
         --    (left'address, right'address, left'length, right'length) <op> 0
1442
 
1443
         --  x = U for unsigned, S for signed
1444
         --  n = 8,16,32,64 for component size
1445
         --  Add _Unaligned if length < 4 and component size is 8.
1446
         --  <op> is the standard comparison operator
1447
 
1448
         if Component_Size (Typ1) = 8 then
1449
            if Length_Less_Than_4 (Op1)
1450
                 or else
1451
               Length_Less_Than_4 (Op2)
1452
            then
1453
               if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1454
                  Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8_Unaligned;
1455
               else
1456
                  Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8_Unaligned;
1457
               end if;
1458
 
1459
            else
1460
               if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1461
                  Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U8;
1462
               else
1463
                  Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S8;
1464
               end if;
1465
            end if;
1466
 
1467
         elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 16 then
1468
            if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1469
               Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U16;
1470
            else
1471
               Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S16;
1472
            end if;
1473
 
1474
         elsif Component_Size (Typ1) = 32 then
1475
            if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1476
               Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U32;
1477
            else
1478
               Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S32;
1479
            end if;
1480
 
1481
         else pragma Assert (Component_Size (Typ1) = 64);
1482
            if Is_Unsigned_Type (Ctyp) then
1483
               Comp := RE_Compare_Array_U64;
1484
            else
1485
               Comp := RE_Compare_Array_S64;
1486
            end if;
1487
         end if;
1488
 
1489
         Remove_Side_Effects (Op1, Name_Req => True);
1490
         Remove_Side_Effects (Op2, Name_Req => True);
1491
 
1492
         Rewrite (Op1,
1493
           Make_Function_Call (Sloc (Op1),
1494
             Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (Comp), Loc),
1495
 
1496
             Parameter_Associations => New_List (
1497
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1498
                 Prefix         => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1499
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1500
 
1501
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1502
                 Prefix         => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1503
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
1504
 
1505
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1506
                 Prefix         => Relocate_Node (Op1),
1507
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
1508
 
1509
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1510
                 Prefix         => Relocate_Node (Op2),
1511
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Length))));
1512
 
1513
         Rewrite (Op2,
1514
           Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (Op2),
1515
             Intval => Uint_0));
1516
 
1517
         Analyze_And_Resolve (Op1, Standard_Integer);
1518
         Analyze_And_Resolve (Op2, Standard_Integer);
1519
         return;
1520
      end if;
1521
 
1522
      --  Cases where we cannot make runtime call
1523
 
1524
      --  For (a <= b) we convert to not (a > b)
1525
 
1526
      if Chars (N) = Name_Op_Le then
1527
         Rewrite (N,
1528
           Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1529
             Right_Opnd =>
1530
                Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
1531
                 Left_Opnd  => Op1,
1532
                 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1533
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1534
         return;
1535
 
1536
      --  For < the Boolean expression is
1537
      --    greater__nn (op2, op1)
1538
 
1539
      elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Lt then
1540
         Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1541
 
1542
         --  Switch operands
1543
 
1544
         Op1 := Right_Opnd (N);
1545
         Op2 := Left_Opnd  (N);
1546
 
1547
      --  For (a >= b) we convert to not (a < b)
1548
 
1549
      elsif Chars (N) = Name_Op_Ge then
1550
         Rewrite (N,
1551
           Make_Op_Not (Loc,
1552
             Right_Opnd =>
1553
               Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
1554
                 Left_Opnd  => Op1,
1555
                 Right_Opnd => Op2)));
1556
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1557
         return;
1558
 
1559
      --  For > the Boolean expression is
1560
      --    greater__nn (op1, op2)
1561
 
1562
      else
1563
         pragma Assert (Chars (N) = Name_Op_Gt);
1564
         Func_Body := Make_Array_Comparison_Op (Typ1, N);
1565
      end if;
1566
 
1567
      Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
1568
      Expr :=
1569
        Make_Function_Call (Loc,
1570
          Name => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
1571
          Parameter_Associations => New_List (Op1, Op2));
1572
 
1573
      Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
1574
      Rewrite (N, Expr);
1575
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
1576
 
1577
   exception
1578
      when RE_Not_Available =>
1579
         return;
1580
   end Expand_Array_Comparison;
1581
 
1582
   ---------------------------
1583
   -- Expand_Array_Equality --
1584
   ---------------------------
1585
 
1586
   --  Expand an equality function for multi-dimensional arrays. Here is an
1587
   --  example of such a function for Nb_Dimension = 2
1588
 
1589
   --  function Enn (A : atyp; B : btyp) return boolean is
1590
   --  begin
1591
   --     if (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0)
1592
   --          and then
1593
   --        (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0)
1594
   --     then
1595
   --        return True;    -- RM 4.5.2(22)
1596
   --     end if;
1597
 
1598
   --     if A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1599
   --               or else
1600
   --           A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1601
   --     then
1602
   --        return False;   -- RM 4.5.2(23)
1603
   --     end if;
1604
 
1605
   --     declare
1606
   --        A1 : Index_T1 := A'first (1);
1607
   --        B1 : Index_T1 := B'first (1);
1608
   --     begin
1609
   --        loop
1610
   --           declare
1611
   --              A2 : Index_T2 := A'first (2);
1612
   --              B2 : Index_T2 := B'first (2);
1613
   --           begin
1614
   --              loop
1615
   --                 if A (A1, A2) /= B (B1, B2) then
1616
   --                    return False;
1617
   --                 end if;
1618
 
1619
   --                 exit when A2 = A'last (2);
1620
   --                 A2 := Index_T2'succ (A2);
1621
   --                 B2 := Index_T2'succ (B2);
1622
   --              end loop;
1623
   --           end;
1624
 
1625
   --           exit when A1 = A'last (1);
1626
   --           A1 := Index_T1'succ (A1);
1627
   --           B1 := Index_T1'succ (B1);
1628
   --        end loop;
1629
   --     end;
1630
 
1631
   --     return true;
1632
   --  end Enn;
1633
 
1634
   --  Note on the formal types used (atyp and btyp). If either of the arrays
1635
   --  is of a private type, we use the underlying type, and do an unchecked
1636
   --  conversion of the actual. If either of the arrays has a bound depending
1637
   --  on a discriminant, then we use the base type since otherwise we have an
1638
   --  escaped discriminant in the function.
1639
 
1640
   --  If both arrays are constrained and have the same bounds, we can generate
1641
   --  a loop with an explicit iteration scheme using a 'Range attribute over
1642
   --  the first array.
1643
 
1644
   function Expand_Array_Equality
1645
     (Nod    : Node_Id;
1646
      Lhs    : Node_Id;
1647
      Rhs    : Node_Id;
1648
      Bodies : List_Id;
1649
      Typ    : Entity_Id) return Node_Id
1650
   is
1651
      Loc         : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
1652
      Decls       : constant List_Id    := New_List;
1653
      Index_List1 : constant List_Id    := New_List;
1654
      Index_List2 : constant List_Id    := New_List;
1655
 
1656
      Actuals   : List_Id;
1657
      Formals   : List_Id;
1658
      Func_Name : Entity_Id;
1659
      Func_Body : Node_Id;
1660
 
1661
      A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
1662
      B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
1663
 
1664
      Ltyp : Entity_Id;
1665
      Rtyp : Entity_Id;
1666
      --  The parameter types to be used for the formals
1667
 
1668
      function Arr_Attr
1669
        (Arr : Entity_Id;
1670
         Nam : Name_Id;
1671
         Num : Int) return Node_Id;
1672
      --  This builds the attribute reference Arr'Nam (Expr)
1673
 
1674
      function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
1675
      --  Create one statement to compare corresponding components, designated
1676
      --  by a full set of indexes.
1677
 
1678
      function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id;
1679
      --  Given one of the arguments, computes the appropriate type to be used
1680
      --  for that argument in the corresponding function formal
1681
 
1682
      function Handle_One_Dimension
1683
        (N     : Int;
1684
         Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
1685
      --  This procedure returns the following code
1686
      --
1687
      --    declare
1688
      --       Bn : Index_T := B'First (N);
1689
      --    begin
1690
      --       loop
1691
      --          xxx
1692
      --          exit when An = A'Last (N);
1693
      --          An := Index_T'Succ (An)
1694
      --          Bn := Index_T'Succ (Bn)
1695
      --       end loop;
1696
      --    end;
1697
      --
1698
      --  If both indexes are constrained and identical, the procedure
1699
      --  returns a simpler loop:
1700
      --
1701
      --      for An in A'Range (N) loop
1702
      --         xxx
1703
      --      end loop
1704
      --
1705
      --  N is the dimension for which we are generating a loop. Index is the
1706
      --  N'th index node, whose Etype is Index_Type_n in the above code. The
1707
      --  xxx statement is either the loop or declare for the next dimension
1708
      --  or if this is the last dimension the comparison of corresponding
1709
      --  components of the arrays.
1710
      --
1711
      --  The actual way the code works is to return the comparison of
1712
      --  corresponding components for the N+1 call. That's neater!
1713
 
1714
      function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id;
1715
      --  This function constructs the test for both arrays being empty
1716
      --    (A'length (1) = 0 or else A'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1717
      --      and then
1718
      --    (B'length (1) = 0 or else B'length (2) = 0 or else ...)
1719
 
1720
      function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id;
1721
      --  This function constructs the test for arrays having different lengths
1722
      --  in at least one index position, in which case the resulting code is:
1723
 
1724
      --     A'length (1) /= B'length (1)
1725
      --       or else
1726
      --     A'length (2) /= B'length (2)
1727
      --       or else
1728
      --       ...
1729
 
1730
      --------------
1731
      -- Arr_Attr --
1732
      --------------
1733
 
1734
      function Arr_Attr
1735
        (Arr : Entity_Id;
1736
         Nam : Name_Id;
1737
         Num : Int) return Node_Id
1738
      is
1739
      begin
1740
         return
1741
           Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1742
            Attribute_Name => Nam,
1743
            Prefix => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc),
1744
            Expressions => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Num)));
1745
      end Arr_Attr;
1746
 
1747
      ------------------------
1748
      -- Component_Equality --
1749
      ------------------------
1750
 
1751
      function Component_Equality (Typ : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
1752
         Test : Node_Id;
1753
         L, R : Node_Id;
1754
 
1755
      begin
1756
         --  if a(i1...) /= b(j1...) then return false; end if;
1757
 
1758
         L :=
1759
           Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1760
             Prefix      => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
1761
             Expressions => Index_List1);
1762
 
1763
         R :=
1764
           Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
1765
             Prefix      => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)),
1766
             Expressions => Index_List2);
1767
 
1768
         Test := Expand_Composite_Equality
1769
                   (Nod, Component_Type (Typ), L, R, Decls);
1770
 
1771
         --  If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole operation
1772
         --  will raise program error.
1773
 
1774
         if Nkind (Test) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
1775
 
1776
            --  This node is going to be inserted at a location where a
1777
            --  statement is expected: clear its Etype so analysis will set
1778
            --  it to the expected Standard_Void_Type.
1779
 
1780
            Set_Etype (Test, Empty);
1781
            return Test;
1782
 
1783
         else
1784
            return
1785
              Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
1786
                Condition => Make_Op_Not (Loc, Right_Opnd => Test),
1787
                Then_Statements => New_List (
1788
                  Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
1789
                    Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc))));
1790
         end if;
1791
      end Component_Equality;
1792
 
1793
      ------------------
1794
      -- Get_Arg_Type --
1795
      ------------------
1796
 
1797
      function Get_Arg_Type (N : Node_Id) return Entity_Id is
1798
         T : Entity_Id;
1799
         X : Node_Id;
1800
 
1801
      begin
1802
         T := Etype (N);
1803
 
1804
         if No (T) then
1805
            return Typ;
1806
 
1807
         else
1808
            T := Underlying_Type (T);
1809
 
1810
            X := First_Index (T);
1811
            while Present (X) loop
1812
               if Denotes_Discriminant (Type_Low_Bound (Etype (X)))
1813
                 or else
1814
                   Denotes_Discriminant (Type_High_Bound (Etype (X)))
1815
               then
1816
                  T := Base_Type (T);
1817
                  exit;
1818
               end if;
1819
 
1820
               Next_Index (X);
1821
            end loop;
1822
 
1823
            return T;
1824
         end if;
1825
      end Get_Arg_Type;
1826
 
1827
      --------------------------
1828
      -- Handle_One_Dimension --
1829
      ---------------------------
1830
 
1831
      function Handle_One_Dimension
1832
        (N     : Int;
1833
         Index : Node_Id) return Node_Id
1834
      is
1835
         Need_Separate_Indexes : constant Boolean :=
1836
                                   Ltyp /= Rtyp
1837
                                     or else not Is_Constrained (Ltyp);
1838
         --  If the index types are identical, and we are working with
1839
         --  constrained types, then we can use the same index for both
1840
         --  of the arrays.
1841
 
1842
         An : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A');
1843
 
1844
         Bn       : Entity_Id;
1845
         Index_T  : Entity_Id;
1846
         Stm_List : List_Id;
1847
         Loop_Stm : Node_Id;
1848
 
1849
      begin
1850
         if N > Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) then
1851
            return Component_Equality (Ltyp);
1852
         end if;
1853
 
1854
         --  Case where we generate a loop
1855
 
1856
         Index_T := Base_Type (Etype (Index));
1857
 
1858
         if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1859
            Bn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'B');
1860
         else
1861
            Bn := An;
1862
         end if;
1863
 
1864
         Append (New_Reference_To (An, Loc), Index_List1);
1865
         Append (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc), Index_List2);
1866
 
1867
         Stm_List := New_List (
1868
           Handle_One_Dimension (N + 1, Next_Index (Index)));
1869
 
1870
         if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1871
 
1872
            --  Generate guard for loop, followed by increments of indexes
1873
 
1874
            Append_To (Stm_List,
1875
               Make_Exit_Statement (Loc,
1876
                 Condition =>
1877
                   Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1878
                      Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1879
                      Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Last, N))));
1880
 
1881
            Append_To (Stm_List,
1882
              Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1883
                Name       => New_Reference_To (An, Loc),
1884
                Expression =>
1885
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1886
                    Prefix         => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1887
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1888
                    Expressions    => New_List (New_Reference_To (An, Loc)))));
1889
 
1890
            Append_To (Stm_List,
1891
              Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
1892
                Name       => New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc),
1893
                Expression =>
1894
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
1895
                    Prefix         => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1896
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
1897
                    Expressions    => New_List (New_Reference_To (Bn, Loc)))));
1898
         end if;
1899
 
1900
         --  If separate indexes, we need a declare block for An and Bn, and a
1901
         --  loop without an iteration scheme.
1902
 
1903
         if Need_Separate_Indexes then
1904
            Loop_Stm :=
1905
              Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod, Statements => Stm_List);
1906
 
1907
            return
1908
              Make_Block_Statement (Loc,
1909
                Declarations => New_List (
1910
                  Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1911
                    Defining_Identifier => An,
1912
                    Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1913
                    Expression          => Arr_Attr (A, Name_First, N)),
1914
 
1915
                  Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
1916
                    Defining_Identifier => Bn,
1917
                    Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Index_T, Loc),
1918
                    Expression          => Arr_Attr (B, Name_First, N))),
1919
 
1920
                Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
1921
                  Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
1922
                    Statements => New_List (Loop_Stm)));
1923
 
1924
         --  If no separate indexes, return loop statement with explicit
1925
         --  iteration scheme on its own
1926
 
1927
         else
1928
            Loop_Stm :=
1929
              Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
1930
                Statements       => Stm_List,
1931
                Iteration_Scheme =>
1932
                  Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
1933
                    Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
1934
                      Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
1935
                        Defining_Identifier         => An,
1936
                        Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
1937
                          Arr_Attr (A, Name_Range, N))));
1938
            return Loop_Stm;
1939
         end if;
1940
      end Handle_One_Dimension;
1941
 
1942
      -----------------------
1943
      -- Test_Empty_Arrays --
1944
      -----------------------
1945
 
1946
      function Test_Empty_Arrays return Node_Id is
1947
         Alist : Node_Id;
1948
         Blist : Node_Id;
1949
 
1950
         Atest : Node_Id;
1951
         Btest : Node_Id;
1952
 
1953
      begin
1954
         Alist := Empty;
1955
         Blist := Empty;
1956
         for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
1957
            Atest :=
1958
              Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1959
                Left_Opnd  => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
1960
                Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1961
 
1962
            Btest :=
1963
              Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
1964
                Left_Opnd  => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J),
1965
                Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
1966
 
1967
            if No (Alist) then
1968
               Alist := Atest;
1969
               Blist := Btest;
1970
 
1971
            else
1972
               Alist :=
1973
                 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1974
                   Left_Opnd  => Relocate_Node (Alist),
1975
                   Right_Opnd => Atest);
1976
 
1977
               Blist :=
1978
                 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
1979
                   Left_Opnd  => Relocate_Node (Blist),
1980
                   Right_Opnd => Btest);
1981
            end if;
1982
         end loop;
1983
 
1984
         return
1985
           Make_And_Then (Loc,
1986
             Left_Opnd  => Alist,
1987
             Right_Opnd => Blist);
1988
      end Test_Empty_Arrays;
1989
 
1990
      -----------------------------
1991
      -- Test_Lengths_Correspond --
1992
      -----------------------------
1993
 
1994
      function Test_Lengths_Correspond return Node_Id is
1995
         Result : Node_Id;
1996
         Rtest  : Node_Id;
1997
 
1998
      begin
1999
         Result := Empty;
2000
         for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Ltyp) loop
2001
            Rtest :=
2002
              Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
2003
                Left_Opnd  => Arr_Attr (A, Name_Length, J),
2004
                Right_Opnd => Arr_Attr (B, Name_Length, J));
2005
 
2006
            if No (Result) then
2007
               Result := Rtest;
2008
            else
2009
               Result :=
2010
                 Make_Or_Else (Loc,
2011
                   Left_Opnd  => Relocate_Node (Result),
2012
                   Right_Opnd => Rtest);
2013
            end if;
2014
         end loop;
2015
 
2016
         return Result;
2017
      end Test_Lengths_Correspond;
2018
 
2019
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Array_Equality
2020
 
2021
   begin
2022
      Ltyp := Get_Arg_Type (Lhs);
2023
      Rtyp := Get_Arg_Type (Rhs);
2024
 
2025
      --  For now, if the argument types are not the same, go to the base type,
2026
      --  since the code assumes that the formals have the same type. This is
2027
      --  fixable in future ???
2028
 
2029
      if Ltyp /= Rtyp then
2030
         Ltyp := Base_Type (Ltyp);
2031
         Rtyp := Base_Type (Rtyp);
2032
         pragma Assert (Ltyp = Rtyp);
2033
      end if;
2034
 
2035
      --  Build list of formals for function
2036
 
2037
      Formals := New_List (
2038
        Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
2039
          Defining_Identifier => A,
2040
          Parameter_Type      => New_Reference_To (Ltyp, Loc)),
2041
 
2042
        Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
2043
          Defining_Identifier => B,
2044
          Parameter_Type      => New_Reference_To (Rtyp, Loc)));
2045
 
2046
      Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'E');
2047
 
2048
      --  Build statement sequence for function
2049
 
2050
      Func_Body :=
2051
        Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
2052
          Specification =>
2053
            Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
2054
              Defining_Unit_Name       => Func_Name,
2055
              Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
2056
              Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
2057
 
2058
          Declarations =>  Decls,
2059
 
2060
          Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
2061
            Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
2062
              Statements => New_List (
2063
 
2064
                Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
2065
                  Condition => Test_Empty_Arrays,
2066
                  Then_Statements => New_List (
2067
                    Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
2068
                      Expression =>
2069
                        New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))),
2070
 
2071
                Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
2072
                  Condition => Test_Lengths_Correspond,
2073
                  Then_Statements => New_List (
2074
                    Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
2075
                      Expression =>
2076
                        New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)))),
2077
 
2078
                Handle_One_Dimension (1, First_Index (Ltyp)),
2079
 
2080
                Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
2081
                  Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)))));
2082
 
2083
         Set_Has_Completion (Func_Name, True);
2084
         Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
2085
 
2086
         --  If the array type is distinct from the type of the arguments, it
2087
         --  is the full view of a private type. Apply an unchecked conversion
2088
         --  to insure that analysis of the call succeeds.
2089
 
2090
         declare
2091
            L, R : Node_Id;
2092
 
2093
         begin
2094
            L := Lhs;
2095
            R := Rhs;
2096
 
2097
            if No (Etype (Lhs))
2098
              or else Base_Type (Etype (Lhs)) /= Base_Type (Ltyp)
2099
            then
2100
               L := OK_Convert_To (Ltyp, Lhs);
2101
            end if;
2102
 
2103
            if No (Etype (Rhs))
2104
              or else Base_Type (Etype (Rhs)) /= Base_Type (Rtyp)
2105
            then
2106
               R := OK_Convert_To (Rtyp, Rhs);
2107
            end if;
2108
 
2109
            Actuals := New_List (L, R);
2110
         end;
2111
 
2112
         Append_To (Bodies, Func_Body);
2113
 
2114
         return
2115
           Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2116
             Name                   => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
2117
             Parameter_Associations => Actuals);
2118
   end Expand_Array_Equality;
2119
 
2120
   -----------------------------
2121
   -- Expand_Boolean_Operator --
2122
   -----------------------------
2123
 
2124
   --  Note that we first get the actual subtypes of the operands, since we
2125
   --  always want to deal with types that have bounds.
2126
 
2127
   procedure Expand_Boolean_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
2128
      Typ : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
2129
 
2130
   begin
2131
      --  Special case of bit packed array where both operands are known to be
2132
      --  properly aligned. In this case we use an efficient run time routine
2133
      --  to carry out the operation (see System.Bit_Ops).
2134
 
2135
      if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
2136
        and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Left_Opnd (N))
2137
        and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
2138
      then
2139
         Expand_Packed_Boolean_Operator (N);
2140
         return;
2141
      end if;
2142
 
2143
      --  For the normal non-packed case, the general expansion is to build
2144
      --  function for carrying out the comparison (use Make_Boolean_Array_Op)
2145
      --  and then inserting it into the tree. The original operator node is
2146
      --  then rewritten as a call to this function. We also use this in the
2147
      --  packed case if either operand is a possibly unaligned object.
2148
 
2149
      declare
2150
         Loc       : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
2151
         L         : constant Node_Id    := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd  (N));
2152
         R         : constant Node_Id    := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
2153
         Func_Body : Node_Id;
2154
         Func_Name : Entity_Id;
2155
 
2156
      begin
2157
         Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (L);
2158
         Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (R);
2159
         Ensure_Defined (Etype (L), N);
2160
         Ensure_Defined (Etype (R), N);
2161
         Apply_Length_Check (R, Etype (L));
2162
 
2163
         if Nkind (N) = N_Op_Xor then
2164
            Silly_Boolean_Array_Xor_Test (N, Etype (L));
2165
         end if;
2166
 
2167
         if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
2168
           and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), L, R)
2169
         then
2170
            Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), L, R);
2171
 
2172
         elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Not
2173
           and then Nkind (N) = N_Op_And
2174
           and then
2175
             Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (Parent (N))), L, R)
2176
         then
2177
            return;
2178
         else
2179
 
2180
            Func_Body := Make_Boolean_Array_Op (Etype (L), N);
2181
            Func_Name := Defining_Unit_Name (Specification (Func_Body));
2182
            Insert_Action (N, Func_Body);
2183
 
2184
            --  Now rewrite the expression with a call
2185
 
2186
            Rewrite (N,
2187
              Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2188
                Name                   => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
2189
                Parameter_Associations =>
2190
                  New_List (
2191
                    L,
2192
                    Make_Type_Conversion
2193
                      (Loc, New_Reference_To (Etype (L), Loc), R))));
2194
 
2195
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
2196
         end if;
2197
      end;
2198
   end Expand_Boolean_Operator;
2199
 
2200
   -------------------------------
2201
   -- Expand_Composite_Equality --
2202
   -------------------------------
2203
 
2204
   --  This function is only called for comparing internal fields of composite
2205
   --  types when these fields are themselves composites. This is a special
2206
   --  case because it is not possible to respect normal Ada visibility rules.
2207
 
2208
   function Expand_Composite_Equality
2209
     (Nod    : Node_Id;
2210
      Typ    : Entity_Id;
2211
      Lhs    : Node_Id;
2212
      Rhs    : Node_Id;
2213
      Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
2214
   is
2215
      Loc       : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
2216
      Full_Type : Entity_Id;
2217
      Prim      : Elmt_Id;
2218
      Eq_Op     : Entity_Id;
2219
 
2220
      function Find_Primitive_Eq return Node_Id;
2221
      --  AI05-0123: Locate primitive equality for type if it exists, and
2222
      --  build the corresponding call. If operation is abstract, replace
2223
      --  call with an explicit raise. Return Empty if there is no primitive.
2224
 
2225
      -----------------------
2226
      -- Find_Primitive_Eq --
2227
      -----------------------
2228
 
2229
      function Find_Primitive_Eq return Node_Id is
2230
         Prim_E : Elmt_Id;
2231
         Prim   : Node_Id;
2232
 
2233
      begin
2234
         Prim_E := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
2235
         while Present (Prim_E) loop
2236
            Prim := Node (Prim_E);
2237
 
2238
            --  Locate primitive equality with the right signature
2239
 
2240
            if Chars (Prim) = Name_Op_Eq
2241
              and then Etype (First_Formal (Prim)) =
2242
                       Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Prim)))
2243
              and then Etype (Prim) = Standard_Boolean
2244
            then
2245
               if Is_Abstract_Subprogram (Prim) then
2246
                  return
2247
                    Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2248
                      Reason => PE_Explicit_Raise);
2249
 
2250
               else
2251
                  return
2252
                    Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2253
                      Name                   => New_Reference_To (Prim, Loc),
2254
                      Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2255
               end if;
2256
            end if;
2257
 
2258
            Next_Elmt (Prim_E);
2259
         end loop;
2260
 
2261
         --  If not found, predefined operation will be used
2262
 
2263
         return Empty;
2264
      end Find_Primitive_Eq;
2265
 
2266
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Composite_Equality
2267
 
2268
   begin
2269
      if Is_Private_Type (Typ) then
2270
         Full_Type := Underlying_Type (Typ);
2271
      else
2272
         Full_Type := Typ;
2273
      end if;
2274
 
2275
      --  Defense against malformed private types with no completion the error
2276
      --  will be diagnosed later by check_completion
2277
 
2278
      if No (Full_Type) then
2279
         return New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
2280
      end if;
2281
 
2282
      Full_Type := Base_Type (Full_Type);
2283
 
2284
      if Is_Array_Type (Full_Type) then
2285
 
2286
         --  If the operand is an elementary type other than a floating-point
2287
         --  type, then we can simply use the built-in block bitwise equality,
2288
         --  since the predefined equality operators always apply and bitwise
2289
         --  equality is fine for all these cases.
2290
 
2291
         if Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
2292
           and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Full_Type))
2293
         then
2294
            return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2295
 
2296
         --  For composite component types, and floating-point types, use the
2297
         --  expansion. This deals with tagged component types (where we use
2298
         --  the applicable equality routine) and floating-point, (where we
2299
         --  need to worry about negative zeroes), and also the case of any
2300
         --  composite type recursively containing such fields.
2301
 
2302
         else
2303
            return Expand_Array_Equality (Nod, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies, Full_Type);
2304
         end if;
2305
 
2306
      elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Full_Type) then
2307
 
2308
         --  Call the primitive operation "=" of this type
2309
 
2310
         if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Full_Type) then
2311
            Full_Type := Root_Type (Full_Type);
2312
         end if;
2313
 
2314
         --  If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with a
2315
         --  tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the primitive
2316
         --  operations of the private type. This check should no longer be
2317
         --  necessary when these types receive their full views ???
2318
 
2319
         if Is_Private_Type (Typ)
2320
           and then not Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
2321
           and then not Is_Controlled (Typ)
2322
           and then Is_Derived_Type (Typ)
2323
           and then No (Full_View (Typ))
2324
         then
2325
            Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (Typ));
2326
         else
2327
            Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Full_Type));
2328
         end if;
2329
 
2330
         loop
2331
            Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2332
            exit when Chars (Eq_Op) = Name_Op_Eq
2333
              and then Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) =
2334
                       Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Eq_Op)))
2335
              and then Base_Type (Etype (Eq_Op)) = Standard_Boolean;
2336
            Next_Elmt (Prim);
2337
            pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
2338
         end loop;
2339
 
2340
         Eq_Op := Node (Prim);
2341
 
2342
         return
2343
           Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2344
             Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2345
             Parameter_Associations =>
2346
               New_List
2347
                 (Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Lhs),
2348
                  Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)), Rhs)));
2349
 
2350
      elsif Is_Record_Type (Full_Type) then
2351
         Eq_Op := TSS (Full_Type, TSS_Composite_Equality);
2352
 
2353
         if Present (Eq_Op) then
2354
            if Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op)) /= Full_Type then
2355
 
2356
               --  Inherited equality from parent type. Convert the actuals to
2357
               --  match signature of operation.
2358
 
2359
               declare
2360
                  T : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq_Op));
2361
 
2362
               begin
2363
                  return
2364
                    Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2365
                      Name                  => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2366
                      Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2367
                        OK_Convert_To (T, Lhs),
2368
                        OK_Convert_To (T, Rhs)));
2369
               end;
2370
 
2371
            else
2372
               --  Comparison between Unchecked_Union components
2373
 
2374
               if Is_Unchecked_Union (Full_Type) then
2375
                  declare
2376
                     Lhs_Type      : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2377
                     Rhs_Type      : Node_Id := Full_Type;
2378
                     Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2379
                     Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
2380
 
2381
                  begin
2382
                     --  Lhs subtype
2383
 
2384
                     if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2385
                        Lhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)));
2386
                     end if;
2387
 
2388
                     --  Rhs subtype
2389
 
2390
                     if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component then
2391
                        Rhs_Type := Etype (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)));
2392
                     end if;
2393
 
2394
                     --  Lhs of the composite equality
2395
 
2396
                     if Is_Constrained (Lhs_Type) then
2397
 
2398
                        --  Since the enclosing record type can never be an
2399
                        --  Unchecked_Union (this code is executed for records
2400
                        --  that do not have variants), we may reference its
2401
                        --  discriminant(s).
2402
 
2403
                        if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
2404
                          and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint (
2405
                                     Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
2406
                        then
2407
                           Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2408
                             Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2409
                               Prefix        => Prefix (Lhs),
2410
                               Selector_Name =>
2411
                                 New_Copy
2412
                                   (Get_Discriminant_Value
2413
                                      (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2414
                                       Lhs_Type,
2415
                                       Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
2416
 
2417
                        else
2418
                           Lhs_Discr_Val :=
2419
                             New_Copy
2420
                               (Get_Discriminant_Value
2421
                                  (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
2422
                                   Lhs_Type,
2423
                                   Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
2424
 
2425
                        end if;
2426
                     else
2427
                        --  It is not possible to infer the discriminant since
2428
                        --  the subtype is not constrained.
2429
 
2430
                        return
2431
                          Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2432
                            Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2433
                     end if;
2434
 
2435
                     --  Rhs of the composite equality
2436
 
2437
                     if Is_Constrained (Rhs_Type) then
2438
                        if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
2439
                          and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
2440
                                     (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
2441
                        then
2442
                           Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2443
                             Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
2444
                               Prefix        => Prefix (Rhs),
2445
                               Selector_Name =>
2446
                                 New_Copy
2447
                                   (Get_Discriminant_Value
2448
                                      (First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2449
                                       Rhs_Type,
2450
                                       Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
2451
 
2452
                        else
2453
                           Rhs_Discr_Val :=
2454
                             New_Copy
2455
                               (Get_Discriminant_Value
2456
                                  (First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
2457
                                   Rhs_Type,
2458
                                   Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
2459
 
2460
                        end if;
2461
                     else
2462
                        return
2463
                          Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
2464
                            Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
2465
                     end if;
2466
 
2467
                     --  Call the TSS equality function with the inferred
2468
                     --  discriminant values.
2469
 
2470
                     return
2471
                       Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2472
                         Name => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2473
                         Parameter_Associations => New_List (
2474
                           Lhs,
2475
                           Rhs,
2476
                           Lhs_Discr_Val,
2477
                           Rhs_Discr_Val));
2478
                  end;
2479
 
2480
               else
2481
                  return
2482
                    Make_Function_Call (Loc,
2483
                      Name                   => New_Reference_To (Eq_Op, Loc),
2484
                      Parameter_Associations => New_List (Lhs, Rhs));
2485
               end if;
2486
            end if;
2487
 
2488
         elsif Ada_Version >= Ada_2012 then
2489
 
2490
            --  if no TSS has been created for the type, check whether there is
2491
            --  a primitive equality declared for it.
2492
 
2493
            declare
2494
               Ada_2012_Op : constant Node_Id := Find_Primitive_Eq;
2495
 
2496
            begin
2497
               if Present (Ada_2012_Op) then
2498
                  return Ada_2012_Op;
2499
               else
2500
 
2501
               --  Use predefined equality if no user-defined primitive exists
2502
 
2503
                  return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Lhs, Rhs);
2504
               end if;
2505
            end;
2506
 
2507
         else
2508
            return Expand_Record_Equality (Nod, Full_Type, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies);
2509
         end if;
2510
 
2511
      else
2512
         --  If not array or record type, it is predefined equality.
2513
 
2514
         return Make_Op_Eq (Loc, Left_Opnd => Lhs, Right_Opnd => Rhs);
2515
      end if;
2516
   end Expand_Composite_Equality;
2517
 
2518
   ------------------------
2519
   -- Expand_Concatenate --
2520
   ------------------------
2521
 
2522
   procedure Expand_Concatenate (Cnode : Node_Id; Opnds : List_Id) is
2523
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Cnode);
2524
 
2525
      Atyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Cnode));
2526
      --  Result type of concatenation
2527
 
2528
      Ctyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Component_Type (Etype (Cnode)));
2529
      --  Component type. Elements of this component type can appear as one
2530
      --  of the operands of concatenation as well as arrays.
2531
 
2532
      Istyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Index (Atyp));
2533
      --  Index subtype
2534
 
2535
      Ityp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Istyp);
2536
      --  Index type. This is the base type of the index subtype, and is used
2537
      --  for all computed bounds (which may be out of range of Istyp in the
2538
      --  case of null ranges).
2539
 
2540
      Artyp : Entity_Id;
2541
      --  This is the type we use to do arithmetic to compute the bounds and
2542
      --  lengths of operands. The choice of this type is a little subtle and
2543
      --  is discussed in a separate section at the start of the body code.
2544
 
2545
      Concatenation_Error : exception;
2546
      --  Raised if concatenation is sure to raise a CE
2547
 
2548
      Result_May_Be_Null : Boolean := True;
2549
      --  Reset to False if at least one operand is encountered which is known
2550
      --  at compile time to be non-null. Used for handling the special case
2551
      --  of setting the high bound to the last operand high bound for a null
2552
      --  result, thus ensuring a proper high bound in the super-flat case.
2553
 
2554
      N : constant Nat := List_Length (Opnds);
2555
      --  Number of concatenation operands including possibly null operands
2556
 
2557
      NN : Nat := 0;
2558
      --  Number of operands excluding any known to be null, except that the
2559
      --  last operand is always retained, in case it provides the bounds for
2560
      --  a null result.
2561
 
2562
      Opnd : Node_Id;
2563
      --  Current operand being processed in the loop through operands. After
2564
      --  this loop is complete, always contains the last operand (which is not
2565
      --  the same as Operands (NN), since null operands are skipped).
2566
 
2567
      --  Arrays describing the operands, only the first NN entries of each
2568
      --  array are set (NN < N when we exclude known null operands).
2569
 
2570
      Is_Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Boolean;
2571
      --  True if length of corresponding operand known at compile time
2572
 
2573
      Operands : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2574
      --  Set to the corresponding entry in the Opnds list (but note that null
2575
      --  operands are excluded, so not all entries in the list are stored).
2576
 
2577
      Fixed_Length : array (1 .. N) of Uint;
2578
      --  Set to length of operand. Entries in this array are set only if the
2579
      --  corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length is True.
2580
 
2581
      Opnd_Low_Bound : array (1 .. N) of Node_Id;
2582
      --  Set to lower bound of operand. Either an integer literal in the case
2583
      --  where the bound is known at compile time, else actual lower bound.
2584
      --  The operand low bound is of type Ityp.
2585
 
2586
      Var_Length : array (1 .. N) of Entity_Id;
2587
      --  Set to an entity of type Natural that contains the length of an
2588
      --  operand whose length is not known at compile time. Entries in this
2589
      --  array are set only if the corresponding entry in Is_Fixed_Length
2590
      --  is False. The entity is of type Artyp.
2591
 
2592
      Aggr_Length : array (0 .. N) of Node_Id;
2593
      --  The J'th entry in an expression node that represents the total length
2594
      --  of operands 1 through J. It is either an integer literal node, or a
2595
      --  reference to a constant entity with the right value, so it is fine
2596
      --  to just do a Copy_Node to get an appropriate copy. The extra zero'th
2597
      --  entry always is set to zero. The length is of type Artyp.
2598
 
2599
      Low_Bound : Node_Id;
2600
      --  A tree node representing the low bound of the result (of type Ityp).
2601
      --  This is either an integer literal node, or an identifier reference to
2602
      --  a constant entity initialized to the appropriate value.
2603
 
2604
      Last_Opnd_Low_Bound : Node_Id;
2605
      --  A tree node representing the low bound of the last operand. This
2606
      --  need only be set if the result could be null. It is used for the
2607
      --  special case of setting the right low bound for a null result.
2608
      --  This is of type Ityp.
2609
 
2610
      Last_Opnd_High_Bound : Node_Id;
2611
      --  A tree node representing the high bound of the last operand. This
2612
      --  need only be set if the result could be null. It is used for the
2613
      --  special case of setting the right high bound for a null result.
2614
      --  This is of type Ityp.
2615
 
2616
      High_Bound : Node_Id;
2617
      --  A tree node representing the high bound of the result (of type Ityp)
2618
 
2619
      Result : Node_Id;
2620
      --  Result of the concatenation (of type Ityp)
2621
 
2622
      Actions : constant List_Id := New_List;
2623
      --  Collect actions to be inserted
2624
 
2625
      Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen : Boolean;
2626
      --  Set True during generation of the assignments of operands into
2627
      --  result once an operand known to be non-null has been seen.
2628
 
2629
      function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id;
2630
      --  This function makes an N_Integer_Literal node that is returned in
2631
      --  analyzed form with the type set to Artyp. Importantly this literal
2632
      --  is not flagged as static, so that if we do computations with it that
2633
      --  result in statically detected out of range conditions, we will not
2634
      --  generate error messages but instead warning messages.
2635
 
2636
      function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2637
      --  Given a node of type Ityp, returns the corresponding value of type
2638
      --  Artyp. For non-enumeration types, this is a plain integer conversion.
2639
      --  For enum types, the Pos of the value is returned.
2640
 
2641
      function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
2642
      --  The inverse function (uses Val in the case of enumeration types)
2643
 
2644
      ------------------------
2645
      -- Make_Artyp_Literal --
2646
      ------------------------
2647
 
2648
      function Make_Artyp_Literal (Val : Nat) return Node_Id is
2649
         Result : constant Node_Id := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Val);
2650
      begin
2651
         Set_Etype (Result, Artyp);
2652
         Set_Analyzed (Result, True);
2653
         Set_Is_Static_Expression (Result, False);
2654
         return Result;
2655
      end Make_Artyp_Literal;
2656
 
2657
      --------------
2658
      -- To_Artyp --
2659
      --------------
2660
 
2661
      function To_Artyp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2662
      begin
2663
         if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2664
            return X;
2665
 
2666
         elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2667
            return
2668
              Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2669
                Prefix         => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2670
                Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
2671
                Expressions    => New_List (X));
2672
 
2673
         else
2674
            return Convert_To (Artyp, X);
2675
         end if;
2676
      end To_Artyp;
2677
 
2678
      -------------
2679
      -- To_Ityp --
2680
      -------------
2681
 
2682
      function To_Ityp (X : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
2683
      begin
2684
         if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2685
            return
2686
              Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2687
                Prefix         => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
2688
                Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
2689
                Expressions    => New_List (X));
2690
 
2691
         --  Case where we will do a type conversion
2692
 
2693
         else
2694
            if Ityp = Base_Type (Artyp) then
2695
               return X;
2696
            else
2697
               return Convert_To (Ityp, X);
2698
            end if;
2699
         end if;
2700
      end To_Ityp;
2701
 
2702
      --  Local Declarations
2703
 
2704
      Opnd_Typ : Entity_Id;
2705
      Ent      : Entity_Id;
2706
      Len      : Uint;
2707
      J        : Nat;
2708
      Clen     : Node_Id;
2709
      Set      : Boolean;
2710
 
2711
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Concatenate
2712
 
2713
   begin
2714
      --  Choose an appropriate computational type
2715
 
2716
      --  We will be doing calculations of lengths and bounds in this routine
2717
      --  and computing one from the other in some cases, e.g. getting the high
2718
      --  bound by adding the length-1 to the low bound.
2719
 
2720
      --  We can't just use the index type, or even its base type for this
2721
      --  purpose for two reasons. First it might be an enumeration type which
2722
      --  is not suitable for computations of any kind, and second it may
2723
      --  simply not have enough range. For example if the index type is
2724
      --  -128..+127 then lengths can be up to 256, which is out of range of
2725
      --  the type.
2726
 
2727
      --  For enumeration types, we can simply use Standard_Integer, this is
2728
      --  sufficient since the actual number of enumeration literals cannot
2729
      --  possibly exceed the range of integer (remember we will be doing the
2730
      --  arithmetic with POS values, not representation values).
2731
 
2732
      if Is_Enumeration_Type (Ityp) then
2733
         Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2734
 
2735
      --  If index type is Positive, we use the standard unsigned type, to give
2736
      --  more room on the top of the range, obviating the need for an overflow
2737
      --  check when creating the upper bound. This is needed to avoid junk
2738
      --  overflow checks in the common case of String types.
2739
 
2740
      --  ??? Disabled for now
2741
 
2742
      --  elsif Istyp = Standard_Positive then
2743
      --     Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2744
 
2745
      --  For modular types, we use a 32-bit modular type for types whose size
2746
      --  is in the range 1-31 bits. For 32-bit unsigned types, we use the
2747
      --  identity type, and for larger unsigned types we use 64-bits.
2748
 
2749
      elsif Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Ityp) then
2750
         if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2751
            Artyp := Standard_Unsigned;
2752
         elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
2753
            Artyp := Ityp;
2754
         else
2755
            Artyp := RTE (RE_Long_Long_Unsigned);
2756
         end if;
2757
 
2758
      --  Similar treatment for signed types
2759
 
2760
      else
2761
         if RM_Size (Ityp) < RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2762
            Artyp := Standard_Integer;
2763
         elsif RM_Size (Ityp) = RM_Size (Standard_Integer) then
2764
            Artyp := Ityp;
2765
         else
2766
            Artyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
2767
         end if;
2768
      end if;
2769
 
2770
      --  Supply dummy entry at start of length array
2771
 
2772
      Aggr_Length (0) := Make_Artyp_Literal (0);
2773
 
2774
      --  Go through operands setting up the above arrays
2775
 
2776
      J := 1;
2777
      while J <= N loop
2778
         Opnd := Remove_Head (Opnds);
2779
         Opnd_Typ := Etype (Opnd);
2780
 
2781
         --  The parent got messed up when we put the operands in a list,
2782
         --  so now put back the proper parent for the saved operand, that
2783
         --  is to say the concatenation node, to make sure that each operand
2784
         --  is seen as a subexpression, e.g. if actions must be inserted.
2785
 
2786
         Set_Parent (Opnd, Cnode);
2787
 
2788
         --  Set will be True when we have setup one entry in the array
2789
 
2790
         Set := False;
2791
 
2792
         --  Singleton element (or character literal) case
2793
 
2794
         if Base_Type (Opnd_Typ) = Ctyp then
2795
            NN := NN + 1;
2796
            Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2797
            Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2798
            Fixed_Length (NN) := Uint_1;
2799
            Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2800
 
2801
            --  Set low bound of operand (no need to set Last_Opnd_High_Bound
2802
            --  since we know that the result cannot be null).
2803
 
2804
            Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2805
              Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2806
                Prefix         => New_Reference_To (Istyp, Loc),
2807
                Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2808
 
2809
            Set := True;
2810
 
2811
         --  String literal case (can only occur for strings of course)
2812
 
2813
         elsif Nkind (Opnd) = N_String_Literal then
2814
            Len := String_Literal_Length (Opnd_Typ);
2815
 
2816
            if Len /= 0 then
2817
               Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2818
            end if;
2819
 
2820
            --  Capture last operand low and high bound if result could be null
2821
 
2822
            if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2823
               Last_Opnd_Low_Bound :=
2824
                 New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ));
2825
 
2826
               Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2827
                 Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
2828
                   Left_Opnd  =>
2829
                     New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ)),
2830
                   Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1));
2831
            end if;
2832
 
2833
            --  Skip null string literal
2834
 
2835
            if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2836
               goto Continue;
2837
            end if;
2838
 
2839
            NN := NN + 1;
2840
            Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2841
            Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2842
 
2843
            --  Set length and bounds
2844
 
2845
            Fixed_Length (NN) := Len;
2846
 
2847
            Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2848
              New_Copy_Tree (String_Literal_Low_Bound (Opnd_Typ));
2849
 
2850
            Set := True;
2851
 
2852
         --  All other cases
2853
 
2854
         else
2855
            --  Check constrained case with known bounds
2856
 
2857
            if Is_Constrained (Opnd_Typ) then
2858
               declare
2859
                  Index    : constant Node_Id   := First_Index (Opnd_Typ);
2860
                  Indx_Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Index);
2861
                  Lo       : constant Node_Id   := Type_Low_Bound  (Indx_Typ);
2862
                  Hi       : constant Node_Id   := Type_High_Bound (Indx_Typ);
2863
 
2864
               begin
2865
                  --  Fixed length constrained array type with known at compile
2866
                  --  time bounds is last case of fixed length operand.
2867
 
2868
                  if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
2869
                       and then
2870
                     Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
2871
                  then
2872
                     declare
2873
                        Loval : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Lo);
2874
                        Hival : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Hi);
2875
                        Len   : constant Uint :=
2876
                                  UI_Max (Hival - Loval + 1, Uint_0);
2877
 
2878
                     begin
2879
                        if Len > 0 then
2880
                           Result_May_Be_Null := False;
2881
                        end if;
2882
 
2883
                        --  Capture last operand bounds if result could be null
2884
 
2885
                        if J = N and then Result_May_Be_Null then
2886
                           Last_Opnd_Low_Bound :=
2887
                             Convert_To (Ityp,
2888
                               Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Expr_Value (Lo)));
2889
 
2890
                           Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2891
                             Convert_To (Ityp,
2892
                               Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Expr_Value (Hi)));
2893
                        end if;
2894
 
2895
                        --  Exclude null length case unless last operand
2896
 
2897
                        if J < N and then Len = 0 then
2898
                           goto Continue;
2899
                        end if;
2900
 
2901
                        NN := NN + 1;
2902
                        Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2903
                        Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := True;
2904
                        Fixed_Length (NN)    := Len;
2905
 
2906
                        Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2907
                          To_Ityp
2908
                            (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Expr_Value (Lo)));
2909
                        Set := True;
2910
                     end;
2911
                  end if;
2912
               end;
2913
            end if;
2914
 
2915
            --  All cases where the length is not known at compile time, or the
2916
            --  special case of an operand which is known to be null but has a
2917
            --  lower bound other than 1 or is other than a string type.
2918
 
2919
            if not Set then
2920
               NN := NN + 1;
2921
 
2922
               --  Capture operand bounds
2923
 
2924
               Opnd_Low_Bound (NN) :=
2925
                 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2926
                   Prefix         =>
2927
                     Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2928
                   Attribute_Name => Name_First);
2929
 
2930
               --  Capture last operand bounds if result could be null
2931
 
2932
               if J = N and Result_May_Be_Null then
2933
                  Last_Opnd_Low_Bound :=
2934
                    Convert_To (Ityp,
2935
                      Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2936
                        Prefix         =>
2937
                          Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2938
                        Attribute_Name => Name_First));
2939
 
2940
                  Last_Opnd_High_Bound :=
2941
                    Convert_To (Ityp,
2942
                      Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2943
                        Prefix         =>
2944
                          Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2945
                        Attribute_Name => Name_Last));
2946
               end if;
2947
 
2948
               --  Capture length of operand in entity
2949
 
2950
               Operands (NN) := Opnd;
2951
               Is_Fixed_Length (NN) := False;
2952
 
2953
               Var_Length (NN) := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'L');
2954
 
2955
               Append_To (Actions,
2956
                 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
2957
                   Defining_Identifier => Var_Length (NN),
2958
                   Constant_Present    => True,
2959
                   Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
2960
                   Expression          =>
2961
                     Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
2962
                       Prefix         =>
2963
                         Duplicate_Subexpr (Opnd, Name_Req => True),
2964
                       Attribute_Name => Name_Length)));
2965
            end if;
2966
         end if;
2967
 
2968
         --  Set next entry in aggregate length array
2969
 
2970
         --  For first entry, make either integer literal for fixed length
2971
         --  or a reference to the saved length for variable length.
2972
 
2973
         if NN = 1 then
2974
            if Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
2975
               Aggr_Length (1) := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Fixed_Length (1));
2976
            else
2977
               Aggr_Length (1) := New_Reference_To (Var_Length (1), Loc);
2978
            end if;
2979
 
2980
         --  If entry is fixed length and only fixed lengths so far, make
2981
         --  appropriate new integer literal adding new length.
2982
 
2983
         elsif Is_Fixed_Length (NN)
2984
           and then Nkind (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)) = N_Integer_Literal
2985
         then
2986
            Aggr_Length (NN) :=
2987
              Make_Integer_Literal (Loc,
2988
                Intval => Fixed_Length (NN) + Intval (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)));
2989
 
2990
         --  All other cases, construct an addition node for the length and
2991
         --  create an entity initialized to this length.
2992
 
2993
         else
2994
            Ent := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'L');
2995
 
2996
            if Is_Fixed_Length (NN) then
2997
               Clen := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Fixed_Length (NN));
2998
            else
2999
               Clen := New_Reference_To (Var_Length (NN), Loc);
3000
            end if;
3001
 
3002
            Append_To (Actions,
3003
              Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3004
                Defining_Identifier => Ent,
3005
                Constant_Present    => True,
3006
                Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Artyp, Loc),
3007
                Expression          =>
3008
                  Make_Op_Add (Loc,
3009
                    Left_Opnd  => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN - 1)),
3010
                    Right_Opnd => Clen)));
3011
 
3012
            Aggr_Length (NN) := Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars => Chars (Ent));
3013
         end if;
3014
 
3015
      <<Continue>>
3016
         J := J + 1;
3017
      end loop;
3018
 
3019
      --  If we have only skipped null operands, return the last operand
3020
 
3021
      if NN = 0 then
3022
         Result := Opnd;
3023
         goto Done;
3024
      end if;
3025
 
3026
      --  If we have only one non-null operand, return it and we are done.
3027
      --  There is one case in which this cannot be done, and that is when
3028
      --  the sole operand is of the element type, in which case it must be
3029
      --  converted to an array, and the easiest way of doing that is to go
3030
      --  through the normal general circuit.
3031
 
3032
      if NN = 1
3033
        and then Base_Type (Etype (Operands (1))) /= Ctyp
3034
      then
3035
         Result := Operands (1);
3036
         goto Done;
3037
      end if;
3038
 
3039
      --  Cases where we have a real concatenation
3040
 
3041
      --  Next step is to find the low bound for the result array that we
3042
      --  will allocate. The rules for this are in (RM 4.5.6(5-7)).
3043
 
3044
      --  If the ultimate ancestor of the index subtype is a constrained array
3045
      --  definition, then the lower bound is that of the index subtype as
3046
      --  specified by (RM 4.5.3(6)).
3047
 
3048
      --  The right test here is to go to the root type, and then the ultimate
3049
      --  ancestor is the first subtype of this root type.
3050
 
3051
      if Is_Constrained (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp))) then
3052
         Low_Bound :=
3053
           Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3054
             Prefix         =>
3055
               New_Occurrence_Of (First_Subtype (Root_Type (Atyp)), Loc),
3056
             Attribute_Name => Name_First);
3057
 
3058
      --  If the first operand in the list has known length we know that
3059
      --  the lower bound of the result is the lower bound of this operand.
3060
 
3061
      elsif Is_Fixed_Length (1) then
3062
         Low_Bound := Opnd_Low_Bound (1);
3063
 
3064
      --  OK, we don't know the lower bound, we have to build a horrible
3065
      --  expression actions node of the form
3066
 
3067
      --     if Cond1'Length /= 0 then
3068
      --        Opnd1 low bound
3069
      --     else
3070
      --        if Opnd2'Length /= 0 then
3071
      --          Opnd2 low bound
3072
      --        else
3073
      --           ...
3074
 
3075
      --  The nesting ends either when we hit an operand whose length is known
3076
      --  at compile time, or on reaching the last operand, whose low bound we
3077
      --  take unconditionally whether or not it is null. It's easiest to do
3078
      --  this with a recursive procedure:
3079
 
3080
      else
3081
         declare
3082
            function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id;
3083
            --  Returns the lower bound determined by operands J .. NN
3084
 
3085
            ---------------------
3086
            -- Get_Known_Bound --
3087
            ---------------------
3088
 
3089
            function Get_Known_Bound (J : Nat) return Node_Id is
3090
            begin
3091
               if Is_Fixed_Length (J) or else J = NN then
3092
                  return New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J));
3093
 
3094
               else
3095
                  return
3096
                    Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3097
                      Expressions => New_List (
3098
 
3099
                        Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
3100
                          Left_Opnd  => New_Reference_To (Var_Length (J), Loc),
3101
                          Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
3102
 
3103
                        New_Copy (Opnd_Low_Bound (J)),
3104
                        Get_Known_Bound (J + 1)));
3105
               end if;
3106
            end Get_Known_Bound;
3107
 
3108
         begin
3109
            Ent := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'L');
3110
 
3111
            Append_To (Actions,
3112
              Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3113
                Defining_Identifier => Ent,
3114
                Constant_Present    => True,
3115
                Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Ityp, Loc),
3116
                Expression          => Get_Known_Bound (1)));
3117
 
3118
            Low_Bound := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
3119
         end;
3120
      end if;
3121
 
3122
      --  Now we can safely compute the upper bound, normally
3123
      --  Low_Bound + Length - 1.
3124
 
3125
      High_Bound :=
3126
        To_Ityp (
3127
          Make_Op_Add (Loc,
3128
            Left_Opnd  => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
3129
            Right_Opnd =>
3130
              Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
3131
                Left_Opnd  => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
3132
                Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1))));
3133
 
3134
      --  Note that calculation of the high bound may cause overflow in some
3135
      --  very weird cases, so in the general case we need an overflow check on
3136
      --  the high bound. We can avoid this for the common case of string types
3137
      --  and other types whose index is Positive, since we chose a wider range
3138
      --  for the arithmetic type.
3139
 
3140
      if Istyp /= Standard_Positive then
3141
         Activate_Overflow_Check (High_Bound);
3142
      end if;
3143
 
3144
      --  Handle the exceptional case where the result is null, in which case
3145
      --  case the bounds come from the last operand (so that we get the proper
3146
      --  bounds if the last operand is super-flat).
3147
 
3148
      if Result_May_Be_Null then
3149
         Low_Bound :=
3150
           Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3151
             Expressions => New_List (
3152
               Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
3153
                 Left_Opnd  => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
3154
                 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (0)),
3155
               Last_Opnd_Low_Bound,
3156
               Low_Bound));
3157
 
3158
         High_Bound :=
3159
           Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
3160
             Expressions => New_List (
3161
               Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
3162
                 Left_Opnd  => New_Copy (Aggr_Length (NN)),
3163
                 Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (0)),
3164
               Last_Opnd_High_Bound,
3165
               High_Bound));
3166
      end if;
3167
 
3168
      --  Here is where we insert the saved up actions
3169
 
3170
      Insert_Actions (Cnode, Actions, Suppress => All_Checks);
3171
 
3172
      --  Now we construct an array object with appropriate bounds. We mark
3173
      --  the target as internal to prevent useless initialization when
3174
      --  Initialize_Scalars is enabled. Also since this is the actual result
3175
      --  entity, we make sure we have debug information for the result.
3176
 
3177
      Ent := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'S');
3178
      Set_Is_Internal (Ent);
3179
      Set_Needs_Debug_Info (Ent);
3180
 
3181
      --  If the bound is statically known to be out of range, we do not want
3182
      --  to abort, we want a warning and a runtime constraint error. Note that
3183
      --  we have arranged that the result will not be treated as a static
3184
      --  constant, so we won't get an illegality during this insertion.
3185
 
3186
      Insert_Action (Cnode,
3187
        Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3188
          Defining_Identifier => Ent,
3189
          Object_Definition   =>
3190
            Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
3191
              Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Atyp, Loc),
3192
              Constraint   =>
3193
                Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
3194
                  Constraints => New_List (
3195
                    Make_Range (Loc,
3196
                      Low_Bound  => Low_Bound,
3197
                      High_Bound => High_Bound))))),
3198
        Suppress => All_Checks);
3199
 
3200
      --  If the result of the concatenation appears as the initializing
3201
      --  expression of an object declaration, we can just rename the
3202
      --  result, rather than copying it.
3203
 
3204
      Set_OK_To_Rename (Ent);
3205
 
3206
      --  Catch the static out of range case now
3207
 
3208
      if Raises_Constraint_Error (High_Bound) then
3209
         raise Concatenation_Error;
3210
      end if;
3211
 
3212
      --  Now we will generate the assignments to do the actual concatenation
3213
 
3214
      --  There is one case in which we will not do this, namely when all the
3215
      --  following conditions are met:
3216
 
3217
      --    The result type is Standard.String
3218
 
3219
      --    There are nine or fewer retained (non-null) operands
3220
 
3221
      --    The optimization level is -O0
3222
 
3223
      --    The corresponding System.Concat_n.Str_Concat_n routine is
3224
      --    available in the run time.
3225
 
3226
      --    The debug flag gnatd.c is not set
3227
 
3228
      --  If all these conditions are met then we generate a call to the
3229
      --  relevant concatenation routine. The purpose of this is to avoid
3230
      --  undesirable code bloat at -O0.
3231
 
3232
      if Atyp = Standard_String
3233
        and then NN in 2 .. 9
3234
        and then (Opt.Optimization_Level = 0 or else Debug_Flag_Dot_CC)
3235
        and then not Debug_Flag_Dot_C
3236
      then
3237
         declare
3238
            RR : constant array (Nat range 2 .. 9) of RE_Id :=
3239
                   (RE_Str_Concat_2,
3240
                    RE_Str_Concat_3,
3241
                    RE_Str_Concat_4,
3242
                    RE_Str_Concat_5,
3243
                    RE_Str_Concat_6,
3244
                    RE_Str_Concat_7,
3245
                    RE_Str_Concat_8,
3246
                    RE_Str_Concat_9);
3247
 
3248
         begin
3249
            if RTE_Available (RR (NN)) then
3250
               declare
3251
                  Opnds : constant List_Id :=
3252
                            New_List (New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
3253
 
3254
               begin
3255
                  for J in 1 .. NN loop
3256
                     if Is_List_Member (Operands (J)) then
3257
                        Remove (Operands (J));
3258
                     end if;
3259
 
3260
                     if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
3261
                        Append_To (Opnds,
3262
                          Make_Aggregate (Loc,
3263
                            Component_Associations => New_List (
3264
                              Make_Component_Association (Loc,
3265
                                Choices => New_List (
3266
                                  Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1)),
3267
                                Expression => Operands (J)))));
3268
 
3269
                     else
3270
                        Append_To (Opnds, Operands (J));
3271
                     end if;
3272
                  end loop;
3273
 
3274
                  Insert_Action (Cnode,
3275
                    Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
3276
                      Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RR (NN)), Loc),
3277
                      Parameter_Associations => Opnds));
3278
 
3279
                  Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
3280
                  goto Done;
3281
               end;
3282
            end if;
3283
         end;
3284
      end if;
3285
 
3286
      --  Not special case so generate the assignments
3287
 
3288
      Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := False;
3289
 
3290
      for J in 1 .. NN loop
3291
         declare
3292
            Lo : constant Node_Id :=
3293
                   Make_Op_Add (Loc,
3294
                     Left_Opnd  => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
3295
                     Right_Opnd => Aggr_Length (J - 1));
3296
 
3297
            Hi : constant Node_Id :=
3298
                   Make_Op_Add (Loc,
3299
                     Left_Opnd  => To_Artyp (New_Copy (Low_Bound)),
3300
                     Right_Opnd =>
3301
                       Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
3302
                         Left_Opnd  => Aggr_Length (J),
3303
                         Right_Opnd => Make_Artyp_Literal (1)));
3304
 
3305
         begin
3306
            --  Singleton case, simple assignment
3307
 
3308
            if Base_Type (Etype (Operands (J))) = Ctyp then
3309
               Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
3310
               Insert_Action (Cnode,
3311
                 Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
3312
                   Name       =>
3313
                     Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
3314
                       Prefix      => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
3315
                       Expressions => New_List (To_Ityp (Lo))),
3316
                   Expression => Operands (J)),
3317
                 Suppress => All_Checks);
3318
 
3319
            --  Array case, slice assignment, skipped when argument is fixed
3320
            --  length and known to be null.
3321
 
3322
            elsif (not Is_Fixed_Length (J)) or else (Fixed_Length (J) > 0) then
3323
               declare
3324
                  Assign : Node_Id :=
3325
                             Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
3326
                               Name       =>
3327
                                 Make_Slice (Loc,
3328
                                   Prefix         =>
3329
                                     New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
3330
                                   Discrete_Range =>
3331
                                     Make_Range (Loc,
3332
                                       Low_Bound  => To_Ityp (Lo),
3333
                                       High_Bound => To_Ityp (Hi))),
3334
                               Expression => Operands (J));
3335
               begin
3336
                  if Is_Fixed_Length (J) then
3337
                     Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen := True;
3338
 
3339
                  elsif not Known_Non_Null_Operand_Seen then
3340
 
3341
                     --  Here if operand length is not statically known and no
3342
                     --  operand known to be non-null has been processed yet.
3343
                     --  If operand length is 0, we do not need to perform the
3344
                     --  assignment, and we must avoid the evaluation of the
3345
                     --  high bound of the slice, since it may underflow if the
3346
                     --  low bound is Ityp'First.
3347
 
3348
                     Assign :=
3349
                       Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Cnode,
3350
                         Condition       =>
3351
                           Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
3352
                             Left_Opnd  =>
3353
                               New_Occurrence_Of (Var_Length (J), Loc),
3354
                             Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
3355
                         Then_Statements => New_List (Assign));
3356
                  end if;
3357
 
3358
                  Insert_Action (Cnode, Assign, Suppress => All_Checks);
3359
               end;
3360
            end if;
3361
         end;
3362
      end loop;
3363
 
3364
      --  Finally we build the result, which is a reference to the array object
3365
 
3366
      Result := New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc);
3367
 
3368
   <<Done>>
3369
      Rewrite (Cnode, Result);
3370
      Analyze_And_Resolve (Cnode, Atyp);
3371
 
3372
   exception
3373
      when Concatenation_Error =>
3374
 
3375
         --  Kill warning generated for the declaration of the static out of
3376
         --  range high bound, and instead generate a Constraint_Error with
3377
         --  an appropriate specific message.
3378
 
3379
         Kill_Dead_Code (Declaration_Node (Entity (High_Bound)));
3380
         Apply_Compile_Time_Constraint_Error
3381
           (N      => Cnode,
3382
            Msg    => "concatenation result upper bound out of range?",
3383
            Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed);
3384
         --  Set_Etype (Cnode, Atyp);
3385
   end Expand_Concatenate;
3386
 
3387
   ------------------------
3388
   -- Expand_N_Allocator --
3389
   ------------------------
3390
 
3391
   procedure Expand_N_Allocator (N : Node_Id) is
3392
      PtrT  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
3393
      Dtyp  : constant Entity_Id  := Available_View (Designated_Type (PtrT));
3394
      Etyp  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Expression (N));
3395
      Loc   : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
3396
      Desig : Entity_Id;
3397
      Nod   : Node_Id;
3398
      Pool  : Entity_Id;
3399
      Temp  : Entity_Id;
3400
 
3401
      procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id);
3402
      --  Static coextensions have the same lifetime as the entity they
3403
      --  constrain. Such occurrences can be rewritten as aliased objects
3404
      --  and their unrestricted access used instead of the coextension.
3405
 
3406
      function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id;
3407
      --  Given a constrained array type E, returns a node representing the
3408
      --  code to compute the size in storage elements for the given type.
3409
      --  This is done without using the attribute (which malfunctions for
3410
      --  large sizes ???)
3411
 
3412
      -------------------------
3413
      -- Rewrite_Coextension --
3414
      -------------------------
3415
 
3416
      procedure Rewrite_Coextension (N : Node_Id) is
3417
         Temp_Id    : constant Node_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C');
3418
         Temp_Decl  : Node_Id;
3419
         Insert_Nod : Node_Id;
3420
 
3421
      begin
3422
         --  Generate:
3423
         --    Cnn : aliased Etyp;
3424
 
3425
         Temp_Decl :=
3426
           Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3427
             Defining_Identifier => Temp_Id,
3428
             Aliased_Present     => True,
3429
             Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Etyp, Loc));
3430
 
3431
         if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3432
            Set_Expression (Temp_Decl, Expression (Expression (N)));
3433
         end if;
3434
 
3435
         --  Find the proper insertion node for the declaration
3436
 
3437
         Insert_Nod := Parent (N);
3438
         while Present (Insert_Nod) loop
3439
            exit when
3440
              Nkind (Insert_Nod) in N_Statement_Other_Than_Procedure_Call
3441
                or else Nkind (Insert_Nod) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement
3442
                or else Nkind (Insert_Nod) in N_Declaration;
3443
 
3444
            Insert_Nod := Parent (Insert_Nod);
3445
         end loop;
3446
 
3447
         Insert_Before (Insert_Nod, Temp_Decl);
3448
         Analyze (Temp_Decl);
3449
 
3450
         Rewrite (N,
3451
           Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3452
             Prefix         => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp_Id, Loc),
3453
             Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3454
 
3455
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3456
      end Rewrite_Coextension;
3457
 
3458
      ------------------------------
3459
      -- Size_In_Storage_Elements --
3460
      ------------------------------
3461
 
3462
      function Size_In_Storage_Elements (E : Entity_Id) return Node_Id is
3463
      begin
3464
         --  Logically this just returns E'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements.
3465
         --  However, the reason for the existence of this function is
3466
         --  to construct a test for sizes too large, which means near the
3467
         --  32-bit limit on a 32-bit machine, and precisely the trouble
3468
         --  is that we get overflows when sizes are greater than 2**31.
3469
 
3470
         --  So what we end up doing for array types is to use the expression:
3471
 
3472
         --    number-of-elements * component_type'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements
3473
 
3474
         --  which avoids this problem. All this is a bit bogus, but it does
3475
         --  mean we catch common cases of trying to allocate arrays that
3476
         --  are too large, and which in the absence of a check results in
3477
         --  undetected chaos ???
3478
 
3479
         declare
3480
            Len : Node_Id;
3481
            Res : Node_Id;
3482
 
3483
         begin
3484
            for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (E) loop
3485
               Len :=
3486
                 Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3487
                   Prefix         => New_Occurrence_Of (E, Loc),
3488
                   Attribute_Name => Name_Length,
3489
                   Expressions    => New_List (Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)));
3490
 
3491
               if J = 1 then
3492
                  Res := Len;
3493
 
3494
               else
3495
                  Res :=
3496
                    Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3497
                      Left_Opnd  => Res,
3498
                      Right_Opnd => Len);
3499
               end if;
3500
            end loop;
3501
 
3502
            return
3503
              Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
3504
                Left_Opnd  => Len,
3505
                Right_Opnd =>
3506
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3507
                    Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Component_Type (E), Loc),
3508
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements));
3509
         end;
3510
      end Size_In_Storage_Elements;
3511
 
3512
   --  Start of processing for Expand_N_Allocator
3513
 
3514
   begin
3515
      --  RM E.2.3(22). We enforce that the expected type of an allocator
3516
      --  shall not be a remote access-to-class-wide-limited-private type
3517
 
3518
      --  Why is this being done at expansion time, seems clearly wrong ???
3519
 
3520
      Validate_Remote_Access_To_Class_Wide_Type (N);
3521
 
3522
      --  Processing for anonymous access-to-controlled types. These access
3523
      --  types receive a special finalization master which appears in the
3524
      --  declarations of the enclosing semantic unit. This expansion is done
3525
      --  now to ensure that any additional types generated by this routine
3526
      --  or Expand_Allocator_Expression inherit the proper type attributes.
3527
 
3528
      if Ekind (PtrT) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3529
        and then Needs_Finalization (Dtyp)
3530
      then
3531
         --  Anonymous access-to-controlled types allocate on the global pool.
3532
         --  Do not set this attribute on .NET/JVM since those targets do not
3533
         --  support pools.
3534
 
3535
         if No (Associated_Storage_Pool (PtrT))
3536
           and then VM_Target = No_VM
3537
         then
3538
            Set_Associated_Storage_Pool
3539
              (PtrT, Get_Global_Pool_For_Access_Type (PtrT));
3540
         end if;
3541
 
3542
         --  The finalization master must be inserted and analyzed as part of
3543
         --  the current semantic unit. This form of expansion is not carried
3544
         --  out in Alfa mode because it is useless. Note that the master is
3545
         --  updated when analysis changes current units.
3546
 
3547
         if not Alfa_Mode then
3548
            Set_Finalization_Master (PtrT, Current_Anonymous_Master);
3549
         end if;
3550
      end if;
3551
 
3552
      --  Set the storage pool and find the appropriate version of Allocate to
3553
      --  call. Do not overwrite the storage pool if it is already set, which
3554
      --  can happen for build-in-place function returns (see
3555
      --  Exp_Ch4.Expand_N_Extended_Return_Statement).
3556
 
3557
      if No (Storage_Pool (N)) then
3558
         Pool := Associated_Storage_Pool (Root_Type (PtrT));
3559
 
3560
         if Present (Pool) then
3561
            Set_Storage_Pool (N, Pool);
3562
 
3563
            if Is_RTE (Pool, RE_SS_Pool) then
3564
               if VM_Target = No_VM then
3565
                  Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_SS_Allocate));
3566
               end if;
3567
 
3568
            --  In the case of an allocator for a simple storage pool, locate
3569
            --  and save a reference to the pool type's Allocate routine.
3570
 
3571
            elsif Present (Get_Rep_Pragma
3572
                             (Etype (Pool), Name_Simple_Storage_Pool_Type))
3573
            then
3574
               declare
3575
                  Pool_Type : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Pool));
3576
                  Alloc_Op  : Entity_Id;
3577
               begin
3578
                  Alloc_Op := Get_Name_Entity_Id (Name_Allocate);
3579
                  while Present (Alloc_Op) loop
3580
                     if Scope (Alloc_Op) = Scope (Pool_Type)
3581
                       and then Present (First_Formal (Alloc_Op))
3582
                       and then Etype (First_Formal (Alloc_Op)) = Pool_Type
3583
                     then
3584
                        Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, Alloc_Op);
3585
                        exit;
3586
                     else
3587
                        Alloc_Op := Homonym (Alloc_Op);
3588
                     end if;
3589
                  end loop;
3590
               end;
3591
 
3592
            elsif Is_Class_Wide_Type (Etype (Pool)) then
3593
               Set_Procedure_To_Call (N, RTE (RE_Allocate_Any));
3594
 
3595
            else
3596
               Set_Procedure_To_Call (N,
3597
                 Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Allocate));
3598
            end if;
3599
         end if;
3600
      end if;
3601
 
3602
      --  Under certain circumstances we can replace an allocator by an access
3603
      --  to statically allocated storage. The conditions, as noted in AARM
3604
      --  3.10 (10c) are as follows:
3605
 
3606
      --    Size and initial value is known at compile time
3607
      --    Access type is access-to-constant
3608
 
3609
      --  The allocator is not part of a constraint on a record component,
3610
      --  because in that case the inserted actions are delayed until the
3611
      --  record declaration is fully analyzed, which is too late for the
3612
      --  analysis of the rewritten allocator.
3613
 
3614
      if Is_Access_Constant (PtrT)
3615
        and then Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression
3616
        and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Expression (Expression (N)))
3617
        and then Size_Known_At_Compile_Time
3618
                   (Etype (Expression (Expression (N))))
3619
        and then not Is_Record_Type (Current_Scope)
3620
      then
3621
         --  Here we can do the optimization. For the allocator
3622
 
3623
         --    new x'(y)
3624
 
3625
         --  We insert an object declaration
3626
 
3627
         --    Tnn : aliased x := y;
3628
 
3629
         --  and replace the allocator by Tnn'Unrestricted_Access. Tnn is
3630
         --  marked as requiring static allocation.
3631
 
3632
         Temp  := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', Expression (Expression (N)));
3633
         Desig := Subtype_Mark (Expression (N));
3634
 
3635
         --  If context is constrained, use constrained subtype directly,
3636
         --  so that the constant is not labelled as having a nominally
3637
         --  unconstrained subtype.
3638
 
3639
         if Entity (Desig) = Base_Type (Dtyp) then
3640
            Desig := New_Occurrence_Of (Dtyp, Loc);
3641
         end if;
3642
 
3643
         Insert_Action (N,
3644
           Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
3645
             Defining_Identifier => Temp,
3646
             Aliased_Present     => True,
3647
             Constant_Present    => Is_Access_Constant (PtrT),
3648
             Object_Definition   => Desig,
3649
             Expression          => Expression (Expression (N))));
3650
 
3651
         Rewrite (N,
3652
           Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
3653
             Prefix         => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
3654
             Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access));
3655
 
3656
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
3657
 
3658
         --  We set the variable as statically allocated, since we don't want
3659
         --  it going on the stack of the current procedure!
3660
 
3661
         Set_Is_Statically_Allocated (Temp);
3662
         return;
3663
      end if;
3664
 
3665
      --  Same if the allocator is an access discriminant for a local object:
3666
      --  instead of an allocator we create a local value and constrain the
3667
      --  enclosing object with the corresponding access attribute.
3668
 
3669
      if Is_Static_Coextension (N) then
3670
         Rewrite_Coextension (N);
3671
         return;
3672
      end if;
3673
 
3674
      --  Check for size too large, we do this because the back end misses
3675
      --  proper checks here and can generate rubbish allocation calls when
3676
      --  we are near the limit. We only do this for the 32-bit address case
3677
      --  since that is from a practical point of view where we see a problem.
3678
 
3679
      if System_Address_Size = 32
3680
        and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (PtrT)
3681
        and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Dtyp)
3682
        and then not Storage_Checks_Suppressed (Etyp)
3683
      then
3684
         --  The check we want to generate should look like
3685
 
3686
         --  if Etyp'Max_Size_In_Storage_Elements > 3.5 gigabytes then
3687
         --    raise Storage_Error;
3688
         --  end if;
3689
 
3690
         --  where 3.5 gigabytes is a constant large enough to accommodate any
3691
         --  reasonable request for. But we can't do it this way because at
3692
         --  least at the moment we don't compute this attribute right, and
3693
         --  can silently give wrong results when the result gets large. Since
3694
         --  this is all about large results, that's bad, so instead we only
3695
         --  apply the check for constrained arrays, and manually compute the
3696
         --  value of the attribute ???
3697
 
3698
         if Is_Array_Type (Etyp) and then Is_Constrained (Etyp) then
3699
            Insert_Action (N,
3700
              Make_Raise_Storage_Error (Loc,
3701
                Condition =>
3702
                  Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
3703
                    Left_Opnd  => Size_In_Storage_Elements (Etyp),
3704
                    Right_Opnd =>
3705
                      Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_7 * (Uint_2 ** 29))),
3706
                Reason    => SE_Object_Too_Large));
3707
         end if;
3708
      end if;
3709
 
3710
      --  Handle case of qualified expression (other than optimization above)
3711
      --  First apply constraint checks, because the bounds or discriminants
3712
      --  in the aggregate might not match the subtype mark in the allocator.
3713
 
3714
      if Nkind (Expression (N)) = N_Qualified_Expression then
3715
         Apply_Constraint_Check
3716
           (Expression (Expression (N)), Etype (Expression (N)));
3717
 
3718
         Expand_Allocator_Expression (N);
3719
         return;
3720
      end if;
3721
 
3722
      --  If the allocator is for a type which requires initialization, and
3723
      --  there is no initial value (i.e. operand is a subtype indication
3724
      --  rather than a qualified expression), then we must generate a call to
3725
      --  the initialization routine using an expressions action node:
3726
 
3727
      --     [Pnnn : constant ptr_T := new (T); Init (Pnnn.all,...); Pnnn]
3728
 
3729
      --  Here ptr_T is the pointer type for the allocator, and T is the
3730
      --  subtype of the allocator. A special case arises if the designated
3731
      --  type of the access type is a task or contains tasks. In this case
3732
      --  the call to Init (Temp.all ...) is replaced by code that ensures
3733
      --  that tasks get activated (see Exp_Ch9.Build_Task_Allocate_Block
3734
      --  for details). In addition, if the type T is a task T, then the
3735
      --  first argument to Init must be converted to the task record type.
3736
 
3737
      declare
3738
         T         : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Expression (N));
3739
         Args      : List_Id;
3740
         Decls     : List_Id;
3741
         Decl      : Node_Id;
3742
         Discr     : Elmt_Id;
3743
         Init      : Entity_Id;
3744
         Init_Arg1 : Node_Id;
3745
         Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
3746
         Temp_Type : Entity_Id;
3747
 
3748
      begin
3749
         if No_Initialization (N) then
3750
 
3751
            --  Even though this might be a simple allocation, create a custom
3752
            --  Allocate if the context requires it. Since .NET/JVM compilers
3753
            --  do not support pools, this step is skipped.
3754
 
3755
            if VM_Target = No_VM
3756
              and then Present (Finalization_Master (PtrT))
3757
            then
3758
               Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc
3759
                 (N           => N,
3760
                  Is_Allocate => True);
3761
            end if;
3762
 
3763
         --  Case of no initialization procedure present
3764
 
3765
         elsif not Has_Non_Null_Base_Init_Proc (T) then
3766
 
3767
            --  Case of simple initialization required
3768
 
3769
            if Needs_Simple_Initialization (T) then
3770
               Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3771
               Rewrite (Expression (N),
3772
                 Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
3773
                   Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (T, Loc),
3774
                   Expression   => Get_Simple_Init_Val (T, N)));
3775
 
3776
               Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (Expression (N)), T);
3777
               Analyze_And_Resolve (Expression (N), T);
3778
               Set_Paren_Count     (Expression (Expression (N)), 1);
3779
               Expand_N_Allocator  (N);
3780
 
3781
            --  No initialization required
3782
 
3783
            else
3784
               null;
3785
            end if;
3786
 
3787
         --  Case of initialization procedure present, must be called
3788
 
3789
         else
3790
            Check_Restriction (No_Default_Initialization, N);
3791
 
3792
            if not Restriction_Active (No_Default_Initialization) then
3793
               Init := Base_Init_Proc (T);
3794
               Nod  := N;
3795
               Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P');
3796
 
3797
               --  Construct argument list for the initialization routine call
3798
 
3799
               Init_Arg1 :=
3800
                 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
3801
                   Prefix =>
3802
                     New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
3803
 
3804
               Set_Assignment_OK (Init_Arg1);
3805
               Temp_Type := PtrT;
3806
 
3807
               --  The initialization procedure expects a specific type. if the
3808
               --  context is access to class wide, indicate that the object
3809
               --  being allocated has the right specific type.
3810
 
3811
               if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Dtyp) then
3812
                  Init_Arg1 := Unchecked_Convert_To (T, Init_Arg1);
3813
               end if;
3814
 
3815
               --  If designated type is a concurrent type or if it is private
3816
               --  type whose definition is a concurrent type, the first
3817
               --  argument in the Init routine has to be unchecked conversion
3818
               --  to the corresponding record type. If the designated type is
3819
               --  a derived type, also convert the argument to its root type.
3820
 
3821
               if Is_Concurrent_Type (T) then
3822
                  Init_Arg1 :=
3823
                    Unchecked_Convert_To (
3824
                      Corresponding_Record_Type (T), Init_Arg1);
3825
 
3826
               elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3827
                 and then Present (Full_View (T))
3828
                 and then Is_Concurrent_Type (Full_View (T))
3829
               then
3830
                  Init_Arg1 :=
3831
                    Unchecked_Convert_To
3832
                      (Corresponding_Record_Type (Full_View (T)), Init_Arg1);
3833
 
3834
               elsif Etype (First_Formal (Init)) /= Base_Type (T) then
3835
                  declare
3836
                     Ftyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Init));
3837
 
3838
                  begin
3839
                     Init_Arg1 := OK_Convert_To (Etype (Ftyp), Init_Arg1);
3840
                     Set_Etype (Init_Arg1, Ftyp);
3841
                  end;
3842
               end if;
3843
 
3844
               Args := New_List (Init_Arg1);
3845
 
3846
               --  For the task case, pass the Master_Id of the access type as
3847
               --  the value of the _Master parameter, and _Chain as the value
3848
               --  of the _Chain parameter (_Chain will be defined as part of
3849
               --  the generated code for the allocator).
3850
 
3851
               --  In Ada 2005, the context may be a function that returns an
3852
               --  anonymous access type. In that case the Master_Id has been
3853
               --  created when expanding the function declaration.
3854
 
3855
               if Has_Task (T) then
3856
                  if No (Master_Id (Base_Type (PtrT))) then
3857
 
3858
                     --  The designated type was an incomplete type, and the
3859
                     --  access type did not get expanded. Salvage it now.
3860
 
3861
                     if not Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy) then
3862
                        pragma Assert (Present (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT))));
3863
                        Expand_N_Full_Type_Declaration
3864
                          (Parent (Base_Type (PtrT)));
3865
                     end if;
3866
                  end if;
3867
 
3868
                  --  If the context of the allocator is a declaration or an
3869
                  --  assignment, we can generate a meaningful image for it,
3870
                  --  even though subsequent assignments might remove the
3871
                  --  connection between task and entity. We build this image
3872
                  --  when the left-hand side is a simple variable, a simple
3873
                  --  indexed assignment or a simple selected component.
3874
 
3875
                  if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
3876
                     declare
3877
                        Nam : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (N));
3878
 
3879
                     begin
3880
                        if Is_Entity_Name (Nam) then
3881
                           Decls :=
3882
                             Build_Task_Image_Decls
3883
                               (Loc,
3884
                                New_Occurrence_Of
3885
                                  (Entity (Nam), Sloc (Nam)), T);
3886
 
3887
                        elsif Nkind_In (Nam, N_Indexed_Component,
3888
                                             N_Selected_Component)
3889
                          and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (Nam))
3890
                        then
3891
                           Decls :=
3892
                             Build_Task_Image_Decls
3893
                               (Loc, Nam, Etype (Prefix (Nam)));
3894
                        else
3895
                           Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3896
                        end if;
3897
                     end;
3898
 
3899
                  elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Object_Declaration then
3900
                     Decls :=
3901
                       Build_Task_Image_Decls
3902
                         (Loc, Defining_Identifier (Parent (N)), T);
3903
 
3904
                  else
3905
                     Decls := Build_Task_Image_Decls (Loc, T, T);
3906
                  end if;
3907
 
3908
                  if Restriction_Active (No_Task_Hierarchy) then
3909
                     Append_To (Args,
3910
                       New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Library_Task_Level), Loc));
3911
                  else
3912
                     Append_To (Args,
3913
                       New_Reference_To
3914
                         (Master_Id (Base_Type (Root_Type (PtrT))), Loc));
3915
                  end if;
3916
 
3917
                  Append_To (Args, Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_uChain));
3918
 
3919
                  Decl := Last (Decls);
3920
                  Append_To (Args,
3921
                    New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (Decl), Loc));
3922
 
3923
               --  Has_Task is false, Decls not used
3924
 
3925
               else
3926
                  Decls := No_List;
3927
               end if;
3928
 
3929
               --  Add discriminants if discriminated type
3930
 
3931
               declare
3932
                  Dis : Boolean := False;
3933
                  Typ : Entity_Id;
3934
 
3935
               begin
3936
                  if Has_Discriminants (T) then
3937
                     Dis := True;
3938
                     Typ := T;
3939
 
3940
                  elsif Is_Private_Type (T)
3941
                    and then Present (Full_View (T))
3942
                    and then Has_Discriminants (Full_View (T))
3943
                  then
3944
                     Dis := True;
3945
                     Typ := Full_View (T);
3946
                  end if;
3947
 
3948
                  if Dis then
3949
 
3950
                     --  If the allocated object will be constrained by the
3951
                     --  default values for discriminants, then build a subtype
3952
                     --  with those defaults, and change the allocated subtype
3953
                     --  to that. Note that this happens in fewer cases in Ada
3954
                     --  2005 (AI-363).
3955
 
3956
                     if not Is_Constrained (Typ)
3957
                       and then Present (Discriminant_Default_Value
3958
                                          (First_Discriminant (Typ)))
3959
                       and then (Ada_Version < Ada_2005
3960
                                  or else not
3961
                                    Effectively_Has_Constrained_Partial_View
3962
                                      (Typ  => Typ,
3963
                                       Scop => Current_Scope))
3964
                     then
3965
                        Typ := Build_Default_Subtype (Typ, N);
3966
                        Set_Expression (N, New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc));
3967
                     end if;
3968
 
3969
                     Discr := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Typ));
3970
                     while Present (Discr) loop
3971
                        Nod := Node (Discr);
3972
                        Append (New_Copy_Tree (Node (Discr)), Args);
3973
 
3974
                        --  AI-416: when the discriminant constraint is an
3975
                        --  anonymous access type make sure an accessibility
3976
                        --  check is inserted if necessary (3.10.2(22.q/2))
3977
 
3978
                        if Ada_Version >= Ada_2005
3979
                          and then
3980
                            Ekind (Etype (Nod)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
3981
                        then
3982
                           Apply_Accessibility_Check
3983
                             (Nod, Typ, Insert_Node => Nod);
3984
                        end if;
3985
 
3986
                        Next_Elmt (Discr);
3987
                     end loop;
3988
                  end if;
3989
               end;
3990
 
3991
               --  We set the allocator as analyzed so that when we analyze the
3992
               --  expression actions node, we do not get an unwanted recursive
3993
               --  expansion of the allocator expression.
3994
 
3995
               Set_Analyzed (N, True);
3996
               Nod := Relocate_Node (N);
3997
 
3998
               --  Here is the transformation:
3999
               --    input:  new Ctrl_Typ
4000
               --    output: Temp : constant Ctrl_Typ_Ptr := new Ctrl_Typ;
4001
               --            Ctrl_TypIP (Temp.all, ...);
4002
               --            [Deep_]Initialize (Temp.all);
4003
 
4004
               --  Here Ctrl_Typ_Ptr is the pointer type for the allocator, and
4005
               --  is the subtype of the allocator.
4006
 
4007
               Temp_Decl :=
4008
                 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4009
                   Defining_Identifier => Temp,
4010
                   Constant_Present    => True,
4011
                   Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Temp_Type, Loc),
4012
                   Expression          => Nod);
4013
 
4014
               Set_Assignment_OK (Temp_Decl);
4015
               Insert_Action (N, Temp_Decl, Suppress => All_Checks);
4016
 
4017
               Build_Allocate_Deallocate_Proc (Temp_Decl, True);
4018
 
4019
               --  If the designated type is a task type or contains tasks,
4020
               --  create block to activate created tasks, and insert
4021
               --  declaration for Task_Image variable ahead of call.
4022
 
4023
               if Has_Task (T) then
4024
                  declare
4025
                     L   : constant List_Id := New_List;
4026
                     Blk : Node_Id;
4027
                  begin
4028
                     Build_Task_Allocate_Block (L, Nod, Args);
4029
                     Blk := Last (L);
4030
                     Insert_List_Before (First (Declarations (Blk)), Decls);
4031
                     Insert_Actions (N, L);
4032
                  end;
4033
 
4034
               else
4035
                  Insert_Action (N,
4036
                    Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
4037
                      Name                   => New_Reference_To (Init, Loc),
4038
                      Parameter_Associations => Args));
4039
               end if;
4040
 
4041
               if Needs_Finalization (T) then
4042
 
4043
                  --  Generate:
4044
                  --    [Deep_]Initialize (Init_Arg1);
4045
 
4046
                  Insert_Action (N,
4047
                    Make_Init_Call
4048
                      (Obj_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Init_Arg1),
4049
                       Typ     => T));
4050
 
4051
                  if Present (Finalization_Master (PtrT)) then
4052
 
4053
                     --  Special processing for .NET/JVM, the allocated object
4054
                     --  is attached to the finalization master. Generate:
4055
 
4056
                     --    Attach (<PtrT>FM, Root_Controlled_Ptr (Init_Arg1));
4057
 
4058
                     --  Types derived from [Limited_]Controlled are the only
4059
                     --  ones considered since they have fields Prev and Next.
4060
 
4061
                     if VM_Target /= No_VM then
4062
                        if Is_Controlled (T) then
4063
                           Insert_Action (N,
4064
                             Make_Attach_Call
4065
                               (Obj_Ref => New_Copy_Tree (Init_Arg1),
4066
                                Ptr_Typ => PtrT));
4067
                        end if;
4068
 
4069
                     --  Default case, generate:
4070
 
4071
                     --    Set_Finalize_Address
4072
                     --      (<PtrT>FM, <T>FD'Unrestricted_Access);
4073
 
4074
                     --  Do not generate this call in the following cases:
4075
                     --
4076
                     --    * Alfa mode - the call is useless and results in
4077
                     --    unwanted expansion.
4078
                     --
4079
                     --    * CodePeer mode - TSS primitive Finalize_Address is
4080
                     --    not created in this mode.
4081
 
4082
                     elsif not Alfa_Mode
4083
                       and then not CodePeer_Mode
4084
                     then
4085
                        Insert_Action (N,
4086
                          Make_Set_Finalize_Address_Call
4087
                            (Loc     => Loc,
4088
                             Typ     => T,
4089
                             Ptr_Typ => PtrT));
4090
                     end if;
4091
                  end if;
4092
               end if;
4093
 
4094
               Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
4095
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, PtrT);
4096
            end if;
4097
         end if;
4098
      end;
4099
 
4100
      --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): If the allocator is for a class-wide interface
4101
      --  object that has been rewritten as a reference, we displace "this"
4102
      --  to reference properly its secondary dispatch table.
4103
 
4104
      if Nkind (N) = N_Identifier
4105
        and then Is_Interface (Dtyp)
4106
      then
4107
         Displace_Allocator_Pointer (N);
4108
      end if;
4109
 
4110
   exception
4111
      when RE_Not_Available =>
4112
         return;
4113
   end Expand_N_Allocator;
4114
 
4115
   -----------------------
4116
   -- Expand_N_And_Then --
4117
   -----------------------
4118
 
4119
   procedure Expand_N_And_Then (N : Node_Id)
4120
     renames Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator;
4121
 
4122
   ------------------------------
4123
   -- Expand_N_Case_Expression --
4124
   ------------------------------
4125
 
4126
   procedure Expand_N_Case_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
4127
      Loc     : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4128
      Typ     : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
4129
      Cstmt   : Node_Id;
4130
      Tnn     : Entity_Id;
4131
      Pnn     : Entity_Id;
4132
      Actions : List_Id;
4133
      Ttyp    : Entity_Id;
4134
      Alt     : Node_Id;
4135
      Fexp    : Node_Id;
4136
 
4137
   begin
4138
      --  We expand
4139
 
4140
      --    case X is when A => AX, when B => BX ...
4141
 
4142
      --  to
4143
 
4144
      --    do
4145
      --       Tnn : typ;
4146
      --       case X is
4147
      --          when A =>
4148
      --             Tnn := AX;
4149
      --          when B =>
4150
      --             Tnn := BX;
4151
      --          ...
4152
      --       end case;
4153
      --    in Tnn end;
4154
 
4155
      --  However, this expansion is wrong for limited types, and also
4156
      --  wrong for unconstrained types (since the bounds may not be the
4157
      --  same in all branches). Furthermore it involves an extra copy
4158
      --  for large objects. So we take care of this by using the following
4159
      --  modified expansion for non-scalar types:
4160
 
4161
      --    do
4162
      --       type Pnn is access all typ;
4163
      --       Tnn : Pnn;
4164
      --       case X is
4165
      --          when A =>
4166
      --             T := AX'Unrestricted_Access;
4167
      --          when B =>
4168
      --             T := BX'Unrestricted_Access;
4169
      --          ...
4170
      --       end case;
4171
      --    in Tnn.all end;
4172
 
4173
      Cstmt :=
4174
        Make_Case_Statement (Loc,
4175
          Expression   => Expression (N),
4176
          Alternatives => New_List);
4177
 
4178
      Actions := New_List;
4179
 
4180
      --  Scalar case
4181
 
4182
      if Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4183
         Ttyp := Typ;
4184
 
4185
      else
4186
         Pnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'P');
4187
         Append_To (Actions,
4188
           Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
4189
             Defining_Identifier => Pnn,
4190
             Type_Definition =>
4191
               Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
4192
                 All_Present => True,
4193
                 Subtype_Indication =>
4194
                   New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
4195
         Ttyp := Pnn;
4196
      end if;
4197
 
4198
      Tnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T');
4199
      Append_To (Actions,
4200
        Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4201
          Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
4202
          Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Ttyp, Loc)));
4203
 
4204
      --  Now process the alternatives
4205
 
4206
      Alt := First (Alternatives (N));
4207
      while Present (Alt) loop
4208
         declare
4209
            Aexp  : Node_Id             := Expression (Alt);
4210
            Aloc  : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Aexp);
4211
            Stats : List_Id;
4212
 
4213
         begin
4214
            --  As described above, take Unrestricted_Access for case of non-
4215
            --  scalar types, to avoid big copies, and special cases.
4216
 
4217
            if not Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4218
               Aexp :=
4219
                 Make_Attribute_Reference (Aloc,
4220
                   Prefix         => Relocate_Node (Aexp),
4221
                   Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access);
4222
            end if;
4223
 
4224
            Stats := New_List (
4225
              Make_Assignment_Statement (Aloc,
4226
                Name       => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
4227
                Expression => Aexp));
4228
 
4229
            --  Propagate declarations inserted in the node by Insert_Actions
4230
            --  (for example, temporaries generated to remove side effects).
4231
            --  These actions must remain attached to the alternative, given
4232
            --  that they are generated by the corresponding expression.
4233
 
4234
            if Present (Sinfo.Actions (Alt)) then
4235
               Prepend_List (Sinfo.Actions (Alt), Stats);
4236
            end if;
4237
 
4238
            Append_To
4239
              (Alternatives (Cstmt),
4240
               Make_Case_Statement_Alternative (Sloc (Alt),
4241
                 Discrete_Choices => Discrete_Choices (Alt),
4242
                 Statements       => Stats));
4243
         end;
4244
 
4245
         Next (Alt);
4246
      end loop;
4247
 
4248
      Append_To (Actions, Cstmt);
4249
 
4250
      --  Construct and return final expression with actions
4251
 
4252
      if Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4253
         Fexp := New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc);
4254
      else
4255
         Fexp :=
4256
           Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
4257
             Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
4258
      end if;
4259
 
4260
      Rewrite (N,
4261
        Make_Expression_With_Actions (Loc,
4262
          Expression => Fexp,
4263
          Actions    => Actions));
4264
 
4265
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4266
   end Expand_N_Case_Expression;
4267
 
4268
   -------------------------------------
4269
   -- Expand_N_Conditional_Expression --
4270
   -------------------------------------
4271
 
4272
   --  Deal with limited types and expression actions
4273
 
4274
   procedure Expand_N_Conditional_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
4275
      Loc    : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4276
      Cond   : constant Node_Id    := First (Expressions (N));
4277
      Thenx  : constant Node_Id    := Next (Cond);
4278
      Elsex  : constant Node_Id    := Next (Thenx);
4279
      Typ    : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
4280
 
4281
      Cnn     : Entity_Id;
4282
      Decl    : Node_Id;
4283
      New_If  : Node_Id;
4284
      New_N   : Node_Id;
4285
      P_Decl  : Node_Id;
4286
      Expr    : Node_Id;
4287
      Actions : List_Id;
4288
 
4289
   begin
4290
      --  Fold at compile time if condition known. We have already folded
4291
      --  static conditional expressions, but it is possible to fold any
4292
      --  case in which the condition is known at compile time, even though
4293
      --  the result is non-static.
4294
 
4295
      --  Note that we don't do the fold of such cases in Sem_Elab because
4296
      --  it can cause infinite loops with the expander adding a conditional
4297
      --  expression, and Sem_Elab circuitry removing it repeatedly.
4298
 
4299
      if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Cond) then
4300
         if Is_True (Expr_Value (Cond)) then
4301
            Expr := Thenx;
4302
            Actions := Then_Actions (N);
4303
         else
4304
            Expr := Elsex;
4305
            Actions := Else_Actions (N);
4306
         end if;
4307
 
4308
         Remove (Expr);
4309
 
4310
         if Present (Actions) then
4311
 
4312
            --  If we are not allowed to use Expression_With_Actions, just skip
4313
            --  the optimization, it is not critical for correctness.
4314
 
4315
            if not Use_Expression_With_Actions then
4316
               goto Skip_Optimization;
4317
            end if;
4318
 
4319
            Rewrite (N,
4320
              Make_Expression_With_Actions (Loc,
4321
                Expression => Relocate_Node (Expr),
4322
                Actions    => Actions));
4323
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4324
 
4325
         else
4326
            Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Expr));
4327
         end if;
4328
 
4329
         --  Note that the result is never static (legitimate cases of static
4330
         --  conditional expressions were folded in Sem_Eval).
4331
 
4332
         Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
4333
         return;
4334
      end if;
4335
 
4336
      <<Skip_Optimization>>
4337
 
4338
      --  If the type is limited or unconstrained, we expand as follows to
4339
      --  avoid any possibility of improper copies.
4340
 
4341
      --  Note: it may be possible to avoid this special processing if the
4342
      --  back end uses its own mechanisms for handling by-reference types ???
4343
 
4344
      --      type Ptr is access all Typ;
4345
      --      Cnn : Ptr;
4346
      --      if cond then
4347
      --         <<then actions>>
4348
      --         Cnn := then-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4349
      --      else
4350
      --         <<else actions>>
4351
      --         Cnn := else-expr'Unrestricted_Access;
4352
      --      end if;
4353
 
4354
      --  and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn.all.
4355
 
4356
      --  This special case can be skipped if the back end handles limited
4357
      --  types properly and ensures that no incorrect copies are made.
4358
 
4359
      if Is_By_Reference_Type (Typ)
4360
        and then not Back_End_Handles_Limited_Types
4361
      then
4362
         Cnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', N);
4363
 
4364
         P_Decl :=
4365
           Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
4366
             Defining_Identifier =>
4367
               Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A'),
4368
             Type_Definition =>
4369
               Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
4370
                 All_Present        => True,
4371
                 Subtype_Indication => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
4372
 
4373
         Insert_Action (N, P_Decl);
4374
 
4375
         Decl :=
4376
            Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4377
              Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
4378
              Object_Definition   =>
4379
                   New_Occurrence_Of (Defining_Identifier (P_Decl), Loc));
4380
 
4381
         New_If :=
4382
           Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
4383
             Condition => Relocate_Node (Cond),
4384
 
4385
             Then_Statements => New_List (
4386
               Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
4387
                 Name       => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
4388
                 Expression =>
4389
                   Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4390
                     Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access,
4391
                     Prefix         =>  Relocate_Node (Thenx)))),
4392
 
4393
             Else_Statements => New_List (
4394
               Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
4395
                 Name       => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
4396
                 Expression =>
4397
                   Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4398
                     Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access,
4399
                     Prefix         => Relocate_Node (Elsex)))));
4400
 
4401
         New_N :=
4402
           Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
4403
             Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc));
4404
 
4405
      --  For other types, we only need to expand if there are other actions
4406
      --  associated with either branch.
4407
 
4408
      elsif Present (Then_Actions (N)) or else Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4409
 
4410
         --  We have two approaches to handling this. If we are allowed to use
4411
         --  N_Expression_With_Actions, then we can just wrap the actions into
4412
         --  the appropriate expression.
4413
 
4414
         if Use_Expression_With_Actions then
4415
            if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
4416
               Rewrite (Thenx,
4417
                 Make_Expression_With_Actions (Sloc (Thenx),
4418
                   Actions    => Then_Actions (N),
4419
                   Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx)));
4420
               Set_Then_Actions (N, No_List);
4421
               Analyze_And_Resolve (Thenx, Typ);
4422
            end if;
4423
 
4424
            if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4425
               Rewrite (Elsex,
4426
                 Make_Expression_With_Actions (Sloc (Elsex),
4427
                   Actions    => Else_Actions (N),
4428
                   Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex)));
4429
               Set_Else_Actions (N, No_List);
4430
               Analyze_And_Resolve (Elsex, Typ);
4431
            end if;
4432
 
4433
            return;
4434
 
4435
            --  if we can't use N_Expression_With_Actions nodes, then we insert
4436
            --  the following sequence of actions (using Insert_Actions):
4437
 
4438
            --      Cnn : typ;
4439
            --      if cond then
4440
            --         <<then actions>>
4441
            --         Cnn := then-expr;
4442
            --      else
4443
            --         <<else actions>>
4444
            --         Cnn := else-expr
4445
            --      end if;
4446
 
4447
            --  and replace the conditional expression by a reference to Cnn
4448
 
4449
         else
4450
            Cnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', N);
4451
 
4452
            Decl :=
4453
              Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4454
                Defining_Identifier => Cnn,
4455
                Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
4456
 
4457
            New_If :=
4458
              Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
4459
                Condition       => Relocate_Node (Cond),
4460
 
4461
                Then_Statements => New_List (
4462
                  Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Thenx),
4463
                    Name       => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Thenx)),
4464
                    Expression => Relocate_Node (Thenx))),
4465
 
4466
                Else_Statements => New_List (
4467
                  Make_Assignment_Statement (Sloc (Elsex),
4468
                    Name       => New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Sloc (Elsex)),
4469
                    Expression => Relocate_Node (Elsex))));
4470
 
4471
            Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Then_Statements (New_If))));
4472
            Set_Assignment_OK (Name (First (Else_Statements (New_If))));
4473
 
4474
            New_N := New_Occurrence_Of (Cnn, Loc);
4475
         end if;
4476
 
4477
         --  If no actions then no expansion needed, gigi will handle it using
4478
         --  the same approach as a C conditional expression.
4479
 
4480
      else
4481
         return;
4482
      end if;
4483
 
4484
      --  Fall through here for either the limited expansion, or the case of
4485
      --  inserting actions for non-limited types. In both these cases, we must
4486
      --  move the SLOC of the parent If statement to the newly created one and
4487
      --  change it to the SLOC of the expression which, after expansion, will
4488
      --  correspond to what is being evaluated.
4489
 
4490
      if Present (Parent (N))
4491
        and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_If_Statement
4492
      then
4493
         Set_Sloc (New_If, Sloc (Parent (N)));
4494
         Set_Sloc (Parent (N), Loc);
4495
      end if;
4496
 
4497
      --  Make sure Then_Actions and Else_Actions are appropriately moved
4498
      --  to the new if statement.
4499
 
4500
      if Present (Then_Actions (N)) then
4501
         Insert_List_Before
4502
           (First (Then_Statements (New_If)), Then_Actions (N));
4503
      end if;
4504
 
4505
      if Present (Else_Actions (N)) then
4506
         Insert_List_Before
4507
           (First (Else_Statements (New_If)), Else_Actions (N));
4508
      end if;
4509
 
4510
      Insert_Action (N, Decl);
4511
      Insert_Action (N, New_If);
4512
      Rewrite (N, New_N);
4513
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
4514
   end Expand_N_Conditional_Expression;
4515
 
4516
   -----------------------------------
4517
   -- Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference --
4518
   -----------------------------------
4519
 
4520
   procedure Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference (N : Node_Id) is
4521
   begin
4522
      --  Insert explicit dereference call for the checked storage pool case
4523
 
4524
      Insert_Dereference_Action (Prefix (N));
4525
 
4526
      --  If the type is an Atomic type for which Atomic_Sync is enabled, then
4527
      --  we set the atomic sync flag.
4528
 
4529
      if Is_Atomic (Etype (N))
4530
        and then not Atomic_Synchronization_Disabled (Etype (N))
4531
      then
4532
         Activate_Atomic_Synchronization (N);
4533
      end if;
4534
   end Expand_N_Explicit_Dereference;
4535
 
4536
   --------------------------------------
4537
   -- Expand_N_Expression_With_Actions --
4538
   --------------------------------------
4539
 
4540
   procedure Expand_N_Expression_With_Actions (N : Node_Id) is
4541
 
4542
      procedure Process_Transient_Object (Decl : Node_Id);
4543
      --  Given the declaration of a controlled transient declared inside the
4544
      --  Actions list of an Expression_With_Actions, generate all necessary
4545
      --  types and hooks in order to properly finalize the transient. This
4546
      --  mechanism works in conjunction with Build_Finalizer.
4547
 
4548
      ------------------------------
4549
      -- Process_Transient_Object --
4550
      ------------------------------
4551
 
4552
      procedure Process_Transient_Object (Decl : Node_Id) is
4553
 
4554
         function Find_Insertion_Node return Node_Id;
4555
         --  Complex conditions in if statements may be converted into nested
4556
         --  EWAs. In this case, any generated code must be inserted before the
4557
         --  if statement to ensure proper visibility of the hook objects. This
4558
         --  routine returns the top most short circuit operator or the parent
4559
         --  of the EWA if no nesting was detected.
4560
 
4561
         -------------------------
4562
         -- Find_Insertion_Node --
4563
         -------------------------
4564
 
4565
         function Find_Insertion_Node return Node_Id is
4566
            Par : Node_Id;
4567
 
4568
         begin
4569
            --  Climb up the branches of a complex condition
4570
 
4571
            Par := N;
4572
            while Nkind_In (Parent (Par), N_And_Then, N_Op_Not, N_Or_Else) loop
4573
               Par := Parent (Par);
4574
            end loop;
4575
 
4576
            return Par;
4577
         end Find_Insertion_Node;
4578
 
4579
         --  Local variables
4580
 
4581
         Ins_Node  : constant Node_Id    := Find_Insertion_Node;
4582
         Loc       : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Decl);
4583
         Obj_Id    : constant Entity_Id  := Defining_Identifier (Decl);
4584
         Obj_Typ   : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Obj_Id);
4585
         Desig_Typ : Entity_Id;
4586
         Expr      : Node_Id;
4587
         Ptr_Decl  : Node_Id;
4588
         Ptr_Id    : Entity_Id;
4589
         Temp_Decl : Node_Id;
4590
         Temp_Id   : Node_Id;
4591
 
4592
      --  Start of processing for Process_Transient_Object
4593
 
4594
      begin
4595
         --  Step 1: Create the access type which provides a reference to the
4596
         --  transient object.
4597
 
4598
         if Is_Access_Type (Obj_Typ) then
4599
            Desig_Typ := Directly_Designated_Type (Obj_Typ);
4600
         else
4601
            Desig_Typ := Obj_Typ;
4602
         end if;
4603
 
4604
         --  Generate:
4605
         --    Ann : access [all] <Desig_Typ>;
4606
 
4607
         Ptr_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A');
4608
 
4609
         Ptr_Decl :=
4610
           Make_Full_Type_Declaration (Loc,
4611
             Defining_Identifier => Ptr_Id,
4612
             Type_Definition     =>
4613
               Make_Access_To_Object_Definition (Loc,
4614
                 All_Present        =>
4615
                   Ekind (Obj_Typ) = E_General_Access_Type,
4616
                 Subtype_Indication => New_Reference_To (Desig_Typ, Loc)));
4617
 
4618
         Insert_Action (Ins_Node, Ptr_Decl);
4619
         Analyze (Ptr_Decl);
4620
 
4621
         --  Step 2: Create a temporary which acts as a hook to the transient
4622
         --  object. Generate:
4623
 
4624
         --    Temp : Ptr_Id := null;
4625
 
4626
         Temp_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T');
4627
 
4628
         Temp_Decl :=
4629
           Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
4630
             Defining_Identifier => Temp_Id,
4631
             Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Ptr_Id, Loc));
4632
 
4633
         Insert_Action (Ins_Node, Temp_Decl);
4634
         Analyze (Temp_Decl);
4635
 
4636
         --  Mark this temporary as created for the purposes of exporting the
4637
         --  transient declaration out of the Actions list. This signals the
4638
         --  machinery in Build_Finalizer to recognize this special case.
4639
 
4640
         Set_Return_Flag_Or_Transient_Decl (Temp_Id, Decl);
4641
 
4642
         --  Step 3: Hook the transient object to the temporary
4643
 
4644
         if Is_Access_Type (Obj_Typ) then
4645
            Expr := Convert_To (Ptr_Id, New_Reference_To (Obj_Id, Loc));
4646
         else
4647
            Expr :=
4648
              Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4649
                Prefix         => New_Reference_To (Obj_Id, Loc),
4650
                Attribute_Name => Name_Unrestricted_Access);
4651
         end if;
4652
 
4653
         --  Generate:
4654
         --    Temp := Ptr_Id (Obj_Id);
4655
         --      <or>
4656
         --    Temp := Obj_Id'Unrestricted_Access;
4657
 
4658
         Insert_After_And_Analyze (Decl,
4659
           Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
4660
             Name       => New_Reference_To (Temp_Id, Loc),
4661
             Expression => Expr));
4662
      end Process_Transient_Object;
4663
 
4664
      --  Local variables
4665
 
4666
      Decl : Node_Id;
4667
 
4668
   --  Start of processing for Expand_N_Expression_With_Actions
4669
 
4670
   begin
4671
      Decl := First (Actions (N));
4672
      while Present (Decl) loop
4673
         if Nkind (Decl) = N_Object_Declaration
4674
           and then Is_Finalizable_Transient (Decl, N)
4675
         then
4676
            Process_Transient_Object (Decl);
4677
         end if;
4678
 
4679
         Next (Decl);
4680
      end loop;
4681
   end Expand_N_Expression_With_Actions;
4682
 
4683
   -----------------
4684
   -- Expand_N_In --
4685
   -----------------
4686
 
4687
   procedure Expand_N_In (N : Node_Id) is
4688
      Loc    : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
4689
      Restyp : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
4690
      Lop    : constant Node_Id    := Left_Opnd (N);
4691
      Rop    : constant Node_Id    := Right_Opnd (N);
4692
      Static : constant Boolean    := Is_OK_Static_Expression (N);
4693
 
4694
      Ltyp  : Entity_Id;
4695
      Rtyp  : Entity_Id;
4696
 
4697
      procedure Substitute_Valid_Check;
4698
      --  Replaces node N by Lop'Valid. This is done when we have an explicit
4699
      --  test for the left operand being in range of its subtype.
4700
 
4701
      ----------------------------
4702
      -- Substitute_Valid_Check --
4703
      ----------------------------
4704
 
4705
      procedure Substitute_Valid_Check is
4706
      begin
4707
         Rewrite (N,
4708
           Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
4709
             Prefix         => Relocate_Node (Lop),
4710
             Attribute_Name => Name_Valid));
4711
 
4712
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
4713
 
4714
         Error_Msg_N ("?explicit membership test may be optimized away", N);
4715
         Error_Msg_N -- CODEFIX
4716
           ("\?use ''Valid attribute instead", N);
4717
         return;
4718
      end Substitute_Valid_Check;
4719
 
4720
   --  Start of processing for Expand_N_In
4721
 
4722
   begin
4723
      --  If set membership case, expand with separate procedure
4724
 
4725
      if Present (Alternatives (N)) then
4726
         Expand_Set_Membership (N);
4727
         return;
4728
      end if;
4729
 
4730
      --  Not set membership, proceed with expansion
4731
 
4732
      Ltyp := Etype (Left_Opnd  (N));
4733
      Rtyp := Etype (Right_Opnd (N));
4734
 
4735
      --  Check case of explicit test for an expression in range of its
4736
      --  subtype. This is suspicious usage and we replace it with a 'Valid
4737
      --  test and give a warning. For floating point types however, this is a
4738
      --  standard way to check for finite numbers, and using 'Valid would
4739
      --  typically be a pessimization. Also skip this test for predicated
4740
      --  types, since it is perfectly reasonable to check if a value meets
4741
      --  its predicate.
4742
 
4743
      if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
4744
        and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Ltyp)
4745
        and then Nkind (Rop) in N_Has_Entity
4746
        and then Ltyp = Entity (Rop)
4747
        and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4748
        and then VM_Target = No_VM
4749
        and then not (Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
4750
                       and then Present (Predicate_Function (Ltyp)))
4751
      then
4752
         Substitute_Valid_Check;
4753
         return;
4754
      end if;
4755
 
4756
      --  Do validity check on operands
4757
 
4758
      if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
4759
         Ensure_Valid (Left_Opnd (N));
4760
         Validity_Check_Range (Right_Opnd (N));
4761
      end if;
4762
 
4763
      --  Case of explicit range
4764
 
4765
      if Nkind (Rop) = N_Range then
4766
         declare
4767
            Lo : constant Node_Id := Low_Bound (Rop);
4768
            Hi : constant Node_Id := High_Bound (Rop);
4769
 
4770
            Lo_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Lo);
4771
            Hi_Orig : constant Node_Id := Original_Node (Hi);
4772
 
4773
            Lcheck : Compare_Result;
4774
            Ucheck : Compare_Result;
4775
 
4776
            Warn1 : constant Boolean :=
4777
                      Constant_Condition_Warnings
4778
                        and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4779
                        and then not In_Instance;
4780
            --  This must be true for any of the optimization warnings, we
4781
            --  clearly want to give them only for source with the flag on. We
4782
            --  also skip these warnings in an instance since it may be the
4783
            --  case that different instantiations have different ranges.
4784
 
4785
            Warn2 : constant Boolean :=
4786
                      Warn1
4787
                        and then Nkind (Original_Node (Rop)) = N_Range
4788
                        and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Lo));
4789
            --  For the case where only one bound warning is elided, we also
4790
            --  insist on an explicit range and an integer type. The reason is
4791
            --  that the use of enumeration ranges including an end point is
4792
            --  common, as is the use of a subtype name, one of whose bounds is
4793
            --  the same as the type of the expression.
4794
 
4795
         begin
4796
            --  If test is explicit x'First .. x'Last, replace by valid check
4797
 
4798
            --  Could use some individual comments for this complex test ???
4799
 
4800
            if Is_Scalar_Type (Ltyp)
4801
              and then Nkind (Lo_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4802
              and then Attribute_Name (Lo_Orig) = Name_First
4803
              and then Nkind (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4804
              and then Entity (Prefix (Lo_Orig)) = Ltyp
4805
              and then Nkind (Hi_Orig) = N_Attribute_Reference
4806
              and then Attribute_Name (Hi_Orig) = Name_Last
4807
              and then Nkind (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) in N_Has_Entity
4808
              and then Entity (Prefix (Hi_Orig)) = Ltyp
4809
              and then Comes_From_Source (N)
4810
              and then VM_Target = No_VM
4811
            then
4812
               Substitute_Valid_Check;
4813
               goto Leave;
4814
            end if;
4815
 
4816
            --  If bounds of type are known at compile time, and the end points
4817
            --  are known at compile time and identical, this is another case
4818
            --  for substituting a valid test. We only do this for discrete
4819
            --  types, since it won't arise in practice for float types.
4820
 
4821
            if Comes_From_Source (N)
4822
              and then Is_Discrete_Type (Ltyp)
4823
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp))
4824
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound  (Ltyp))
4825
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
4826
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
4827
              and then Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Hi)
4828
              and then Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound  (Ltyp)) = Expr_Value (Lo)
4829
 
4830
               --  Kill warnings in instances, since they may be cases where we
4831
               --  have a test in the generic that makes sense with some types
4832
               --  and not with other types.
4833
 
4834
              and then not In_Instance
4835
            then
4836
               Substitute_Valid_Check;
4837
               goto Leave;
4838
            end if;
4839
 
4840
            --  If we have an explicit range, do a bit of optimization based on
4841
            --  range analysis (we may be able to kill one or both checks).
4842
 
4843
            Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => False);
4844
            Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => False);
4845
 
4846
            --  If either check is known to fail, replace result by False since
4847
            --  the other check does not matter. Preserve the static flag for
4848
            --  legality checks, because we are constant-folding beyond RM 4.9.
4849
 
4850
            if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4851
               if Warn1 then
4852
                  Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4853
                  Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be out of range", N);
4854
               end if;
4855
 
4856
               Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc));
4857
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
4858
               Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4859
               goto Leave;
4860
 
4861
            --  If both checks are known to succeed, replace result by True,
4862
            --  since we know we are in range.
4863
 
4864
            elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4865
               if Warn1 then
4866
                  Error_Msg_N ("?range test optimized away", N);
4867
                  Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", N);
4868
               end if;
4869
 
4870
               Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
4871
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
4872
               Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, Static);
4873
               goto Leave;
4874
 
4875
            --  If lower bound check succeeds and upper bound check is not
4876
            --  known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4877
            --  a comparison against the upper bound.
4878
 
4879
            elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4880
               if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4881
                  Error_Msg_N ("?lower bound test optimized away", Lo);
4882
                  Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Lo);
4883
               end if;
4884
 
4885
               Rewrite (N,
4886
                 Make_Op_Le (Loc,
4887
                   Left_Opnd  => Lop,
4888
                   Right_Opnd => High_Bound (Rop)));
4889
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
4890
               goto Leave;
4891
 
4892
            --  If upper bound check succeeds and lower bound check is not
4893
            --  known to succeed or fail, then replace the range check with
4894
            --  a comparison against the lower bound.
4895
 
4896
            elsif Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4897
               if Warn2 and then not In_Instance then
4898
                  Error_Msg_N ("?upper bound test optimized away", Hi);
4899
                  Error_Msg_N ("\?value is known to be in range", Hi);
4900
               end if;
4901
 
4902
               Rewrite (N,
4903
                 Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
4904
                   Left_Opnd  => Lop,
4905
                   Right_Opnd => Low_Bound (Rop)));
4906
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
4907
               goto Leave;
4908
            end if;
4909
 
4910
            --  We couldn't optimize away the range check, but there is one
4911
            --  more issue. If we are checking constant conditionals, then we
4912
            --  see if we can determine the outcome assuming everything is
4913
            --  valid, and if so give an appropriate warning.
4914
 
4915
            if Warn1 and then not Assume_No_Invalid_Values then
4916
               Lcheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Lo, Assume_Valid => True);
4917
               Ucheck := Compile_Time_Compare (Lop, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
4918
 
4919
               --  Result is out of range for valid value
4920
 
4921
               if Lcheck = LT or else Ucheck = GT then
4922
                  Error_Msg_N
4923
                    ("?value can only be in range if it is invalid", N);
4924
 
4925
               --  Result is in range for valid value
4926
 
4927
               elsif Lcheck in Compare_GE and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4928
                  Error_Msg_N
4929
                    ("?value can only be out of range if it is invalid", N);
4930
 
4931
               --  Lower bound check succeeds if value is valid
4932
 
4933
               elsif Warn2 and then Lcheck in Compare_GE then
4934
                  Error_Msg_N
4935
                    ("?lower bound check only fails if it is invalid", Lo);
4936
 
4937
               --  Upper bound  check succeeds if value is valid
4938
 
4939
               elsif Warn2 and then Ucheck in Compare_LE then
4940
                  Error_Msg_N
4941
                    ("?upper bound check only fails for invalid values", Hi);
4942
               end if;
4943
            end if;
4944
         end;
4945
 
4946
         --  For all other cases of an explicit range, nothing to be done
4947
 
4948
         goto Leave;
4949
 
4950
      --  Here right operand is a subtype mark
4951
 
4952
      else
4953
         declare
4954
            Typ       : Entity_Id        := Etype (Rop);
4955
            Is_Acc    : constant Boolean := Is_Access_Type (Typ);
4956
            Cond      : Node_Id          := Empty;
4957
            New_N     : Node_Id;
4958
            Obj       : Node_Id          := Lop;
4959
            SCIL_Node : Node_Id;
4960
 
4961
         begin
4962
            Remove_Side_Effects (Obj);
4963
 
4964
            --  For tagged type, do tagged membership operation
4965
 
4966
            if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
4967
 
4968
               --  No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as the VM
4969
               --  back-ends will handle the membership tests directly (tags
4970
               --  are not explicitly represented in Java objects, so the
4971
               --  normal tagged membership expansion is not what we want).
4972
 
4973
               if Tagged_Type_Expansion then
4974
                  Tagged_Membership (N, SCIL_Node, New_N);
4975
                  Rewrite (N, New_N);
4976
                  Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
4977
 
4978
                  --  Update decoration of relocated node referenced by the
4979
                  --  SCIL node.
4980
 
4981
                  if Generate_SCIL and then Present (SCIL_Node) then
4982
                     Set_SCIL_Node (N, SCIL_Node);
4983
                  end if;
4984
               end if;
4985
 
4986
               goto Leave;
4987
 
4988
            --  If type is scalar type, rewrite as x in t'First .. t'Last.
4989
            --  This reason we do this is that the bounds may have the wrong
4990
            --  type if they come from the original type definition. Also this
4991
            --  way we get all the processing above for an explicit range.
4992
 
4993
               --  Don't do this for predicated types, since in this case we
4994
               --  want to check the predicate!
4995
 
4996
            elsif Is_Scalar_Type (Typ) then
4997
               if No (Predicate_Function (Typ)) then
4998
                  Rewrite (Rop,
4999
                    Make_Range (Loc,
5000
                      Low_Bound =>
5001
                        Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
5002
                          Attribute_Name => Name_First,
5003
                          Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
5004
 
5005
                      High_Bound =>
5006
                        Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
5007
                          Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
5008
                          Prefix => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))));
5009
                  Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
5010
               end if;
5011
 
5012
               goto Leave;
5013
 
5014
            --  Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
5015
            --  a membership test if the subtype mark denotes a constrained
5016
            --  Unchecked_Union subtype and the expression lacks inferable
5017
            --  discriminants.
5018
 
5019
            elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Typ))
5020
              and then Is_Constrained (Typ)
5021
              and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lop)
5022
            then
5023
               Insert_Action (N,
5024
                 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
5025
                   Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
5026
 
5027
               --  Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
5028
               --  test as False.
5029
 
5030
               Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5031
               goto Leave;
5032
            end if;
5033
 
5034
            --  Here we have a non-scalar type
5035
 
5036
            if Is_Acc then
5037
               Typ := Designated_Type (Typ);
5038
            end if;
5039
 
5040
            if not Is_Constrained (Typ) then
5041
               Rewrite (N, New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc));
5042
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
5043
 
5044
            --  For the constrained array case, we have to check the subscripts
5045
            --  for an exact match if the lengths are non-zero (the lengths
5046
            --  must match in any case).
5047
 
5048
            elsif Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
5049
               Check_Subscripts : declare
5050
                  function Build_Attribute_Reference
5051
                    (E   : Node_Id;
5052
                     Nam : Name_Id;
5053
                     Dim : Nat) return Node_Id;
5054
                  --  Build attribute reference E'Nam (Dim)
5055
 
5056
                  -------------------------------
5057
                  -- Build_Attribute_Reference --
5058
                  -------------------------------
5059
 
5060
                  function Build_Attribute_Reference
5061
                    (E   : Node_Id;
5062
                     Nam : Name_Id;
5063
                     Dim : Nat) return Node_Id
5064
                  is
5065
                  begin
5066
                     return
5067
                       Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
5068
                         Prefix         => E,
5069
                         Attribute_Name => Nam,
5070
                         Expressions    => New_List (
5071
                           Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Dim)));
5072
                  end Build_Attribute_Reference;
5073
 
5074
               --  Start of processing for Check_Subscripts
5075
 
5076
               begin
5077
                  for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Typ) loop
5078
                     Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
5079
                       Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5080
                         Left_Opnd  =>
5081
                           Build_Attribute_Reference
5082
                             (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
5083
                              Name_First, J),
5084
                         Right_Opnd =>
5085
                           Build_Attribute_Reference
5086
                             (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_First, J)));
5087
 
5088
                     Evolve_And_Then (Cond,
5089
                       Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5090
                         Left_Opnd  =>
5091
                           Build_Attribute_Reference
5092
                             (Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Obj),
5093
                              Name_Last, J),
5094
                         Right_Opnd =>
5095
                           Build_Attribute_Reference
5096
                             (New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc), Name_Last, J)));
5097
                  end loop;
5098
 
5099
                  if Is_Acc then
5100
                     Cond :=
5101
                       Make_Or_Else (Loc,
5102
                         Left_Opnd =>
5103
                           Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5104
                             Left_Opnd  => Obj,
5105
                             Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
5106
                         Right_Opnd => Cond);
5107
                  end if;
5108
 
5109
                  Rewrite (N, Cond);
5110
                  Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
5111
               end Check_Subscripts;
5112
 
5113
            --  These are the cases where constraint checks may be required,
5114
            --  e.g. records with possible discriminants
5115
 
5116
            else
5117
               --  Expand the test into a series of discriminant comparisons.
5118
               --  The expression that is built is the negation of the one that
5119
               --  is used for checking discriminant constraints.
5120
 
5121
               Obj := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
5122
 
5123
               if Has_Discriminants (Typ) then
5124
                  Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc,
5125
                    Right_Opnd => Build_Discriminant_Checks (Obj, Typ));
5126
 
5127
                  if Is_Acc then
5128
                     Cond := Make_Or_Else (Loc,
5129
                       Left_Opnd =>
5130
                         Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5131
                           Left_Opnd  => Obj,
5132
                           Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
5133
                       Right_Opnd => Cond);
5134
                  end if;
5135
 
5136
               else
5137
                  Cond := New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc);
5138
               end if;
5139
 
5140
               Rewrite (N, Cond);
5141
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
5142
            end if;
5143
 
5144
            --  Ada 2012 (AI05-0149): Handle membership tests applied to an
5145
            --  expression of an anonymous access type. This can involve an
5146
            --  accessibility test and a tagged type membership test in the
5147
            --  case of tagged designated types.
5148
 
5149
            if Ada_Version >= Ada_2012
5150
              and then Is_Acc
5151
              and then Ekind (Ltyp) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
5152
            then
5153
               declare
5154
                  Expr_Entity : Entity_Id := Empty;
5155
                  New_N       : Node_Id;
5156
                  Param_Level : Node_Id;
5157
                  Type_Level  : Node_Id;
5158
 
5159
               begin
5160
                  if Is_Entity_Name (Lop) then
5161
                     Expr_Entity := Param_Entity (Lop);
5162
 
5163
                     if not Present (Expr_Entity) then
5164
                        Expr_Entity := Entity (Lop);
5165
                     end if;
5166
                  end if;
5167
 
5168
                  --  If a conversion of the anonymous access value to the
5169
                  --  tested type would be illegal, then the result is False.
5170
 
5171
                  if not Valid_Conversion
5172
                           (Lop, Rtyp, Lop, Report_Errs => False)
5173
                  then
5174
                     Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
5175
                     Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
5176
 
5177
                  --  Apply an accessibility check if the access object has an
5178
                  --  associated access level and when the level of the type is
5179
                  --  less deep than the level of the access parameter. This
5180
                  --  only occur for access parameters and stand-alone objects
5181
                  --  of an anonymous access type.
5182
 
5183
                  else
5184
                     if Present (Expr_Entity)
5185
                       and then
5186
                         Present
5187
                           (Effective_Extra_Accessibility (Expr_Entity))
5188
                       and then UI_Gt (Object_Access_Level (Lop),
5189
                                       Type_Access_Level (Rtyp))
5190
                     then
5191
                        Param_Level :=
5192
                          New_Occurrence_Of
5193
                            (Effective_Extra_Accessibility (Expr_Entity), Loc);
5194
 
5195
                        Type_Level :=
5196
                          Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Type_Access_Level (Rtyp));
5197
 
5198
                        --  Return True only if the accessibility level of the
5199
                        --  expression entity is not deeper than the level of
5200
                        --  the tested access type.
5201
 
5202
                        Rewrite (N,
5203
                          Make_And_Then (Loc,
5204
                            Left_Opnd  => Relocate_Node (N),
5205
                            Right_Opnd => Make_Op_Le (Loc,
5206
                                            Left_Opnd  => Param_Level,
5207
                                            Right_Opnd => Type_Level)));
5208
 
5209
                        Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
5210
                     end if;
5211
 
5212
                     --  If the designated type is tagged, do tagged membership
5213
                     --  operation.
5214
 
5215
                     --  *** NOTE: we have to check not null before doing the
5216
                     --  tagged membership test (but maybe that can be done
5217
                     --  inside Tagged_Membership?).
5218
 
5219
                     if Is_Tagged_Type (Typ) then
5220
                        Rewrite (N,
5221
                          Make_And_Then (Loc,
5222
                            Left_Opnd  => Relocate_Node (N),
5223
                            Right_Opnd =>
5224
                              Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
5225
                                Left_Opnd  => Obj,
5226
                                Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc))));
5227
 
5228
                        --  No expansion will be performed when VM_Target, as
5229
                        --  the VM back-ends will handle the membership tests
5230
                        --  directly (tags are not explicitly represented in
5231
                        --  Java objects, so the normal tagged membership
5232
                        --  expansion is not what we want).
5233
 
5234
                        if Tagged_Type_Expansion then
5235
 
5236
                           --  Note that we have to pass Original_Node, because
5237
                           --  the membership test might already have been
5238
                           --  rewritten by earlier parts of membership test.
5239
 
5240
                           Tagged_Membership
5241
                             (Original_Node (N), SCIL_Node, New_N);
5242
 
5243
                           --  Update decoration of relocated node referenced
5244
                           --  by the SCIL node.
5245
 
5246
                           if Generate_SCIL and then Present (SCIL_Node) then
5247
                              Set_SCIL_Node (New_N, SCIL_Node);
5248
                           end if;
5249
 
5250
                           Rewrite (N,
5251
                             Make_And_Then (Loc,
5252
                               Left_Opnd  => Relocate_Node (N),
5253
                               Right_Opnd => New_N));
5254
 
5255
                           Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Restyp);
5256
                        end if;
5257
                     end if;
5258
                  end if;
5259
               end;
5260
            end if;
5261
         end;
5262
      end if;
5263
 
5264
   --  At this point, we have done the processing required for the basic
5265
   --  membership test, but not yet dealt with the predicate.
5266
 
5267
   <<Leave>>
5268
 
5269
      --  If a predicate is present, then we do the predicate test, but we
5270
      --  most certainly want to omit this if we are within the predicate
5271
      --  function itself, since otherwise we have an infinite recursion!
5272
 
5273
      declare
5274
         PFunc : constant Entity_Id := Predicate_Function (Rtyp);
5275
 
5276
      begin
5277
         if Present (PFunc)
5278
           and then Current_Scope /= PFunc
5279
         then
5280
            Rewrite (N,
5281
              Make_And_Then (Loc,
5282
                Left_Opnd  => Relocate_Node (N),
5283
                Right_Opnd => Make_Predicate_Call (Rtyp, Lop)));
5284
 
5285
            --  Analyze new expression, mark left operand as analyzed to
5286
            --  avoid infinite recursion adding predicate calls. Similarly,
5287
            --  suppress further range checks on the call.
5288
 
5289
            Set_Analyzed (Left_Opnd (N));
5290
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
5291
 
5292
            --  All done, skip attempt at compile time determination of result
5293
 
5294
            return;
5295
         end if;
5296
      end;
5297
   end Expand_N_In;
5298
 
5299
   --------------------------------
5300
   -- Expand_N_Indexed_Component --
5301
   --------------------------------
5302
 
5303
   procedure Expand_N_Indexed_Component (N : Node_Id) is
5304
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5305
      Typ : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
5306
      P   : constant Node_Id    := Prefix (N);
5307
      T   : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (P);
5308
      Atp : Entity_Id;
5309
 
5310
   begin
5311
      --  A special optimization, if we have an indexed component that is
5312
      --  selecting from a slice, then we can eliminate the slice, since, for
5313
      --  example, x (i .. j)(k) is identical to x(k). The only difference is
5314
      --  the range check required by the slice. The range check for the slice
5315
      --  itself has already been generated. The range check for the
5316
      --  subscripting operation is ensured by converting the subject to
5317
      --  the subtype of the slice.
5318
 
5319
      --  This optimization not only generates better code, avoiding slice
5320
      --  messing especially in the packed case, but more importantly bypasses
5321
      --  some problems in handling this peculiar case, for example, the issue
5322
      --  of dealing specially with object renamings.
5323
 
5324
      if Nkind (P) = N_Slice then
5325
         Rewrite (N,
5326
           Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
5327
             Prefix => Prefix (P),
5328
             Expressions => New_List (
5329
               Convert_To
5330
                 (Etype (First_Index (Etype (P))),
5331
                  First (Expressions (N))))));
5332
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5333
         return;
5334
      end if;
5335
 
5336
      --  Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
5337
      --  function, then additional actuals must be passed.
5338
 
5339
      if Ada_Version >= Ada_2005
5340
        and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
5341
      then
5342
         Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
5343
      end if;
5344
 
5345
      --  If the prefix is an access type, then we unconditionally rewrite if
5346
      --  as an explicit dereference. This simplifies processing for several
5347
      --  cases, including packed array cases and certain cases in which checks
5348
      --  must be generated. We used to try to do this only when it was
5349
      --  necessary, but it cleans up the code to do it all the time.
5350
 
5351
      if Is_Access_Type (T) then
5352
         Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
5353
         Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (T));
5354
         Atp := Designated_Type (T);
5355
      else
5356
         Atp := T;
5357
      end if;
5358
 
5359
      --  Generate index and validity checks
5360
 
5361
      Generate_Index_Checks (N);
5362
 
5363
      if Validity_Checks_On and then Validity_Check_Subscripts then
5364
         Apply_Subscript_Validity_Checks (N);
5365
      end if;
5366
 
5367
      --  If selecting from an array with atomic components, and atomic sync
5368
      --  is not suppressed for this array type, set atomic sync flag.
5369
 
5370
      if (Has_Atomic_Components (Atp)
5371
           and then not Atomic_Synchronization_Disabled (Atp))
5372
        or else (Is_Atomic (Typ)
5373
                  and then not Atomic_Synchronization_Disabled (Typ))
5374
      then
5375
         Activate_Atomic_Synchronization (N);
5376
      end if;
5377
 
5378
      --  All done for the non-packed case
5379
 
5380
      if not Is_Packed (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
5381
         return;
5382
      end if;
5383
 
5384
      --  For packed arrays that are not bit-packed (i.e. the case of an array
5385
      --  with one or more index types with a non-contiguous enumeration type),
5386
      --  we can always use the normal packed element get circuit.
5387
 
5388
      if not Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Etype (Prefix (N))) then
5389
         Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
5390
         return;
5391
      end if;
5392
 
5393
      --  For a reference to a component of a bit packed array, we have to
5394
      --  convert it to a reference to the corresponding Packed_Array_Type.
5395
      --  We only want to do this for simple references, and not for:
5396
 
5397
      --    Left side of assignment, or prefix of left side of assignment, or
5398
      --    prefix of the prefix, to handle packed arrays of packed arrays,
5399
      --      This case is handled in Exp_Ch5.Expand_N_Assignment_Statement
5400
 
5401
      --    Renaming objects in renaming associations
5402
      --      This case is handled when a use of the renamed variable occurs
5403
 
5404
      --    Actual parameters for a procedure call
5405
      --      This case is handled in Exp_Ch6.Expand_Actuals
5406
 
5407
      --    The second expression in a 'Read attribute reference
5408
 
5409
      --    The prefix of an address or bit or size attribute reference
5410
 
5411
      --  The following circuit detects these exceptions
5412
 
5413
      declare
5414
         Child : Node_Id := N;
5415
         Parnt : Node_Id := Parent (N);
5416
 
5417
      begin
5418
         loop
5419
            if Nkind (Parnt) = N_Unchecked_Expression then
5420
               null;
5421
 
5422
            elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Object_Renaming_Declaration,
5423
                                   N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
5424
              or else (Nkind (Parnt) = N_Parameter_Association
5425
                        and then
5426
                          Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) =  N_Procedure_Call_Statement)
5427
            then
5428
               return;
5429
 
5430
            elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
5431
              and then (Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Address
5432
                         or else
5433
                        Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Bit
5434
                         or else
5435
                        Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Size)
5436
              and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
5437
            then
5438
               return;
5439
 
5440
            elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Assignment_Statement
5441
              and then Name (Parnt) = Child
5442
            then
5443
               return;
5444
 
5445
            --  If the expression is an index of an indexed component, it must
5446
            --  be expanded regardless of context.
5447
 
5448
            elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Indexed_Component
5449
              and then Child /= Prefix (Parnt)
5450
            then
5451
               Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
5452
               return;
5453
 
5454
            elsif Nkind (Parent (Parnt)) = N_Assignment_Statement
5455
              and then Name (Parent (Parnt)) = Parnt
5456
            then
5457
               return;
5458
 
5459
            elsif Nkind (Parnt) = N_Attribute_Reference
5460
              and then Attribute_Name (Parnt) = Name_Read
5461
              and then Next (First (Expressions (Parnt))) = Child
5462
            then
5463
               return;
5464
 
5465
            elsif Nkind_In (Parnt, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component)
5466
               and then Prefix (Parnt) = Child
5467
            then
5468
               null;
5469
 
5470
            else
5471
               Expand_Packed_Element_Reference (N);
5472
               return;
5473
            end if;
5474
 
5475
            --  Keep looking up tree for unchecked expression, or if we are the
5476
            --  prefix of a possible assignment left side.
5477
 
5478
            Child := Parnt;
5479
            Parnt := Parent (Child);
5480
         end loop;
5481
      end;
5482
   end Expand_N_Indexed_Component;
5483
 
5484
   ---------------------
5485
   -- Expand_N_Not_In --
5486
   ---------------------
5487
 
5488
   --  Replace a not in b by not (a in b) so that the expansions for (a in b)
5489
   --  can be done. This avoids needing to duplicate this expansion code.
5490
 
5491
   procedure Expand_N_Not_In (N : Node_Id) is
5492
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5493
      Typ : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
5494
      Cfs : constant Boolean    := Comes_From_Source (N);
5495
 
5496
   begin
5497
      Rewrite (N,
5498
        Make_Op_Not (Loc,
5499
          Right_Opnd =>
5500
            Make_In (Loc,
5501
              Left_Opnd  => Left_Opnd (N),
5502
              Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N))));
5503
 
5504
      --  If this is a set membership, preserve list of alternatives
5505
 
5506
      Set_Alternatives (Right_Opnd (N), Alternatives (Original_Node (N)));
5507
 
5508
      --  We want this to appear as coming from source if original does (see
5509
      --  transformations in Expand_N_In).
5510
 
5511
      Set_Comes_From_Source (N, Cfs);
5512
      Set_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (N), Cfs);
5513
 
5514
      --  Now analyze transformed node
5515
 
5516
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5517
   end Expand_N_Not_In;
5518
 
5519
   -------------------
5520
   -- Expand_N_Null --
5521
   -------------------
5522
 
5523
   --  The only replacement required is for the case of a null of a type that
5524
   --  is an access to protected subprogram, or a subtype thereof. We represent
5525
   --  such access values as a record, and so we must replace the occurrence of
5526
   --  null by the equivalent record (with a null address and a null pointer in
5527
   --  it), so that the backend creates the proper value.
5528
 
5529
   procedure Expand_N_Null (N : Node_Id) is
5530
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5531
      Typ : constant Entity_Id  := Base_Type (Etype (N));
5532
      Agg : Node_Id;
5533
 
5534
   begin
5535
      if Is_Access_Protected_Subprogram_Type (Typ) then
5536
         Agg :=
5537
           Make_Aggregate (Loc,
5538
             Expressions => New_List (
5539
               New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_Null_Address), Loc),
5540
               Make_Null (Loc)));
5541
 
5542
         Rewrite (N, Agg);
5543
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Equivalent_Type (Typ));
5544
 
5545
         --  For subsequent semantic analysis, the node must retain its type.
5546
         --  Gigi in any case replaces this type by the corresponding record
5547
         --  type before processing the node.
5548
 
5549
         Set_Etype (N, Typ);
5550
      end if;
5551
 
5552
   exception
5553
      when RE_Not_Available =>
5554
         return;
5555
   end Expand_N_Null;
5556
 
5557
   ---------------------
5558
   -- Expand_N_Op_Abs --
5559
   ---------------------
5560
 
5561
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Abs (N : Node_Id) is
5562
      Loc  : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5563
      Expr : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
5564
 
5565
   begin
5566
      Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5567
 
5568
      --  Deal with software overflow checking
5569
 
5570
      if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
5571
         and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
5572
         and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
5573
      then
5574
         --  The only case to worry about is when the argument is equal to the
5575
         --  largest negative number, so what we do is to insert the check:
5576
 
5577
         --     [constraint_error when Expr = typ'Base'First]
5578
 
5579
         --  with the usual Duplicate_Subexpr use coding for expr
5580
 
5581
         Insert_Action (N,
5582
           Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
5583
             Condition =>
5584
               Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
5585
                 Left_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr (Expr),
5586
                 Right_Opnd =>
5587
                   Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
5588
                     Prefix =>
5589
                       New_Occurrence_Of (Base_Type (Etype (Expr)), Loc),
5590
                     Attribute_Name => Name_First)),
5591
             Reason => CE_Overflow_Check_Failed));
5592
      end if;
5593
 
5594
      --  Vax floating-point types case
5595
 
5596
      if Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
5597
         Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5598
      end if;
5599
   end Expand_N_Op_Abs;
5600
 
5601
   ---------------------
5602
   -- Expand_N_Op_Add --
5603
   ---------------------
5604
 
5605
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Add (N : Node_Id) is
5606
      Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5607
 
5608
   begin
5609
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5610
 
5611
      --  N + 0 = 0 + N = N for integer types
5612
 
5613
      if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5614
         if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
5615
           and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
5616
         then
5617
            Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
5618
            return;
5619
 
5620
         elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left_Opnd (N))
5621
           and then Expr_Value (Left_Opnd (N)) = Uint_0
5622
         then
5623
            Rewrite (N, Right_Opnd (N));
5624
            return;
5625
         end if;
5626
      end if;
5627
 
5628
      --  Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
5629
 
5630
      if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
5631
        or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
5632
      then
5633
         Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
5634
         return;
5635
 
5636
      --  Vax floating-point types case
5637
 
5638
      elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
5639
         Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5640
      end if;
5641
   end Expand_N_Op_Add;
5642
 
5643
   ---------------------
5644
   -- Expand_N_Op_And --
5645
   ---------------------
5646
 
5647
   procedure Expand_N_Op_And (N : Node_Id) is
5648
      Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
5649
 
5650
   begin
5651
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5652
 
5653
      if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
5654
         Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
5655
 
5656
      elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
5657
         Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
5658
         Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
5659
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
5660
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
5661
 
5662
      elsif Is_Intrinsic_Subprogram (Entity (N)) then
5663
         Expand_Intrinsic_Call (N, Entity (N));
5664
 
5665
      end if;
5666
   end Expand_N_Op_And;
5667
 
5668
   ------------------------
5669
   -- Expand_N_Op_Concat --
5670
   ------------------------
5671
 
5672
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Concat (N : Node_Id) is
5673
      Opnds : List_Id;
5674
      --  List of operands to be concatenated
5675
 
5676
      Cnode : Node_Id;
5677
      --  Node which is to be replaced by the result of concatenating the nodes
5678
      --  in the list Opnds.
5679
 
5680
   begin
5681
      --  Ensure validity of both operands
5682
 
5683
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5684
 
5685
      --  If we are the left operand of a concatenation higher up the tree,
5686
      --  then do nothing for now, since we want to deal with a series of
5687
      --  concatenations as a unit.
5688
 
5689
      if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Concat
5690
        and then N = Left_Opnd (Parent (N))
5691
      then
5692
         return;
5693
      end if;
5694
 
5695
      --  We get here with a concatenation whose left operand may be a
5696
      --  concatenation itself with a consistent type. We need to process
5697
      --  these concatenation operands from left to right, which means
5698
      --  from the deepest node in the tree to the highest node.
5699
 
5700
      Cnode := N;
5701
      while Nkind (Left_Opnd (Cnode)) = N_Op_Concat loop
5702
         Cnode := Left_Opnd (Cnode);
5703
      end loop;
5704
 
5705
      --  Now Cnode is the deepest concatenation, and its parents are the
5706
      --  concatenation nodes above, so now we process bottom up, doing the
5707
      --  operations. We gather a string that is as long as possible up to five
5708
      --  operands.
5709
 
5710
      --  The outer loop runs more than once if more than one concatenation
5711
      --  type is involved.
5712
 
5713
      Outer : loop
5714
         Opnds := New_List (Left_Opnd (Cnode), Right_Opnd (Cnode));
5715
         Set_Parent (Opnds, N);
5716
 
5717
         --  The inner loop gathers concatenation operands
5718
 
5719
         Inner : while Cnode /= N
5720
                   and then Base_Type (Etype (Cnode)) =
5721
                            Base_Type (Etype (Parent (Cnode)))
5722
         loop
5723
            Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5724
            Append (Right_Opnd (Cnode), Opnds);
5725
         end loop Inner;
5726
 
5727
         Expand_Concatenate (Cnode, Opnds);
5728
 
5729
         exit Outer when Cnode = N;
5730
         Cnode := Parent (Cnode);
5731
      end loop Outer;
5732
   end Expand_N_Op_Concat;
5733
 
5734
   ------------------------
5735
   -- Expand_N_Op_Divide --
5736
   ------------------------
5737
 
5738
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Divide (N : Node_Id) is
5739
      Loc   : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5740
      Lopnd : constant Node_Id    := Left_Opnd (N);
5741
      Ropnd : constant Node_Id    := Right_Opnd (N);
5742
      Ltyp  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Lopnd);
5743
      Rtyp  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Ropnd);
5744
      Typ   : Entity_Id           := Etype (N);
5745
      Rknow : constant Boolean    := Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
5746
                                       and then
5747
                                         Compile_Time_Known_Value (Ropnd);
5748
      Rval  : Uint;
5749
 
5750
   begin
5751
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
5752
 
5753
      if Rknow then
5754
         Rval := Expr_Value (Ropnd);
5755
      end if;
5756
 
5757
      --  N / 1 = N for integer types
5758
 
5759
      if Rknow and then Rval = Uint_1 then
5760
         Rewrite (N, Lopnd);
5761
         return;
5762
      end if;
5763
 
5764
      --  Convert x / 2 ** y to Shift_Right (x, y). Note that the fact that
5765
      --  Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
5766
      --  operand is an unsigned integer, as required for this to work.
5767
 
5768
      if Nkind (Ropnd) = N_Op_Expon
5769
        and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Ropnd)
5770
 
5771
      --  We cannot do this transformation in configurable run time mode if we
5772
      --  have 64-bit integers and long shifts are not available.
5773
 
5774
        and then
5775
          (Esize (Ltyp) <= 32
5776
             or else Support_Long_Shifts_On_Target)
5777
      then
5778
         Rewrite (N,
5779
           Make_Op_Shift_Right (Loc,
5780
             Left_Opnd  => Lopnd,
5781
             Right_Opnd =>
5782
               Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Ropnd))));
5783
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
5784
         return;
5785
      end if;
5786
 
5787
      --  Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
5788
 
5789
      if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
5790
         Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
5791
         Typ := Etype (N);
5792
      end if;
5793
 
5794
      --  Divisions with fixed-point results
5795
 
5796
      if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
5797
 
5798
         --  No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since
5799
         --  from a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
5800
         --  operations and will be treated that way.
5801
 
5802
         if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
5803
            if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
5804
               Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
5805
            else
5806
               Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
5807
            end if;
5808
         end if;
5809
 
5810
      --  Other cases of division of fixed-point operands. Again we exclude the
5811
      --  case where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set.
5812
 
5813
      elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else
5814
             Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
5815
        and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
5816
      then
5817
         if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5818
            Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
5819
         else
5820
            pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
5821
            Expand_Divide_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
5822
         end if;
5823
 
5824
      --  Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
5825
      --  in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
5826
 
5827
      elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5828
        and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
5829
      then
5830
         Rewrite (Ropnd,
5831
           Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Ropnd)));
5832
 
5833
         Analyze_And_Resolve (Ropnd, Universal_Real);
5834
 
5835
      elsif Typ = Universal_Real
5836
        and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
5837
      then
5838
         Rewrite (Lopnd,
5839
           Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lopnd)));
5840
 
5841
         Analyze_And_Resolve (Lopnd, Universal_Real);
5842
 
5843
      --  Non-fixed point cases, do integer zero divide and overflow checks
5844
 
5845
      elsif Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
5846
         Apply_Divide_Check (N);
5847
 
5848
      --  Deal with Vax_Float
5849
 
5850
      elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
5851
         Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
5852
         return;
5853
      end if;
5854
   end Expand_N_Op_Divide;
5855
 
5856
   --------------------
5857
   -- Expand_N_Op_Eq --
5858
   --------------------
5859
 
5860
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Eq (N : Node_Id) is
5861
      Loc    : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
5862
      Typ    : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
5863
      Lhs    : constant Node_Id    := Left_Opnd (N);
5864
      Rhs    : constant Node_Id    := Right_Opnd (N);
5865
      Bodies : constant List_Id    := New_List;
5866
      A_Typ  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Lhs);
5867
 
5868
      Typl    : Entity_Id := A_Typ;
5869
      Op_Name : Entity_Id;
5870
      Prim    : Elmt_Id;
5871
 
5872
      procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id);
5873
      --  If a constructed equality exists for the type or for its parent,
5874
      --  build and analyze call, adding conversions if the operation is
5875
      --  inherited.
5876
 
5877
      function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean;
5878
      --  Determines whether a type has a subcomponent of an unconstrained
5879
      --  Unchecked_Union subtype. Typ is a record type.
5880
 
5881
      -------------------------
5882
      -- Build_Equality_Call --
5883
      -------------------------
5884
 
5885
      procedure Build_Equality_Call (Eq : Entity_Id) is
5886
         Op_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (First_Formal (Eq));
5887
         L_Exp   : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Lhs);
5888
         R_Exp   : Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Rhs);
5889
 
5890
      begin
5891
         if Base_Type (Op_Type) /= Base_Type (A_Typ)
5892
           and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (A_Typ)
5893
         then
5894
            L_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, L_Exp);
5895
            R_Exp := OK_Convert_To (Op_Type, R_Exp);
5896
         end if;
5897
 
5898
         --  If we have an Unchecked_Union, we need to add the inferred
5899
         --  discriminant values as actuals in the function call. At this
5900
         --  point, the expansion has determined that both operands have
5901
         --  inferable discriminants.
5902
 
5903
         if Is_Unchecked_Union (Op_Type) then
5904
            declare
5905
               Lhs_Type      : constant Node_Id := Etype (L_Exp);
5906
               Rhs_Type      : constant Node_Id := Etype (R_Exp);
5907
               Lhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5908
               Rhs_Discr_Val : Node_Id;
5909
 
5910
            begin
5911
               --  Per-object constrained selected components require special
5912
               --  attention. If the enclosing scope of the component is an
5913
               --  Unchecked_Union, we cannot reference its discriminants
5914
               --  directly. This is why we use the two extra parameters of
5915
               --  the equality function of the enclosing Unchecked_Union.
5916
 
5917
               --  type UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is
5918
               --     . . .
5919
               --  end record;
5920
               --  pragma Unchecked_Union (UU_Type);
5921
 
5922
               --  1. Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5923
 
5924
               --     type Enclosing_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0) is record
5925
               --        . . .
5926
               --        Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5927
               --        . . .
5928
               --     end Enclosing_UU_Type;
5929
               --     pragma Unchecked_Union (Enclosing_UU_Type);
5930
 
5931
               --     Obj1 : Enclosing_UU_Type;
5932
               --     Obj2 : Enclosing_UU_Type (1);
5933
 
5934
               --     [. . .] Obj1 = Obj2 [. . .]
5935
 
5936
               --     Generated code:
5937
 
5938
               --     if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp, a, b)) then
5939
 
5940
               --  A and B are the formal parameters of the equality function
5941
               --  of Enclosing_UU_Type. The function always has two extra
5942
               --  formals to capture the inferred discriminant values.
5943
 
5944
               --  2. Non-Unchecked_Union enclosing record:
5945
 
5946
               --     type
5947
               --       Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (Discr : Integer := 0)
5948
               --     is record
5949
               --        . . .
5950
               --        Comp : UU_Type (Discr);
5951
               --        . . .
5952
               --     end Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5953
 
5954
               --     Obj1 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type;
5955
               --     Obj2 : Enclosing_Non_UU_Type (1);
5956
 
5957
               --     ...  Obj1 = Obj2 ...
5958
 
5959
               --     Generated code:
5960
 
5961
               --     if not (uu_typeEQ (obj1.comp, obj2.comp,
5962
               --                        obj1.discr, obj2.discr)) then
5963
 
5964
               --  In this case we can directly reference the discriminants of
5965
               --  the enclosing record.
5966
 
5967
               --  Lhs of equality
5968
 
5969
               if Nkind (Lhs) = N_Selected_Component
5970
                 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
5971
                            (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs)))
5972
               then
5973
                  --  Enclosing record is an Unchecked_Union, use formal A
5974
 
5975
                  if Is_Unchecked_Union
5976
                       (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Lhs))))
5977
                  then
5978
                     Lhs_Discr_Val := Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_A);
5979
 
5980
                  --  Enclosing record is of a non-Unchecked_Union type, it is
5981
                  --  possible to reference the discriminant.
5982
 
5983
                  else
5984
                     Lhs_Discr_Val :=
5985
                       Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
5986
                         Prefix => Prefix (Lhs),
5987
                         Selector_Name =>
5988
                           New_Copy
5989
                             (Get_Discriminant_Value
5990
                                (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
5991
                                 Lhs_Type,
5992
                                 Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type))));
5993
                  end if;
5994
 
5995
               --  Comment needed here ???
5996
 
5997
               else
5998
                  --  Infer the discriminant value
5999
 
6000
                  Lhs_Discr_Val :=
6001
                    New_Copy
6002
                      (Get_Discriminant_Value
6003
                         (First_Discriminant (Lhs_Type),
6004
                          Lhs_Type,
6005
                          Stored_Constraint (Lhs_Type)));
6006
               end if;
6007
 
6008
               --  Rhs of equality
6009
 
6010
               if Nkind (Rhs) = N_Selected_Component
6011
                 and then Has_Per_Object_Constraint
6012
                            (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs)))
6013
               then
6014
                  if Is_Unchecked_Union
6015
                       (Scope (Entity (Selector_Name (Rhs))))
6016
                  then
6017
                     Rhs_Discr_Val := Make_Identifier (Loc, Name_B);
6018
 
6019
                  else
6020
                     Rhs_Discr_Val :=
6021
                       Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
6022
                         Prefix => Prefix (Rhs),
6023
                         Selector_Name =>
6024
                           New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
6025
                             First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
6026
                             Rhs_Type,
6027
                             Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type))));
6028
 
6029
                  end if;
6030
               else
6031
                  Rhs_Discr_Val :=
6032
                    New_Copy (Get_Discriminant_Value (
6033
                      First_Discriminant (Rhs_Type),
6034
                      Rhs_Type,
6035
                      Stored_Constraint (Rhs_Type)));
6036
 
6037
               end if;
6038
 
6039
               Rewrite (N,
6040
                 Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6041
                   Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
6042
                   Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6043
                     L_Exp,
6044
                     R_Exp,
6045
                     Lhs_Discr_Val,
6046
                     Rhs_Discr_Val)));
6047
            end;
6048
 
6049
         --  Normal case, not an unchecked union
6050
 
6051
         else
6052
            Rewrite (N,
6053
              Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6054
                Name => New_Reference_To (Eq, Loc),
6055
                Parameter_Associations => New_List (L_Exp, R_Exp)));
6056
         end if;
6057
 
6058
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
6059
      end Build_Equality_Call;
6060
 
6061
      ------------------------------------
6062
      -- Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component --
6063
      ------------------------------------
6064
 
6065
      function Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
6066
        (Typ : Node_Id) return Boolean
6067
      is
6068
         Tdef  : constant Node_Id :=
6069
                   Type_Definition (Declaration_Node (Base_Type (Typ)));
6070
         Clist : Node_Id;
6071
         Vpart : Node_Id;
6072
 
6073
         function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
6074
           (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
6075
         --  Determines whether the subtype of the component is an
6076
         --  unconstrained Unchecked_Union.
6077
 
6078
         function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
6079
           (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean;
6080
         --  Determines whether a component of the variant has an unconstrained
6081
         --  Unchecked_Union subtype.
6082
 
6083
         -----------------------------------
6084
         -- Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
6085
         -----------------------------------
6086
 
6087
         function Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU
6088
           (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean
6089
         is
6090
         begin
6091
            if Nkind (Comp) /= N_Component_Declaration then
6092
               return False;
6093
            end if;
6094
 
6095
            declare
6096
               Sindic : constant Node_Id :=
6097
                          Subtype_Indication (Component_Definition (Comp));
6098
 
6099
            begin
6100
               --  Unconstrained nominal type. In the case of a constraint
6101
               --  present, the node kind would have been N_Subtype_Indication.
6102
 
6103
               if Nkind (Sindic) = N_Identifier then
6104
                  return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (Sindic)));
6105
               end if;
6106
 
6107
               return False;
6108
            end;
6109
         end Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
6110
 
6111
         ---------------------------------
6112
         -- Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU --
6113
         ---------------------------------
6114
 
6115
         function Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU
6116
           (Variant : Node_Id) return Boolean
6117
         is
6118
            Clist : constant Node_Id := Component_List (Variant);
6119
 
6120
         begin
6121
            if Is_Empty_List (Component_Items (Clist)) then
6122
               return False;
6123
            end if;
6124
 
6125
            --  We only need to test one component
6126
 
6127
            declare
6128
               Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
6129
 
6130
            begin
6131
               while Present (Comp) loop
6132
                  if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
6133
                     return True;
6134
                  end if;
6135
 
6136
                  Next (Comp);
6137
               end loop;
6138
            end;
6139
 
6140
            --  None of the components withing the variant were of
6141
            --  unconstrained Unchecked_Union type.
6142
 
6143
            return False;
6144
         end Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU;
6145
 
6146
      --  Start of processing for Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component
6147
 
6148
      begin
6149
         if Null_Present (Tdef) then
6150
            return False;
6151
         end if;
6152
 
6153
         Clist := Component_List (Tdef);
6154
         Vpart := Variant_Part (Clist);
6155
 
6156
         --  Inspect available components
6157
 
6158
         if Present (Component_Items (Clist)) then
6159
            declare
6160
               Comp : Node_Id := First (Component_Items (Clist));
6161
 
6162
            begin
6163
               while Present (Comp) loop
6164
 
6165
                  --  One component is sufficient
6166
 
6167
                  if Component_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Comp) then
6168
                     return True;
6169
                  end if;
6170
 
6171
                  Next (Comp);
6172
               end loop;
6173
            end;
6174
         end if;
6175
 
6176
         --  Inspect available components withing variants
6177
 
6178
         if Present (Vpart) then
6179
            declare
6180
               Variant : Node_Id := First (Variants (Vpart));
6181
 
6182
            begin
6183
               while Present (Variant) loop
6184
 
6185
                  --  One component within a variant is sufficient
6186
 
6187
                  if Variant_Is_Unconstrained_UU (Variant) then
6188
                     return True;
6189
                  end if;
6190
 
6191
                  Next (Variant);
6192
               end loop;
6193
            end;
6194
         end if;
6195
 
6196
         --  Neither the available components, nor the components inside the
6197
         --  variant parts were of an unconstrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
6198
 
6199
         return False;
6200
      end Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component;
6201
 
6202
   --  Start of processing for Expand_N_Op_Eq
6203
 
6204
   begin
6205
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6206
 
6207
      if Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Type then
6208
         Typl := Underlying_Type (Typl);
6209
      elsif Ekind (Typl) = E_Private_Subtype then
6210
         Typl := Underlying_Type (Base_Type (Typl));
6211
      else
6212
         null;
6213
      end if;
6214
 
6215
      --  It may happen in error situations that the underlying type is not
6216
      --  set. The error will be detected later, here we just defend the
6217
      --  expander code.
6218
 
6219
      if No (Typl) then
6220
         return;
6221
      end if;
6222
 
6223
      Typl := Base_Type (Typl);
6224
 
6225
      --  Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
6226
 
6227
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Typl) then
6228
         Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
6229
         Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
6230
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6231
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6232
 
6233
      --  Array types
6234
 
6235
      elsif Is_Array_Type (Typl) then
6236
 
6237
         --  If we are doing full validity checking, and it is possible for the
6238
         --  array elements to be invalid then expand out array comparisons to
6239
         --  make sure that we check the array elements.
6240
 
6241
         if Validity_Check_Operands
6242
           and then not Is_Known_Valid (Component_Type (Typl))
6243
         then
6244
            declare
6245
               Save_Force_Validity_Checks : constant Boolean :=
6246
                                              Force_Validity_Checks;
6247
            begin
6248
               Force_Validity_Checks := True;
6249
               Rewrite (N,
6250
                 Expand_Array_Equality
6251
                  (N,
6252
                   Relocate_Node (Lhs),
6253
                   Relocate_Node (Rhs),
6254
                   Bodies,
6255
                   Typl));
6256
               Insert_Actions (N, Bodies);
6257
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
6258
               Force_Validity_Checks := Save_Force_Validity_Checks;
6259
            end;
6260
 
6261
         --  Packed case where both operands are known aligned
6262
 
6263
         elsif Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typl)
6264
           and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
6265
           and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
6266
         then
6267
            Expand_Packed_Eq (N);
6268
 
6269
         --  Where the component type is elementary we can use a block bit
6270
         --  comparison (if supported on the target) exception in the case
6271
         --  of floating-point (negative zero issues require element by
6272
         --  element comparison), and atomic types (where we must be sure
6273
         --  to load elements independently) and possibly unaligned arrays.
6274
 
6275
         elsif Is_Elementary_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
6276
           and then not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Component_Type (Typl))
6277
           and then not Is_Atomic (Component_Type (Typl))
6278
           and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Lhs)
6279
           and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Rhs)
6280
           and then Support_Composite_Compare_On_Target
6281
         then
6282
            null;
6283
 
6284
         --  For composite and floating-point cases, expand equality loop to
6285
         --  make sure of using proper comparisons for tagged types, and
6286
         --  correctly handling the floating-point case.
6287
 
6288
         else
6289
            Rewrite (N,
6290
              Expand_Array_Equality
6291
                (N,
6292
                 Relocate_Node (Lhs),
6293
                 Relocate_Node (Rhs),
6294
                 Bodies,
6295
                 Typl));
6296
            Insert_Actions      (N, Bodies,           Suppress => All_Checks);
6297
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
6298
         end if;
6299
 
6300
      --  Record Types
6301
 
6302
      elsif Is_Record_Type (Typl) then
6303
 
6304
         --  For tagged types, use the primitive "="
6305
 
6306
         if Is_Tagged_Type (Typl) then
6307
 
6308
            --  No need to do anything else compiling under restriction
6309
            --  No_Dispatching_Calls. During the semantic analysis we
6310
            --  already notified such violation.
6311
 
6312
            if Restriction_Active (No_Dispatching_Calls) then
6313
               return;
6314
            end if;
6315
 
6316
            --  If this is derived from an untagged private type completed with
6317
            --  a tagged type, it does not have a full view, so we use the
6318
            --  primitive operations of the private type. This check should no
6319
            --  longer be necessary when these types get their full views???
6320
 
6321
            if Is_Private_Type (A_Typ)
6322
              and then not Is_Tagged_Type (A_Typ)
6323
              and then Is_Derived_Type (A_Typ)
6324
              and then No (Full_View (A_Typ))
6325
            then
6326
               --  Search for equality operation, checking that the operands
6327
               --  have the same type. Note that we must find a matching entry,
6328
               --  or something is very wrong!
6329
 
6330
               Prim := First_Elmt (Collect_Primitive_Operations (A_Typ));
6331
 
6332
               while Present (Prim) loop
6333
                  exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
6334
                    and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
6335
                             Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
6336
                    and then
6337
                      Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
6338
 
6339
                  Next_Elmt (Prim);
6340
               end loop;
6341
 
6342
               pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
6343
               Op_Name := Node (Prim);
6344
 
6345
            --  Find the type's predefined equality or an overriding
6346
            --  user- defined equality. The reason for not simply calling
6347
            --  Find_Prim_Op here is that there may be a user-defined
6348
            --  overloaded equality op that precedes the equality that we want,
6349
            --  so we have to explicitly search (e.g., there could be an
6350
            --  equality with two different parameter types).
6351
 
6352
            else
6353
               if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Typl) then
6354
                  Typl := Root_Type (Typl);
6355
               end if;
6356
 
6357
               Prim := First_Elmt (Primitive_Operations (Typl));
6358
               while Present (Prim) loop
6359
                  exit when Chars (Node (Prim)) = Name_Op_Eq
6360
                    and then Etype (First_Formal (Node (Prim))) =
6361
                             Etype (Next_Formal (First_Formal (Node (Prim))))
6362
                    and then
6363
                      Base_Type (Etype (Node (Prim))) = Standard_Boolean;
6364
 
6365
                  Next_Elmt (Prim);
6366
               end loop;
6367
 
6368
               pragma Assert (Present (Prim));
6369
               Op_Name := Node (Prim);
6370
            end if;
6371
 
6372
            Build_Equality_Call (Op_Name);
6373
 
6374
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating the
6375
         --  predefined equality operator for a type which has a subcomponent
6376
         --  of an Unchecked_Union type whose nominal subtype is unconstrained.
6377
 
6378
         elsif Has_Unconstrained_UU_Component (Typl) then
6379
            Insert_Action (N,
6380
              Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
6381
                Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
6382
 
6383
            --  Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting the
6384
            --  equality as a standard False.
6385
 
6386
            Rewrite (N,
6387
              New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
6388
 
6389
         elsif Is_Unchecked_Union (Typl) then
6390
 
6391
            --  If we can infer the discriminants of the operands, we make a
6392
            --  call to the TSS equality function.
6393
 
6394
            if Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Lhs)
6395
                 and then
6396
               Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Rhs)
6397
            then
6398
               Build_Equality_Call
6399
                 (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
6400
 
6401
            else
6402
               --  Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when evaluating
6403
               --  the predefined equality operator for an Unchecked_Union type
6404
               --  if either of the operands lack inferable discriminants.
6405
 
6406
               Insert_Action (N,
6407
                 Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
6408
                   Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction));
6409
 
6410
               --  Prevent Gigi from generating incorrect code by rewriting
6411
               --  the equality as a standard False.
6412
 
6413
               Rewrite (N,
6414
                 New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc));
6415
 
6416
            end if;
6417
 
6418
         --  If a type support function is present (for complex cases), use it
6419
 
6420
         elsif Present (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality)) then
6421
            Build_Equality_Call
6422
              (TSS (Root_Type (Typl), TSS_Composite_Equality));
6423
 
6424
         --  Otherwise expand the component by component equality. Note that
6425
         --  we never use block-bit comparisons for records, because of the
6426
         --  problems with gaps. The backend will often be able to recombine
6427
         --  the separate comparisons that we generate here.
6428
 
6429
         else
6430
            Remove_Side_Effects (Lhs);
6431
            Remove_Side_Effects (Rhs);
6432
            Rewrite (N,
6433
              Expand_Record_Equality (N, Typl, Lhs, Rhs, Bodies));
6434
 
6435
            Insert_Actions      (N, Bodies,           Suppress => All_Checks);
6436
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean, Suppress => All_Checks);
6437
         end if;
6438
      end if;
6439
 
6440
      --  Test if result is known at compile time
6441
 
6442
      Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6443
 
6444
      --  If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
6445
 
6446
      if Vax_Float (Typl) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare  then
6447
         Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6448
         return;
6449
      end if;
6450
 
6451
      Optimize_Length_Comparison (N);
6452
   end Expand_N_Op_Eq;
6453
 
6454
   -----------------------
6455
   -- Expand_N_Op_Expon --
6456
   -----------------------
6457
 
6458
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Expon (N : Node_Id) is
6459
      Loc    : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6460
      Typ    : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
6461
      Rtyp   : constant Entity_Id  := Root_Type (Typ);
6462
      Base   : constant Node_Id    := Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (N));
6463
      Bastyp : constant Node_Id    := Etype (Base);
6464
      Exp    : constant Node_Id    := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
6465
      Exptyp : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Exp);
6466
      Ovflo  : constant Boolean    := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
6467
      Expv   : Uint;
6468
      Xnode  : Node_Id;
6469
      Temp   : Node_Id;
6470
      Rent   : RE_Id;
6471
      Ent    : Entity_Id;
6472
      Etyp   : Entity_Id;
6473
 
6474
   begin
6475
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6476
 
6477
      --  CodePeer and GNATprove want to see the unexpanded N_Op_Expon node
6478
 
6479
      if CodePeer_Mode or Alfa_Mode then
6480
         return;
6481
      end if;
6482
 
6483
      --  If either operand is of a private type, then we have the use of an
6484
      --  intrinsic operator, and we get rid of the privateness, by using root
6485
      --  types of underlying types for the actual operation. Otherwise the
6486
      --  private types will cause trouble if we expand multiplications or
6487
      --  shifts etc. We also do this transformation if the result type is
6488
      --  different from the base type.
6489
 
6490
      if Is_Private_Type (Etype (Base))
6491
        or else Is_Private_Type (Typ)
6492
        or else Is_Private_Type (Exptyp)
6493
        or else Rtyp /= Root_Type (Bastyp)
6494
      then
6495
         declare
6496
            Bt : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Bastyp));
6497
            Et : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Underlying_Type (Exptyp));
6498
 
6499
         begin
6500
            Rewrite (N,
6501
              Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
6502
                Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
6503
                  Left_Opnd  => Unchecked_Convert_To (Bt, Base),
6504
                  Right_Opnd => Unchecked_Convert_To (Et, Exp))));
6505
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6506
            return;
6507
         end;
6508
      end if;
6509
 
6510
      --  Test for case of known right argument
6511
 
6512
      if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Exp) then
6513
         Expv := Expr_Value (Exp);
6514
 
6515
         --  We only fold small non-negative exponents. You might think we
6516
         --  could fold small negative exponents for the real case, but we
6517
         --  can't because we are required to raise Constraint_Error for
6518
         --  the case of 0.0 ** (negative) even if Machine_Overflows = False.
6519
         --  See ACVC test C4A012B.
6520
 
6521
         if Expv >= 0 and then Expv <= 4 then
6522
 
6523
            --  X ** 0 = 1 (or 1.0)
6524
 
6525
            if Expv = 0 then
6526
 
6527
               --  Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects
6528
               --  in the ignored left operand (in particular function calls
6529
               --  to user defined functions) are properly executed.
6530
 
6531
               Remove_Side_Effects (Base);
6532
 
6533
               if Ekind (Typ) in Integer_Kind then
6534
                  Xnode := Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Intval => 1);
6535
               else
6536
                  Xnode := Make_Real_Literal (Loc, Ureal_1);
6537
               end if;
6538
 
6539
            --  X ** 1 = X
6540
 
6541
            elsif Expv = 1 then
6542
               Xnode := Base;
6543
 
6544
            --  X ** 2 = X * X
6545
 
6546
            elsif Expv = 2 then
6547
               Xnode :=
6548
                 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6549
                   Left_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
6550
                   Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
6551
 
6552
            --  X ** 3 = X * X * X
6553
 
6554
            elsif Expv = 3 then
6555
               Xnode :=
6556
                 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6557
                   Left_Opnd =>
6558
                     Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6559
                       Left_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
6560
                       Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)),
6561
                   Right_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base));
6562
 
6563
            --  X ** 4  ->
6564
            --    En : constant base'type := base * base;
6565
            --    ...
6566
            --    En * En
6567
 
6568
            else -- Expv = 4
6569
               Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'E', Base);
6570
 
6571
               Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
6572
                 Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
6573
                   Defining_Identifier => Temp,
6574
                   Constant_Present    => True,
6575
                   Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc),
6576
                   Expression =>
6577
                     Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6578
                       Left_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr (Base),
6579
                       Right_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Base)))));
6580
 
6581
               Xnode :=
6582
                 Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6583
                   Left_Opnd  => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc),
6584
                   Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Temp, Loc));
6585
            end if;
6586
 
6587
            Rewrite (N, Xnode);
6588
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6589
            return;
6590
         end if;
6591
      end if;
6592
 
6593
      --  Case of (2 ** expression) appearing as an argument of an integer
6594
      --  multiplication, or as the right argument of a division of a non-
6595
      --  negative integer. In such cases we leave the node untouched, setting
6596
      --  the flag Is_Natural_Power_Of_2_for_Shift set, then the expansion
6597
      --  of the higher level node converts it into a shift.
6598
 
6599
      --  Another case is 2 ** N in any other context. We simply convert
6600
      --  this to 1 * 2 ** N, and then the above transformation applies.
6601
 
6602
      --  Note: this transformation is not applicable for a modular type with
6603
      --  a non-binary modulus in the multiplication case, since we get a wrong
6604
      --  result if the shift causes an overflow before the modular reduction.
6605
 
6606
      if Nkind (Base) = N_Integer_Literal
6607
        and then Intval (Base) = 2
6608
        and then Is_Integer_Type (Root_Type (Exptyp))
6609
        and then Esize (Root_Type (Exptyp)) <= Esize (Standard_Integer)
6610
        and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Exptyp)
6611
        and then not Ovflo
6612
      then
6613
         --  First the multiply and divide cases
6614
 
6615
         if Nkind_In (Parent (N), N_Op_Divide, N_Op_Multiply) then
6616
            declare
6617
               P : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
6618
               L : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (P);
6619
               R : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (P);
6620
 
6621
            begin
6622
               if (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Multiply
6623
                   and then not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ)
6624
                   and then
6625
                     ((Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L)) and then R = N)
6626
                         or else
6627
                      (Is_Integer_Type (Etype (R)) and then L = N))
6628
                   and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
6629
                 or else
6630
                  (Nkind (P) = N_Op_Divide
6631
                     and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (L))
6632
                     and then Is_Unsigned_Type (Etype (L))
6633
                     and then R = N
6634
                     and then not Do_Overflow_Check (P))
6635
               then
6636
                  Set_Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (N);
6637
                  return;
6638
               end if;
6639
            end;
6640
 
6641
         --  Now the other cases
6642
 
6643
         elsif not Non_Binary_Modulus (Typ) then
6644
            Rewrite (N,
6645
              Make_Op_Multiply (Loc,
6646
                Left_Opnd  => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1),
6647
                Right_Opnd => Relocate_Node (N)));
6648
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6649
            return;
6650
         end if;
6651
      end if;
6652
 
6653
      --  Fall through if exponentiation must be done using a runtime routine
6654
 
6655
      --  First deal with modular case
6656
 
6657
      if Is_Modular_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6658
 
6659
         --  Non-binary case, we call the special exponentiation routine for
6660
         --  the non-binary case, converting the argument to Long_Long_Integer
6661
         --  and passing the modulus value. Then the result is converted back
6662
         --  to the base type.
6663
 
6664
         if Non_Binary_Modulus (Rtyp) then
6665
            Rewrite (N,
6666
              Convert_To (Typ,
6667
                Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6668
                  Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (RE_Exp_Modular), Loc),
6669
                  Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6670
                    Convert_To (Standard_Integer, Base),
6671
                    Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp)),
6672
                    Exp))));
6673
 
6674
         --  Binary case, in this case, we call one of two routines, either the
6675
         --  unsigned integer case, or the unsigned long long integer case,
6676
         --  with a final "and" operation to do the required mod.
6677
 
6678
         else
6679
            if UI_To_Int (Esize (Rtyp)) <= Standard_Integer_Size then
6680
               Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Unsigned);
6681
            else
6682
               Ent := RTE (RE_Exp_Long_Long_Unsigned);
6683
            end if;
6684
 
6685
            Rewrite (N,
6686
              Convert_To (Typ,
6687
                Make_Op_And (Loc,
6688
                  Left_Opnd =>
6689
                    Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6690
                      Name => New_Reference_To (Ent, Loc),
6691
                      Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6692
                        Convert_To (Etype (First_Formal (Ent)), Base),
6693
                        Exp)),
6694
                   Right_Opnd =>
6695
                     Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Modulus (Rtyp) - 1))));
6696
 
6697
         end if;
6698
 
6699
         --  Common exit point for modular type case
6700
 
6701
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6702
         return;
6703
 
6704
      --  Signed integer cases, done using either Integer or Long_Long_Integer.
6705
      --  It is not worth having routines for Short_[Short_]Integer, since for
6706
      --  most machines it would not help, and it would generate more code that
6707
      --  might need certification when a certified run time is required.
6708
 
6709
      --  In the integer cases, we have two routines, one for when overflow
6710
      --  checks are required, and one when they are not required, since there
6711
      --  is a real gain in omitting checks on many machines.
6712
 
6713
      elsif Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Long_Integer)
6714
        or else (Rtyp = Base_Type (Standard_Long_Integer)
6715
                   and then
6716
                     Esize (Standard_Long_Integer) > Esize (Standard_Integer))
6717
        or else (Rtyp = Universal_Integer)
6718
      then
6719
         Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
6720
 
6721
         if Ovflo then
6722
            Rent := RE_Exp_Long_Long_Integer;
6723
         else
6724
            Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Integer;
6725
         end if;
6726
 
6727
      elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
6728
         Etyp := Standard_Integer;
6729
 
6730
         if Ovflo then
6731
            Rent := RE_Exp_Integer;
6732
         else
6733
            Rent := RE_Exn_Integer;
6734
         end if;
6735
 
6736
      --  Floating-point cases, always done using Long_Long_Float. We do not
6737
      --  need separate routines for the overflow case here, since in the case
6738
      --  of floating-point, we generate infinities anyway as a rule (either
6739
      --  that or we automatically trap overflow), and if there is an infinity
6740
      --  generated and a range check is required, the check will fail anyway.
6741
 
6742
      else
6743
         pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Rtyp));
6744
         Etyp := Standard_Long_Long_Float;
6745
         Rent := RE_Exn_Long_Long_Float;
6746
      end if;
6747
 
6748
      --  Common processing for integer cases and floating-point cases.
6749
      --  If we are in the right type, we can call runtime routine directly
6750
 
6751
      if Typ = Etyp
6752
        and then Rtyp /= Universal_Integer
6753
        and then Rtyp /= Universal_Real
6754
      then
6755
         Rewrite (N,
6756
           Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6757
             Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6758
             Parameter_Associations => New_List (Base, Exp)));
6759
 
6760
      --  Otherwise we have to introduce conversions (conversions are also
6761
      --  required in the universal cases, since the runtime routine is
6762
      --  typed using one of the standard types).
6763
 
6764
      else
6765
         Rewrite (N,
6766
           Convert_To (Typ,
6767
             Make_Function_Call (Loc,
6768
               Name => New_Reference_To (RTE (Rent), Loc),
6769
               Parameter_Associations => New_List (
6770
                 Convert_To (Etyp, Base),
6771
                 Exp))));
6772
      end if;
6773
 
6774
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6775
      return;
6776
 
6777
   exception
6778
      when RE_Not_Available =>
6779
         return;
6780
   end Expand_N_Op_Expon;
6781
 
6782
   --------------------
6783
   -- Expand_N_Op_Ge --
6784
   --------------------
6785
 
6786
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Ge (N : Node_Id) is
6787
      Typ  : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6788
      Op1  : constant Node_Id   := Left_Opnd (N);
6789
      Op2  : constant Node_Id   := Right_Opnd (N);
6790
      Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6791
 
6792
   begin
6793
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6794
 
6795
      if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6796
         Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6797
         return;
6798
      end if;
6799
 
6800
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6801
         Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6802
         Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6803
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6804
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6805
      end if;
6806
 
6807
      Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6808
 
6809
      --  If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6810
 
6811
      if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6812
         Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6813
         return;
6814
      end if;
6815
 
6816
      Optimize_Length_Comparison (N);
6817
   end Expand_N_Op_Ge;
6818
 
6819
   --------------------
6820
   -- Expand_N_Op_Gt --
6821
   --------------------
6822
 
6823
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Gt (N : Node_Id) is
6824
      Typ  : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6825
      Op1  : constant Node_Id   := Left_Opnd (N);
6826
      Op2  : constant Node_Id   := Right_Opnd (N);
6827
      Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6828
 
6829
   begin
6830
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6831
 
6832
      if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6833
         Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6834
         return;
6835
      end if;
6836
 
6837
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6838
         Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6839
         Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6840
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6841
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6842
      end if;
6843
 
6844
      Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6845
 
6846
      --  If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6847
 
6848
      if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6849
         Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6850
         return;
6851
      end if;
6852
 
6853
      Optimize_Length_Comparison (N);
6854
   end Expand_N_Op_Gt;
6855
 
6856
   --------------------
6857
   -- Expand_N_Op_Le --
6858
   --------------------
6859
 
6860
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Le (N : Node_Id) is
6861
      Typ  : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6862
      Op1  : constant Node_Id   := Left_Opnd (N);
6863
      Op2  : constant Node_Id   := Right_Opnd (N);
6864
      Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6865
 
6866
   begin
6867
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6868
 
6869
      if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6870
         Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6871
         return;
6872
      end if;
6873
 
6874
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6875
         Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6876
         Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6877
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6878
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6879
      end if;
6880
 
6881
      Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6882
 
6883
      --  If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6884
 
6885
      if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6886
         Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6887
         return;
6888
      end if;
6889
 
6890
      Optimize_Length_Comparison (N);
6891
   end Expand_N_Op_Le;
6892
 
6893
   --------------------
6894
   -- Expand_N_Op_Lt --
6895
   --------------------
6896
 
6897
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Lt (N : Node_Id) is
6898
      Typ  : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
6899
      Op1  : constant Node_Id   := Left_Opnd (N);
6900
      Op2  : constant Node_Id   := Right_Opnd (N);
6901
      Typ1 : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (Op1));
6902
 
6903
   begin
6904
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6905
 
6906
      if Is_Array_Type (Typ1) then
6907
         Expand_Array_Comparison (N);
6908
         return;
6909
      end if;
6910
 
6911
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ1) then
6912
         Adjust_Condition (Op1);
6913
         Adjust_Condition (Op2);
6914
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
6915
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
6916
      end if;
6917
 
6918
      Rewrite_Comparison (N);
6919
 
6920
      --  If we still have comparison, and Vax_Float type, process it
6921
 
6922
      if Vax_Float (Typ1) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare then
6923
         Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
6924
         return;
6925
      end if;
6926
 
6927
      Optimize_Length_Comparison (N);
6928
   end Expand_N_Op_Lt;
6929
 
6930
   -----------------------
6931
   -- Expand_N_Op_Minus --
6932
   -----------------------
6933
 
6934
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Minus (N : Node_Id) is
6935
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6936
      Typ : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
6937
 
6938
   begin
6939
      Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6940
 
6941
      if not Backend_Overflow_Checks_On_Target
6942
         and then Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
6943
         and then Do_Overflow_Check (N)
6944
      then
6945
         --  Software overflow checking expands -expr into (0 - expr)
6946
 
6947
         Rewrite (N,
6948
           Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
6949
             Left_Opnd  => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0),
6950
             Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
6951
 
6952
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
6953
 
6954
      --  Vax floating-point types case
6955
 
6956
      elsif Vax_Float (Etype (N)) then
6957
         Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
6958
      end if;
6959
   end Expand_N_Op_Minus;
6960
 
6961
   ---------------------
6962
   -- Expand_N_Op_Mod --
6963
   ---------------------
6964
 
6965
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Mod (N : Node_Id) is
6966
      Loc   : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
6967
      Typ   : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
6968
      Left  : constant Node_Id    := Left_Opnd (N);
6969
      Right : constant Node_Id    := Right_Opnd (N);
6970
      DOC   : constant Boolean    := Do_Overflow_Check (N);
6971
      DDC   : constant Boolean    := Do_Division_Check (N);
6972
 
6973
      LLB : Uint;
6974
      Llo : Uint;
6975
      Lhi : Uint;
6976
      LOK : Boolean;
6977
      Rlo : Uint;
6978
      Rhi : Uint;
6979
      ROK : Boolean;
6980
 
6981
      pragma Warnings (Off, Lhi);
6982
 
6983
   begin
6984
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
6985
 
6986
      Determine_Range (Right, ROK, Rlo, Rhi, Assume_Valid => True);
6987
      Determine_Range (Left,  LOK, Llo, Lhi, Assume_Valid => True);
6988
 
6989
      --  Convert mod to rem if operands are known non-negative. We do this
6990
      --  since it is quite likely that this will improve the quality of code,
6991
      --  (the operation now corresponds to the hardware remainder), and it
6992
      --  does not seem likely that it could be harmful.
6993
 
6994
      if LOK and then Llo >= 0
6995
           and then
6996
         ROK and then Rlo >= 0
6997
      then
6998
         Rewrite (N,
6999
           Make_Op_Rem (Sloc (N),
7000
             Left_Opnd  => Left_Opnd (N),
7001
             Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
7002
 
7003
         --  Instead of reanalyzing the node we do the analysis manually. This
7004
         --  avoids anomalies when the replacement is done in an instance and
7005
         --  is epsilon more efficient.
7006
 
7007
         Set_Entity            (N, Standard_Entity (S_Op_Rem));
7008
         Set_Etype             (N, Typ);
7009
         Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, DOC);
7010
         Set_Do_Division_Check (N, DDC);
7011
         Expand_N_Op_Rem (N);
7012
         Set_Analyzed (N);
7013
 
7014
      --  Otherwise, normal mod processing
7015
 
7016
      else
7017
         if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7018
            Apply_Divide_Check (N);
7019
         end if;
7020
 
7021
         --  Apply optimization x mod 1 = 0. We don't really need that with
7022
         --  gcc, but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is
7023
         --  certainly harmless.
7024
 
7025
         if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
7026
           and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
7027
           and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
7028
         then
7029
            --  Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
7030
            --  the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
7031
            --  user defined functions) are properly executed.
7032
 
7033
            Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
7034
 
7035
            Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
7036
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7037
            return;
7038
         end if;
7039
 
7040
         --  Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder
7041
         --  minus one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because
7042
         --  it generates a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
7043
 
7044
         --  In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
7045
         --  the mod value is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
7046
         --  completely in this case.
7047
 
7048
         --  The operand type may be private (e.g. in the expansion of an
7049
         --  intrinsic operation) so we must use the underlying type to get the
7050
         --  bounds, and convert the literals explicitly.
7051
 
7052
         LLB :=
7053
           Expr_Value
7054
             (Type_Low_Bound (Base_Type (Underlying_Type (Etype (Left)))));
7055
 
7056
         if ((not ROK) or else (Rlo <= (-1) and then (-1) <= Rhi))
7057
           and then
7058
            ((not LOK) or else (Llo = LLB))
7059
         then
7060
            Rewrite (N,
7061
              Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
7062
                Expressions => New_List (
7063
                  Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
7064
                    Left_Opnd => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
7065
                    Right_Opnd =>
7066
                      Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7067
                        Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
7068
                  Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7069
                    Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
7070
                  Relocate_Node (N))));
7071
 
7072
            Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
7073
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7074
         end if;
7075
      end if;
7076
   end Expand_N_Op_Mod;
7077
 
7078
   --------------------------
7079
   -- Expand_N_Op_Multiply --
7080
   --------------------------
7081
 
7082
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Multiply (N : Node_Id) is
7083
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7084
      Lop : constant Node_Id    := Left_Opnd (N);
7085
      Rop : constant Node_Id    := Right_Opnd (N);
7086
 
7087
      Lp2 : constant Boolean :=
7088
              Nkind (Lop) = N_Op_Expon
7089
                and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Lop);
7090
 
7091
      Rp2 : constant Boolean :=
7092
              Nkind (Rop) = N_Op_Expon
7093
                and then Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift (Rop);
7094
 
7095
      Ltyp : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Lop);
7096
      Rtyp : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (Rop);
7097
      Typ  : Entity_Id           := Etype (N);
7098
 
7099
   begin
7100
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7101
 
7102
      --  Special optimizations for integer types
7103
 
7104
      if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
7105
 
7106
         --  N * 0 = 0 for integer types
7107
 
7108
         if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
7109
           and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_0
7110
         then
7111
            --  Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in
7112
            --  the ignored left operand (in particular function calls to
7113
            --  user defined functions) are properly executed.
7114
 
7115
            Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
7116
 
7117
            Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
7118
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7119
            return;
7120
         end if;
7121
 
7122
         --  Similar handling for 0 * N = 0
7123
 
7124
         if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
7125
           and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_0
7126
         then
7127
            Remove_Side_Effects (Rop);
7128
            Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0));
7129
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7130
            return;
7131
         end if;
7132
 
7133
         --  N * 1 = 1 * N = N for integer types
7134
 
7135
         --  This optimisation is not done if we are going to
7136
         --  rewrite the product 1 * 2 ** N to a shift.
7137
 
7138
         if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Rop)
7139
           and then Expr_Value (Rop) = Uint_1
7140
           and then not Lp2
7141
         then
7142
            Rewrite (N, Lop);
7143
            return;
7144
 
7145
         elsif Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lop)
7146
           and then Expr_Value (Lop) = Uint_1
7147
           and then not Rp2
7148
         then
7149
            Rewrite (N, Rop);
7150
            return;
7151
         end if;
7152
      end if;
7153
 
7154
      --  Convert x * 2 ** y to Shift_Left (x, y). Note that the fact that
7155
      --  Is_Power_Of_2_For_Shift is set means that we know that our left
7156
      --  operand is an integer, as required for this to work.
7157
 
7158
      if Rp2 then
7159
         if Lp2 then
7160
 
7161
            --  Convert 2 ** A * 2 ** B into  2 ** (A + B)
7162
 
7163
            Rewrite (N,
7164
              Make_Op_Expon (Loc,
7165
                Left_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 2),
7166
                Right_Opnd =>
7167
                  Make_Op_Add (Loc,
7168
                    Left_Opnd  => Right_Opnd (Lop),
7169
                    Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (Rop))));
7170
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7171
            return;
7172
 
7173
         else
7174
            Rewrite (N,
7175
              Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
7176
                Left_Opnd  => Lop,
7177
                Right_Opnd =>
7178
                  Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Rop))));
7179
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7180
            return;
7181
         end if;
7182
 
7183
      --  Same processing for the operands the other way round
7184
 
7185
      elsif Lp2 then
7186
         Rewrite (N,
7187
           Make_Op_Shift_Left (Loc,
7188
             Left_Opnd  => Rop,
7189
             Right_Opnd =>
7190
               Convert_To (Standard_Natural, Right_Opnd (Lop))));
7191
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7192
         return;
7193
      end if;
7194
 
7195
      --  Do required fixup of universal fixed operation
7196
 
7197
      if Typ = Universal_Fixed then
7198
         Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N);
7199
         Typ := Etype (N);
7200
      end if;
7201
 
7202
      --  Multiplications with fixed-point results
7203
 
7204
      if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ) then
7205
 
7206
         --  No special processing if Treat_Fixed_As_Integer is set, since from
7207
         --  a semantic point of view such operations are simply integer
7208
         --  operations and will be treated that way.
7209
 
7210
         if not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N) then
7211
 
7212
            --  Case of fixed * integer => fixed
7213
 
7214
            if Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp) then
7215
               Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Integer_Giving_Fixed (N);
7216
 
7217
            --  Case of integer * fixed => fixed
7218
 
7219
            elsif Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp) then
7220
               Expand_Multiply_Integer_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
7221
 
7222
            --  Case of fixed * fixed => fixed
7223
 
7224
            else
7225
               Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Fixed (N);
7226
            end if;
7227
         end if;
7228
 
7229
      --  Other cases of multiplication of fixed-point operands. Again we
7230
      --  exclude the cases where Treat_Fixed_As_Integer flag is set.
7231
 
7232
      elsif (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Ltyp) or else Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Rtyp))
7233
        and then not Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (N)
7234
      then
7235
         if Is_Integer_Type (Typ) then
7236
            Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Integer (N);
7237
         else
7238
            pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Typ));
7239
            Expand_Multiply_Fixed_By_Fixed_Giving_Float (N);
7240
         end if;
7241
 
7242
      --  Mixed-mode operations can appear in a non-static universal context,
7243
      --  in which case the integer argument must be converted explicitly.
7244
 
7245
      elsif Typ = Universal_Real
7246
        and then Is_Integer_Type (Rtyp)
7247
      then
7248
         Rewrite (Rop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Rop)));
7249
 
7250
         Analyze_And_Resolve (Rop, Universal_Real);
7251
 
7252
      elsif Typ = Universal_Real
7253
        and then Is_Integer_Type (Ltyp)
7254
      then
7255
         Rewrite (Lop, Convert_To (Universal_Real, Relocate_Node (Lop)));
7256
 
7257
         Analyze_And_Resolve (Lop, Universal_Real);
7258
 
7259
      --  Non-fixed point cases, check software overflow checking required
7260
 
7261
      elsif Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7262
         Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
7263
 
7264
      --  Deal with VAX float case
7265
 
7266
      elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
7267
         Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
7268
         return;
7269
      end if;
7270
   end Expand_N_Op_Multiply;
7271
 
7272
   --------------------
7273
   -- Expand_N_Op_Ne --
7274
   --------------------
7275
 
7276
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Ne (N : Node_Id) is
7277
      Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Left_Opnd (N));
7278
 
7279
   begin
7280
      --  Case of elementary type with standard operator
7281
 
7282
      if Is_Elementary_Type (Typ)
7283
        and then Sloc (Entity (N)) = Standard_Location
7284
      then
7285
         Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7286
 
7287
         --  Boolean types (requiring handling of non-standard case)
7288
 
7289
         if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
7290
            Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
7291
            Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7292
            Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7293
            Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7294
         end if;
7295
 
7296
         Rewrite_Comparison (N);
7297
 
7298
         --  If we still have comparison for Vax_Float, process it
7299
 
7300
         if Vax_Float (Typ) and then Nkind (N) in N_Op_Compare  then
7301
            Expand_Vax_Comparison (N);
7302
            return;
7303
         end if;
7304
 
7305
      --  For all cases other than elementary types, we rewrite node as the
7306
      --  negation of an equality operation, and reanalyze. The equality to be
7307
      --  used is defined in the same scope and has the same signature. This
7308
      --  signature must be set explicitly since in an instance it may not have
7309
      --  the same visibility as in the generic unit. This avoids duplicating
7310
      --  or factoring the complex code for record/array equality tests etc.
7311
 
7312
      else
7313
         declare
7314
            Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7315
            Neg : Node_Id;
7316
            Ne  : constant Entity_Id := Entity (N);
7317
 
7318
         begin
7319
            Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7320
 
7321
            Neg :=
7322
              Make_Op_Not (Loc,
7323
                Right_Opnd =>
7324
                  Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
7325
                    Left_Opnd =>  Left_Opnd (N),
7326
                    Right_Opnd => Right_Opnd (N)));
7327
            Set_Paren_Count (Right_Opnd (Neg), 1);
7328
 
7329
            if Scope (Ne) /= Standard_Standard then
7330
               Set_Entity (Right_Opnd (Neg), Corresponding_Equality (Ne));
7331
            end if;
7332
 
7333
            --  For navigation purposes, we want to treat the inequality as an
7334
            --  implicit reference to the corresponding equality. Preserve the
7335
            --  Comes_From_ source flag to generate proper Xref entries.
7336
 
7337
            Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Neg, N);
7338
            Preserve_Comes_From_Source (Right_Opnd (Neg), N);
7339
            Rewrite (N, Neg);
7340
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
7341
         end;
7342
      end if;
7343
 
7344
      Optimize_Length_Comparison (N);
7345
   end Expand_N_Op_Ne;
7346
 
7347
   ---------------------
7348
   -- Expand_N_Op_Not --
7349
   ---------------------
7350
 
7351
   --  If the argument is other than a Boolean array type, there is no special
7352
   --  expansion required, except for VMS operations on signed integers.
7353
 
7354
   --  For the packed case, we call the special routine in Exp_Pakd, except
7355
   --  that if the component size is greater than one, we use the standard
7356
   --  routine generating a gruesome loop (it is so peculiar to have packed
7357
   --  arrays with non-standard Boolean representations anyway, so it does not
7358
   --  matter that we do not handle this case efficiently).
7359
 
7360
   --  For the unpacked case (and for the special packed case where we have non
7361
   --  standard Booleans, as discussed above), we generate and insert into the
7362
   --  tree the following function definition:
7363
 
7364
   --     function Nnnn (A : arr) is
7365
   --       B : arr;
7366
   --     begin
7367
   --       for J in a'range loop
7368
   --          B (J) := not A (J);
7369
   --       end loop;
7370
   --       return B;
7371
   --     end Nnnn;
7372
 
7373
   --  Here arr is the actual subtype of the parameter (and hence always
7374
   --  constrained). Then we replace the not with a call to this function.
7375
 
7376
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Not (N : Node_Id) is
7377
      Loc  : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7378
      Typ  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
7379
      Opnd : Node_Id;
7380
      Arr  : Entity_Id;
7381
      A    : Entity_Id;
7382
      B    : Entity_Id;
7383
      J    : Entity_Id;
7384
      A_J  : Node_Id;
7385
      B_J  : Node_Id;
7386
 
7387
      Func_Name      : Entity_Id;
7388
      Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
7389
 
7390
   begin
7391
      Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7392
 
7393
      --  For boolean operand, deal with non-standard booleans
7394
 
7395
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
7396
         Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7397
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7398
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7399
         return;
7400
      end if;
7401
 
7402
      --  For the VMS "not" on signed integer types, use conversion to and from
7403
      --  a predefined modular type.
7404
 
7405
      if Is_VMS_Operator (Entity (N)) then
7406
         declare
7407
            Rtyp : Entity_Id;
7408
            Utyp : Entity_Id;
7409
 
7410
         begin
7411
            --  If this is a derived type, retrieve original VMS type so that
7412
            --  the proper sized type is used for intermediate values.
7413
 
7414
            if Is_Derived_Type (Typ) then
7415
               Rtyp := First_Subtype (Etype (Typ));
7416
            else
7417
               Rtyp := Typ;
7418
            end if;
7419
 
7420
            --  The proper unsigned type must have a size compatible with the
7421
            --  operand, to prevent misalignment.
7422
 
7423
            if RM_Size (Rtyp) <= 8 then
7424
               Utyp := RTE (RE_Unsigned_8);
7425
 
7426
            elsif RM_Size (Rtyp) <= 16 then
7427
               Utyp := RTE (RE_Unsigned_16);
7428
 
7429
            elsif RM_Size (Rtyp) = RM_Size (Standard_Unsigned) then
7430
               Utyp := RTE (RE_Unsigned_32);
7431
 
7432
            else
7433
               Utyp := RTE (RE_Long_Long_Unsigned);
7434
            end if;
7435
 
7436
            Rewrite (N,
7437
              Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7438
                Make_Op_Not (Loc,
7439
                  Unchecked_Convert_To (Utyp, Right_Opnd (N)))));
7440
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7441
            return;
7442
         end;
7443
      end if;
7444
 
7445
      --  Only array types need any other processing
7446
 
7447
      if not Is_Array_Type (Typ) then
7448
         return;
7449
      end if;
7450
 
7451
      --  Case of array operand. If bit packed with a component size of 1,
7452
      --  handle it in Exp_Pakd if the operand is known to be aligned.
7453
 
7454
      if Is_Bit_Packed_Array (Typ)
7455
        and then Component_Size (Typ) = 1
7456
        and then not Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Object (Right_Opnd (N))
7457
      then
7458
         Expand_Packed_Not (N);
7459
         return;
7460
      end if;
7461
 
7462
      --  Case of array operand which is not bit-packed. If the context is
7463
      --  a safe assignment, call in-place operation, If context is a larger
7464
      --  boolean expression in the context of a safe assignment, expansion is
7465
      --  done by enclosing operation.
7466
 
7467
      Opnd := Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (N));
7468
      Convert_To_Actual_Subtype (Opnd);
7469
      Arr := Etype (Opnd);
7470
      Ensure_Defined (Arr, N);
7471
      Silly_Boolean_Array_Not_Test (N, Arr);
7472
 
7473
      if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
7474
         if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Name (Parent (N)), N, Empty) then
7475
            Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
7476
            return;
7477
 
7478
         --  Special case the negation of a binary operation
7479
 
7480
         elsif Nkind_In (Opnd, N_Op_And, N_Op_Or, N_Op_Xor)
7481
           and then Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
7482
                      (Name (Parent (N)), Left_Opnd (Opnd), Right_Opnd (Opnd))
7483
         then
7484
            Build_Boolean_Array_Proc_Call (Parent (N), Opnd, Empty);
7485
            return;
7486
         end if;
7487
 
7488
      elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) in N_Binary_Op
7489
        and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
7490
      then
7491
         declare
7492
            Op1 : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd  (Parent (N));
7493
            Op2 : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (Parent (N));
7494
            Lhs : constant Node_Id := Name (Parent (Parent (N)));
7495
 
7496
         begin
7497
            if Safe_In_Place_Array_Op (Lhs, Op1, Op2) then
7498
 
7499
               --  (not A) op (not B) can be reduced to a single call
7500
 
7501
               if N = Op1 and then Nkind (Op2) = N_Op_Not then
7502
                  return;
7503
 
7504
               elsif N = Op2 and then Nkind (Op1) = N_Op_Not then
7505
                  return;
7506
 
7507
               --  A xor (not B) can also be special-cased
7508
 
7509
               elsif N = Op2 and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Op_Xor then
7510
                  return;
7511
               end if;
7512
            end if;
7513
         end;
7514
      end if;
7515
 
7516
      A := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
7517
      B := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
7518
      J := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
7519
 
7520
      A_J :=
7521
        Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
7522
          Prefix      => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
7523
          Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
7524
 
7525
      B_J :=
7526
        Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
7527
          Prefix      => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
7528
          Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
7529
 
7530
      Loop_Statement :=
7531
        Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
7532
          Identifier => Empty,
7533
 
7534
          Iteration_Scheme =>
7535
            Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
7536
              Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
7537
                Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
7538
                  Defining_Identifier         => J,
7539
                  Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
7540
                    Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
7541
                      Prefix         => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (A)),
7542
                      Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
7543
 
7544
          Statements => New_List (
7545
            Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7546
              Name       => B_J,
7547
              Expression => Make_Op_Not (Loc, A_J))));
7548
 
7549
      Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'N');
7550
      Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
7551
 
7552
      Insert_Action (N,
7553
        Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
7554
          Specification =>
7555
            Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
7556
              Defining_Unit_Name => Func_Name,
7557
              Parameter_Specifications => New_List (
7558
                Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
7559
                  Defining_Identifier => A,
7560
                  Parameter_Type      => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
7561
              Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
7562
 
7563
          Declarations => New_List (
7564
            Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7565
              Defining_Identifier => B,
7566
              Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Arr, Loc))),
7567
 
7568
          Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
7569
            Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
7570
              Statements => New_List (
7571
                Loop_Statement,
7572
                Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
7573
                  Expression => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (B)))))));
7574
 
7575
      Rewrite (N,
7576
        Make_Function_Call (Loc,
7577
          Name                   => New_Reference_To (Func_Name, Loc),
7578
          Parameter_Associations => New_List (Opnd)));
7579
 
7580
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7581
   end Expand_N_Op_Not;
7582
 
7583
   --------------------
7584
   -- Expand_N_Op_Or --
7585
   --------------------
7586
 
7587
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Or (N : Node_Id) is
7588
      Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7589
 
7590
   begin
7591
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7592
 
7593
      if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
7594
         Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
7595
 
7596
      elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
7597
         Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
7598
         Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7599
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7600
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7601
 
7602
      elsif Is_Intrinsic_Subprogram (Entity (N)) then
7603
         Expand_Intrinsic_Call (N, Entity (N));
7604
 
7605
      end if;
7606
   end Expand_N_Op_Or;
7607
 
7608
   ----------------------
7609
   -- Expand_N_Op_Plus --
7610
   ----------------------
7611
 
7612
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Plus (N : Node_Id) is
7613
   begin
7614
      Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7615
   end Expand_N_Op_Plus;
7616
 
7617
   ---------------------
7618
   -- Expand_N_Op_Rem --
7619
   ---------------------
7620
 
7621
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Rem (N : Node_Id) is
7622
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7623
      Typ : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
7624
 
7625
      Left  : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
7626
      Right : constant Node_Id := Right_Opnd (N);
7627
 
7628
      Lo : Uint;
7629
      Hi : Uint;
7630
      OK : Boolean;
7631
 
7632
      Lneg : Boolean;
7633
      Rneg : Boolean;
7634
      --  Set if corresponding operand can be negative
7635
 
7636
      pragma Unreferenced (Hi);
7637
 
7638
   begin
7639
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7640
 
7641
      if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
7642
         Apply_Divide_Check (N);
7643
      end if;
7644
 
7645
      --  Apply optimization x rem 1 = 0. We don't really need that with gcc,
7646
      --  but it is useful with other back ends (e.g. AAMP), and is certainly
7647
      --  harmless.
7648
 
7649
      if Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N))
7650
        and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right)
7651
        and then Expr_Value (Right) = Uint_1
7652
      then
7653
         --  Call Remove_Side_Effects to ensure that any side effects in the
7654
         --  ignored left operand (in particular function calls to user defined
7655
         --  functions) are properly executed.
7656
 
7657
         Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
7658
 
7659
         Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0));
7660
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7661
         return;
7662
      end if;
7663
 
7664
      --  Deal with annoying case of largest negative number remainder minus
7665
      --  one. Gigi does not handle this case correctly, because it generates
7666
      --  a divide instruction which may trap in this case.
7667
 
7668
      --  In fact the check is quite easy, if the right operand is -1, then
7669
      --  the remainder is always 0, and we can just ignore the left operand
7670
      --  completely in this case.
7671
 
7672
      Determine_Range (Right, OK, Lo, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
7673
      Lneg := (not OK) or else Lo < 0;
7674
 
7675
      Determine_Range (Left,  OK, Lo, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
7676
      Rneg := (not OK) or else Lo < 0;
7677
 
7678
      --  We won't mess with trying to find out if the left operand can really
7679
      --  be the largest negative number (that's a pain in the case of private
7680
      --  types and this is really marginal). We will just assume that we need
7681
      --  the test if the left operand can be negative at all.
7682
 
7683
      if Lneg and Rneg then
7684
         Rewrite (N,
7685
           Make_Conditional_Expression (Loc,
7686
             Expressions => New_List (
7687
               Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
7688
                 Left_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr (Right),
7689
                 Right_Opnd =>
7690
                   Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ, Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, -1))),
7691
 
7692
               Unchecked_Convert_To (Typ,
7693
                 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, Uint_0)),
7694
 
7695
               Relocate_Node (N))));
7696
 
7697
         Set_Analyzed (Next (Next (First (Expressions (N)))));
7698
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
7699
      end if;
7700
   end Expand_N_Op_Rem;
7701
 
7702
   -----------------------------
7703
   -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left --
7704
   -----------------------------
7705
 
7706
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left (N : Node_Id) is
7707
   begin
7708
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7709
   end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Left;
7710
 
7711
   ------------------------------
7712
   -- Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right --
7713
   ------------------------------
7714
 
7715
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right (N : Node_Id) is
7716
   begin
7717
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7718
   end Expand_N_Op_Rotate_Right;
7719
 
7720
   ----------------------------
7721
   -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left --
7722
   ----------------------------
7723
 
7724
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left (N : Node_Id) is
7725
   begin
7726
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7727
   end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Left;
7728
 
7729
   -----------------------------
7730
   -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right --
7731
   -----------------------------
7732
 
7733
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right (N : Node_Id) is
7734
   begin
7735
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7736
   end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right;
7737
 
7738
   ----------------------------------------
7739
   -- Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic --
7740
   ----------------------------------------
7741
 
7742
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic (N : Node_Id) is
7743
   begin
7744
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7745
   end Expand_N_Op_Shift_Right_Arithmetic;
7746
 
7747
   --------------------------
7748
   -- Expand_N_Op_Subtract --
7749
   --------------------------
7750
 
7751
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Subtract (N : Node_Id) is
7752
      Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7753
 
7754
   begin
7755
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7756
 
7757
      --  N - 0 = N for integer types
7758
 
7759
      if Is_Integer_Type (Typ)
7760
        and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right_Opnd (N))
7761
        and then Expr_Value (Right_Opnd (N)) = 0
7762
      then
7763
         Rewrite (N, Left_Opnd (N));
7764
         return;
7765
      end if;
7766
 
7767
      --  Arithmetic overflow checks for signed integer/fixed point types
7768
 
7769
      if Is_Signed_Integer_Type (Typ)
7770
           or else
7771
         Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Typ)
7772
      then
7773
         Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check (N);
7774
 
7775
      --  VAX floating-point types case
7776
 
7777
      elsif Vax_Float (Typ) then
7778
         Expand_Vax_Arith (N);
7779
      end if;
7780
   end Expand_N_Op_Subtract;
7781
 
7782
   ---------------------
7783
   -- Expand_N_Op_Xor --
7784
   ---------------------
7785
 
7786
   procedure Expand_N_Op_Xor (N : Node_Id) is
7787
      Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
7788
 
7789
   begin
7790
      Binary_Op_Validity_Checks (N);
7791
 
7792
      if Is_Array_Type (Etype (N)) then
7793
         Expand_Boolean_Operator (N);
7794
 
7795
      elsif Is_Boolean_Type (Etype (N)) then
7796
         Adjust_Condition (Left_Opnd (N));
7797
         Adjust_Condition (Right_Opnd (N));
7798
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
7799
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
7800
 
7801
      elsif Is_Intrinsic_Subprogram (Entity (N)) then
7802
         Expand_Intrinsic_Call (N, Entity (N));
7803
 
7804
      end if;
7805
   end Expand_N_Op_Xor;
7806
 
7807
   ----------------------
7808
   -- Expand_N_Or_Else --
7809
   ----------------------
7810
 
7811
   procedure Expand_N_Or_Else (N : Node_Id)
7812
     renames Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator;
7813
 
7814
   -----------------------------------
7815
   -- Expand_N_Qualified_Expression --
7816
   -----------------------------------
7817
 
7818
   procedure Expand_N_Qualified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
7819
      Operand     : constant Node_Id   := Expression (N);
7820
      Target_Type : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Subtype_Mark (N));
7821
 
7822
   begin
7823
      --  Do validity check if validity checking operands
7824
 
7825
      if Validity_Checks_On
7826
        and then Validity_Check_Operands
7827
      then
7828
         Ensure_Valid (Operand);
7829
      end if;
7830
 
7831
      --  Apply possible constraint check
7832
 
7833
      Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type, No_Sliding => True);
7834
 
7835
      if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
7836
         Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
7837
         Generate_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
7838
      end if;
7839
   end Expand_N_Qualified_Expression;
7840
 
7841
   ------------------------------------
7842
   -- Expand_N_Quantified_Expression --
7843
   ------------------------------------
7844
 
7845
   --  We expand:
7846
 
7847
   --    for all X in range => Cond
7848
 
7849
   --  into:
7850
 
7851
   --        T := True;
7852
   --        for X in range loop
7853
   --           if not Cond then
7854
   --              T := False;
7855
   --              exit;
7856
   --           end if;
7857
   --        end loop;
7858
 
7859
   --  Conversely, an existentially quantified expression:
7860
 
7861
   --    for some X in range => Cond
7862
 
7863
   --  becomes:
7864
 
7865
   --        T := False;
7866
   --        for X in range loop
7867
   --           if Cond then
7868
   --              T := True;
7869
   --              exit;
7870
   --           end if;
7871
   --        end loop;
7872
 
7873
   --  In both cases, the iteration may be over a container in which case it is
7874
   --  given by an iterator specification, not a loop parameter specification.
7875
 
7876
   procedure Expand_N_Quantified_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
7877
      Loc          : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7878
      Is_Universal : constant Boolean := All_Present (N);
7879
      Actions      : constant List_Id := New_List;
7880
      Tnn          : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', N);
7881
      Cond         : Node_Id;
7882
      Decl         : Node_Id;
7883
      I_Scheme     : Node_Id;
7884
      Test         : Node_Id;
7885
 
7886
   begin
7887
      Decl :=
7888
        Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
7889
          Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
7890
          Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_Boolean, Loc),
7891
          Expression          =>
7892
            New_Occurrence_Of (Boolean_Literals (Is_Universal), Loc));
7893
      Append_To (Actions, Decl);
7894
 
7895
      Cond := Relocate_Node (Condition (N));
7896
 
7897
      --  Reset flag analyzed in the condition to force its analysis. Required
7898
      --  since the previous analysis was done with expansion disabled (see
7899
      --  Resolve_Quantified_Expression) and hence checks were not inserted
7900
      --  and record comparisons have not been expanded.
7901
 
7902
      Reset_Analyzed_Flags (Cond);
7903
 
7904
      if Is_Universal then
7905
         Cond := Make_Op_Not (Loc, Cond);
7906
      end if;
7907
 
7908
      Test :=
7909
        Make_Implicit_If_Statement (N,
7910
          Condition       => Cond,
7911
          Then_Statements => New_List (
7912
            Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
7913
              Name       => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7914
              Expression =>
7915
                New_Occurrence_Of (Boolean_Literals (not Is_Universal), Loc)),
7916
            Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)));
7917
 
7918
      if Present (Loop_Parameter_Specification (N)) then
7919
         I_Scheme :=
7920
           Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
7921
              Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
7922
                Loop_Parameter_Specification (N));
7923
      else
7924
         I_Scheme :=
7925
           Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
7926
             Iterator_Specification => Iterator_Specification (N));
7927
      end if;
7928
 
7929
      Append_To (Actions,
7930
        Make_Loop_Statement (Loc,
7931
          Iteration_Scheme => I_Scheme,
7932
          Statements       => New_List (Test),
7933
          End_Label        => Empty));
7934
 
7935
      Rewrite (N,
7936
        Make_Expression_With_Actions (Loc,
7937
          Expression => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
7938
          Actions    => Actions));
7939
 
7940
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
7941
   end Expand_N_Quantified_Expression;
7942
 
7943
   ---------------------------------
7944
   -- Expand_N_Selected_Component --
7945
   ---------------------------------
7946
 
7947
   procedure Expand_N_Selected_Component (N : Node_Id) is
7948
      Loc   : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
7949
      Par   : constant Node_Id    := Parent (N);
7950
      P     : constant Node_Id    := Prefix (N);
7951
      Ptyp  : Entity_Id           := Underlying_Type (Etype (P));
7952
      Disc  : Entity_Id;
7953
      New_N : Node_Id;
7954
      Dcon  : Elmt_Id;
7955
      Dval  : Node_Id;
7956
 
7957
      function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean;
7958
      --  Gigi needs a temporary for prefixes that depend on a discriminant,
7959
      --  unless the context of an assignment can provide size information.
7960
      --  Don't we have a general routine that does this???
7961
 
7962
      function Is_Subtype_Declaration return Boolean;
7963
      --  The replacement of a discriminant reference by its value is required
7964
      --  if this is part of the initialization of an temporary generated by a
7965
      --  change of representation. This shows up as the construction of a
7966
      --  discriminant constraint for a subtype declared at the same point as
7967
      --  the entity in the prefix of the selected component. We recognize this
7968
      --  case when the context of the reference is:
7969
      --    subtype ST is T(Obj.D);
7970
      --  where the entity for Obj comes from source, and ST has the same sloc.
7971
 
7972
      -----------------------
7973
      -- In_Left_Hand_Side --
7974
      -----------------------
7975
 
7976
      function In_Left_Hand_Side (Comp : Node_Id) return Boolean is
7977
      begin
7978
         return (Nkind (Parent (Comp)) = N_Assignment_Statement
7979
                  and then Comp = Name (Parent (Comp)))
7980
           or else (Present (Parent (Comp))
7981
                     and then Nkind (Parent (Comp)) in N_Subexpr
7982
                     and then In_Left_Hand_Side (Parent (Comp)));
7983
      end In_Left_Hand_Side;
7984
 
7985
      -----------------------------
7986
      --  Is_Subtype_Declaration --
7987
      -----------------------------
7988
 
7989
      function Is_Subtype_Declaration return Boolean is
7990
         Par : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
7991
      begin
7992
         return
7993
           Nkind (Par) = N_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint
7994
             and then Nkind (Parent (Parent (Par))) = N_Subtype_Declaration
7995
             and then Comes_From_Source (Entity (Prefix (N)))
7996
             and then Sloc (Par) = Sloc (Entity (Prefix (N)));
7997
      end Is_Subtype_Declaration;
7998
 
7999
   --  Start of processing for Expand_N_Selected_Component
8000
 
8001
   begin
8002
      --  Insert explicit dereference if required
8003
 
8004
      if Is_Access_Type (Ptyp) then
8005
 
8006
         --  First set prefix type to proper access type, in case it currently
8007
         --  has a private (non-access) view of this type.
8008
 
8009
         Set_Etype (P, Ptyp);
8010
 
8011
         Insert_Explicit_Dereference (P);
8012
         Analyze_And_Resolve (P, Designated_Type (Ptyp));
8013
 
8014
         if Ekind (Etype (P)) = E_Private_Subtype
8015
           and then Is_For_Access_Subtype (Etype (P))
8016
         then
8017
            Set_Etype (P, Base_Type (Etype (P)));
8018
         end if;
8019
 
8020
         Ptyp := Etype (P);
8021
      end if;
8022
 
8023
      --  Deal with discriminant check required
8024
 
8025
      if Do_Discriminant_Check (N) then
8026
 
8027
         --  Present the discriminant checking function to the backend, so that
8028
         --  it can inline the call to the function.
8029
 
8030
         Add_Inlined_Body
8031
           (Discriminant_Checking_Func
8032
             (Original_Record_Component (Entity (Selector_Name (N)))));
8033
 
8034
         --  Now reset the flag and generate the call
8035
 
8036
         Set_Do_Discriminant_Check (N, False);
8037
         Generate_Discriminant_Check (N);
8038
      end if;
8039
 
8040
      --  Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
8041
      --  function, then additional actuals must be passed.
8042
 
8043
      if Ada_Version >= Ada_2005
8044
        and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (P)
8045
      then
8046
         Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (P);
8047
      end if;
8048
 
8049
      --  Gigi cannot handle unchecked conversions that are the prefix of a
8050
      --  selected component with discriminants. This must be checked during
8051
      --  expansion, because during analysis the type of the selector is not
8052
      --  known at the point the prefix is analyzed. If the conversion is the
8053
      --  target of an assignment, then we cannot force the evaluation.
8054
 
8055
      if Nkind (Prefix (N)) = N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion
8056
        and then Has_Discriminants (Etype (N))
8057
        and then not In_Left_Hand_Side (N)
8058
      then
8059
         Force_Evaluation (Prefix (N));
8060
      end if;
8061
 
8062
      --  Remaining processing applies only if selector is a discriminant
8063
 
8064
      if Ekind (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) = E_Discriminant then
8065
 
8066
         --  If the selector is a discriminant of a constrained record type,
8067
         --  we may be able to rewrite the expression with the actual value
8068
         --  of the discriminant, a useful optimization in some cases.
8069
 
8070
         if Is_Record_Type (Ptyp)
8071
           and then Has_Discriminants (Ptyp)
8072
           and then Is_Constrained (Ptyp)
8073
         then
8074
            --  Do this optimization for discrete types only, and not for
8075
            --  access types (access discriminants get us into trouble!)
8076
 
8077
            if not Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N)) then
8078
               null;
8079
 
8080
            --  Don't do this on the left hand of an assignment statement.
8081
            --  Normally one would think that references like this would not
8082
            --  occur, but they do in generated code, and mean that we really
8083
            --  do want to assign the discriminant!
8084
 
8085
            elsif Nkind (Par) = N_Assignment_Statement
8086
              and then Name (Par) = N
8087
            then
8088
               null;
8089
 
8090
            --  Don't do this optimization for the prefix of an attribute or
8091
            --  the name of an object renaming declaration since these are
8092
            --  contexts where we do not want the value anyway.
8093
 
8094
            elsif (Nkind (Par) = N_Attribute_Reference
8095
                     and then Prefix (Par) = N)
8096
              or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
8097
            then
8098
               null;
8099
 
8100
            --  Don't do this optimization if we are within the code for a
8101
            --  discriminant check, since the whole point of such a check may
8102
            --  be to verify the condition on which the code below depends!
8103
 
8104
            elsif Is_In_Discriminant_Check (N) then
8105
               null;
8106
 
8107
            --  Green light to see if we can do the optimization. There is
8108
            --  still one condition that inhibits the optimization below but
8109
            --  now is the time to check the particular discriminant.
8110
 
8111
            else
8112
               --  Loop through discriminants to find the matching discriminant
8113
               --  constraint to see if we can copy it.
8114
 
8115
               Disc := First_Discriminant (Ptyp);
8116
               Dcon := First_Elmt (Discriminant_Constraint (Ptyp));
8117
               Discr_Loop : while Present (Dcon) loop
8118
                  Dval := Node (Dcon);
8119
 
8120
                  --  Check if this is the matching discriminant and if the
8121
                  --  discriminant value is simple enough to make sense to
8122
                  --  copy. We don't want to copy complex expressions, and
8123
                  --  indeed to do so can cause trouble (before we put in
8124
                  --  this guard, a discriminant expression containing an
8125
                  --  AND THEN was copied, causing problems for coverage
8126
                  --  analysis tools).
8127
 
8128
                  --  However, if the reference is part of the initialization
8129
                  --  code generated for an object declaration, we must use
8130
                  --  the discriminant value from the subtype constraint,
8131
                  --  because the selected component may be a reference to the
8132
                  --  object being initialized, whose discriminant is not yet
8133
                  --  set. This only happens in complex cases involving changes
8134
                  --  or representation.
8135
 
8136
                  if Disc = Entity (Selector_Name (N))
8137
                    and then (Is_Entity_Name (Dval)
8138
                               or else Compile_Time_Known_Value (Dval)
8139
                               or else Is_Subtype_Declaration)
8140
                  then
8141
                     --  Here we have the matching discriminant. Check for
8142
                     --  the case of a discriminant of a component that is
8143
                     --  constrained by an outer discriminant, which cannot
8144
                     --  be optimized away.
8145
 
8146
                     if Denotes_Discriminant
8147
                          (Dval, Check_Concurrent => True)
8148
                     then
8149
                        exit Discr_Loop;
8150
 
8151
                     elsif Nkind (Original_Node (Dval)) = N_Selected_Component
8152
                       and then
8153
                         Denotes_Discriminant
8154
                           (Selector_Name (Original_Node (Dval)), True)
8155
                     then
8156
                        exit Discr_Loop;
8157
 
8158
                     --  Do not retrieve value if constraint is not static. It
8159
                     --  is generally not useful, and the constraint may be a
8160
                     --  rewritten outer discriminant in which case it is in
8161
                     --  fact incorrect.
8162
 
8163
                     elsif Is_Entity_Name (Dval)
8164
                       and then Nkind (Parent (Entity (Dval))) =
8165
                                                      N_Object_Declaration
8166
                       and then Present (Expression (Parent (Entity (Dval))))
8167
                       and then
8168
                         not Is_Static_Expression
8169
                           (Expression (Parent (Entity (Dval))))
8170
                     then
8171
                        exit Discr_Loop;
8172
 
8173
                     --  In the context of a case statement, the expression may
8174
                     --  have the base type of the discriminant, and we need to
8175
                     --  preserve the constraint to avoid spurious errors on
8176
                     --  missing cases.
8177
 
8178
                     elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Case_Statement
8179
                       and then Etype (Dval) /= Etype (Disc)
8180
                     then
8181
                        Rewrite (N,
8182
                          Make_Qualified_Expression (Loc,
8183
                            Subtype_Mark =>
8184
                              New_Occurrence_Of (Etype (Disc), Loc),
8185
                            Expression   =>
8186
                              New_Copy_Tree (Dval)));
8187
                        Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Etype (Disc));
8188
 
8189
                        --  In case that comes out as a static expression,
8190
                        --  reset it (a selected component is never static).
8191
 
8192
                        Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
8193
                        return;
8194
 
8195
                     --  Otherwise we can just copy the constraint, but the
8196
                     --  result is certainly not static! In some cases the
8197
                     --  discriminant constraint has been analyzed in the
8198
                     --  context of the original subtype indication, but for
8199
                     --  itypes the constraint might not have been analyzed
8200
                     --  yet, and this must be done now.
8201
 
8202
                     else
8203
                        Rewrite (N, New_Copy_Tree (Dval));
8204
                        Analyze_And_Resolve (N);
8205
                        Set_Is_Static_Expression (N, False);
8206
                        return;
8207
                     end if;
8208
                  end if;
8209
 
8210
                  Next_Elmt (Dcon);
8211
                  Next_Discriminant (Disc);
8212
               end loop Discr_Loop;
8213
 
8214
               --  Note: the above loop should always find a matching
8215
               --  discriminant, but if it does not, we just missed an
8216
               --  optimization due to some glitch (perhaps a previous
8217
               --  error), so ignore.
8218
 
8219
            end if;
8220
         end if;
8221
 
8222
         --  The only remaining processing is in the case of a discriminant of
8223
         --  a concurrent object, where we rewrite the prefix to denote the
8224
         --  corresponding record type. If the type is derived and has renamed
8225
         --  discriminants, use corresponding discriminant, which is the one
8226
         --  that appears in the corresponding record.
8227
 
8228
         if not Is_Concurrent_Type (Ptyp) then
8229
            return;
8230
         end if;
8231
 
8232
         Disc := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
8233
 
8234
         if Is_Derived_Type (Ptyp)
8235
           and then Present (Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc))
8236
         then
8237
            Disc := Corresponding_Discriminant (Disc);
8238
         end if;
8239
 
8240
         New_N :=
8241
           Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8242
             Prefix =>
8243
               Unchecked_Convert_To (Corresponding_Record_Type (Ptyp),
8244
                 New_Copy_Tree (P)),
8245
             Selector_Name => Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc)));
8246
 
8247
         Rewrite (N, New_N);
8248
         Analyze (N);
8249
      end if;
8250
 
8251
      --  Set Atomic_Sync_Required if necessary for atomic component
8252
 
8253
      if Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
8254
         declare
8255
            E   : constant Entity_Id := Entity (Selector_Name (N));
8256
            Set : Boolean;
8257
 
8258
         begin
8259
            --  If component is atomic, but type is not, setting depends on
8260
            --  disable/enable state for the component.
8261
 
8262
            if Is_Atomic (E) and then not Is_Atomic (Etype (E)) then
8263
               Set := not Atomic_Synchronization_Disabled (E);
8264
 
8265
            --  If component is not atomic, but its type is atomic, setting
8266
            --  depends on disable/enable state for the type.
8267
 
8268
            elsif not Is_Atomic (E) and then Is_Atomic (Etype (E)) then
8269
               Set := not Atomic_Synchronization_Disabled (Etype (E));
8270
 
8271
            --  If both component and type are atomic, we disable if either
8272
            --  component or its type have sync disabled.
8273
 
8274
            elsif Is_Atomic (E) and then Is_Atomic (Etype (E)) then
8275
               Set := (not Atomic_Synchronization_Disabled (E))
8276
                        and then
8277
                      (not Atomic_Synchronization_Disabled (Etype (E)));
8278
 
8279
            else
8280
               Set := False;
8281
            end if;
8282
 
8283
            --  Set flag if required
8284
 
8285
            if Set then
8286
               Activate_Atomic_Synchronization (N);
8287
            end if;
8288
         end;
8289
      end if;
8290
   end Expand_N_Selected_Component;
8291
 
8292
   --------------------
8293
   -- Expand_N_Slice --
8294
   --------------------
8295
 
8296
   procedure Expand_N_Slice (N : Node_Id) is
8297
      Loc  : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8298
      Typ  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
8299
      Pfx  : constant Node_Id    := Prefix (N);
8300
      Ptp  : Entity_Id           := Etype (Pfx);
8301
 
8302
      function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
8303
      --  Check whether the argument is an actual for a procedure call, in
8304
      --  which case the expansion of a bit-packed slice is deferred until the
8305
      --  call itself is expanded. The reason this is required is that we might
8306
      --  have an IN OUT or OUT parameter, and the copy out is essential, and
8307
      --  that copy out would be missed if we created a temporary here in
8308
      --  Expand_N_Slice. Note that we don't bother to test specifically for an
8309
      --  IN OUT or OUT mode parameter, since it is a bit tricky to do, and it
8310
      --  is harmless to defer expansion in the IN case, since the call
8311
      --  processing will still generate the appropriate copy in operation,
8312
      --  which will take care of the slice.
8313
 
8314
      procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
8315
      --  Create a named variable for the value of the slice, in cases where
8316
      --  the back-end cannot handle it properly, e.g. when packed types or
8317
      --  unaligned slices are involved.
8318
 
8319
      -------------------------
8320
      -- Is_Procedure_Actual --
8321
      -------------------------
8322
 
8323
      function Is_Procedure_Actual (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
8324
         Par : Node_Id := Parent (N);
8325
 
8326
      begin
8327
         loop
8328
            --  If our parent is a procedure call we can return
8329
 
8330
            if Nkind (Par) = N_Procedure_Call_Statement then
8331
               return True;
8332
 
8333
            --  If our parent is a type conversion, keep climbing the tree,
8334
            --  since a type conversion can be a procedure actual. Also keep
8335
            --  climbing if parameter association or a qualified expression,
8336
            --  since these are additional cases that do can appear on
8337
            --  procedure actuals.
8338
 
8339
            elsif Nkind_In (Par, N_Type_Conversion,
8340
                                 N_Parameter_Association,
8341
                                 N_Qualified_Expression)
8342
            then
8343
               Par := Parent (Par);
8344
 
8345
               --  Any other case is not what we are looking for
8346
 
8347
            else
8348
               return False;
8349
            end if;
8350
         end loop;
8351
      end Is_Procedure_Actual;
8352
 
8353
      ------------------------------
8354
      -- Make_Temporary_For_Slice --
8355
      ------------------------------
8356
 
8357
      procedure Make_Temporary_For_Slice is
8358
         Decl : Node_Id;
8359
         Ent  : constant Entity_Id := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', N);
8360
 
8361
      begin
8362
         Decl :=
8363
           Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8364
             Defining_Identifier => Ent,
8365
             Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Typ, Loc));
8366
 
8367
         Set_No_Initialization (Decl);
8368
 
8369
         Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
8370
           Decl,
8371
           Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8372
             Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
8373
             Expression => Relocate_Node (N))));
8374
 
8375
         Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc));
8376
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
8377
      end Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
8378
 
8379
   --  Start of processing for Expand_N_Slice
8380
 
8381
   begin
8382
      --  Special handling for access types
8383
 
8384
      if Is_Access_Type (Ptp) then
8385
 
8386
         Ptp := Designated_Type (Ptp);
8387
 
8388
         Rewrite (Pfx,
8389
           Make_Explicit_Dereference (Sloc (N),
8390
            Prefix => Relocate_Node (Pfx)));
8391
 
8392
         Analyze_And_Resolve (Pfx, Ptp);
8393
      end if;
8394
 
8395
      --  Ada 2005 (AI-318-02): If the prefix is a call to a build-in-place
8396
      --  function, then additional actuals must be passed.
8397
 
8398
      if Ada_Version >= Ada_2005
8399
        and then Is_Build_In_Place_Function_Call (Pfx)
8400
      then
8401
         Make_Build_In_Place_Call_In_Anonymous_Context (Pfx);
8402
      end if;
8403
 
8404
      --  The remaining case to be handled is packed slices. We can leave
8405
      --  packed slices as they are in the following situations:
8406
 
8407
      --    1. Right or left side of an assignment (we can handle this
8408
      --       situation correctly in the assignment statement expansion).
8409
 
8410
      --    2. Prefix of indexed component (the slide is optimized away in this
8411
      --       case, see the start of Expand_N_Slice.)
8412
 
8413
      --    3. Object renaming declaration, since we want the name of the
8414
      --       slice, not the value.
8415
 
8416
      --    4. Argument to procedure call, since copy-in/copy-out handling may
8417
      --       be required, and this is handled in the expansion of call
8418
      --       itself.
8419
 
8420
      --    5. Prefix of an address attribute (this is an error which is caught
8421
      --       elsewhere, and the expansion would interfere with generating the
8422
      --       error message).
8423
 
8424
      if not Is_Packed (Typ) then
8425
 
8426
         --  Apply transformation for actuals of a function call, where
8427
         --  Expand_Actuals is not used.
8428
 
8429
         if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Function_Call
8430
           and then Is_Possibly_Unaligned_Slice (N)
8431
         then
8432
            Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
8433
         end if;
8434
 
8435
      elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement
8436
        or else (Nkind (Parent (Parent (N))) = N_Assignment_Statement
8437
                   and then Parent (N) = Name (Parent (Parent (N))))
8438
      then
8439
         return;
8440
 
8441
      elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Indexed_Component
8442
        or else Is_Renamed_Object (N)
8443
        or else Is_Procedure_Actual (N)
8444
      then
8445
         return;
8446
 
8447
      elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8448
        and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Address
8449
      then
8450
         return;
8451
 
8452
      else
8453
         Make_Temporary_For_Slice;
8454
      end if;
8455
   end Expand_N_Slice;
8456
 
8457
   ------------------------------
8458
   -- Expand_N_Type_Conversion --
8459
   ------------------------------
8460
 
8461
   procedure Expand_N_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
8462
      Loc          : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
8463
      Operand      : constant Node_Id    := Expression (N);
8464
      Target_Type  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
8465
      Operand_Type : Entity_Id           := Etype (Operand);
8466
 
8467
      procedure Handle_Changed_Representation;
8468
      --  This is called in the case of record and array type conversions to
8469
      --  see if there is a change of representation to be handled. Change of
8470
      --  representation is actually handled at the assignment statement level,
8471
      --  and what this procedure does is rewrite node N conversion as an
8472
      --  assignment to temporary. If there is no change of representation,
8473
      --  then the conversion node is unchanged.
8474
 
8475
      procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8476
      --  Called when we know that an accessibility check will fail. Rewrites
8477
      --  node N to an appropriate raise statement and outputs warning msgs.
8478
      --  The Etype of the raise node is set to Target_Type.
8479
 
8480
      procedure Real_Range_Check;
8481
      --  Handles generation of range check for real target value
8482
 
8483
      function Has_Extra_Accessibility (Id : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
8484
      --  True iff Present (Effective_Extra_Accessibility (Id)) successfully
8485
      --  evaluates to True.
8486
 
8487
      -----------------------------------
8488
      -- Handle_Changed_Representation --
8489
      -----------------------------------
8490
 
8491
      procedure Handle_Changed_Representation is
8492
         Temp : Entity_Id;
8493
         Decl : Node_Id;
8494
         Odef : Node_Id;
8495
         Disc : Node_Id;
8496
         N_Ix : Node_Id;
8497
         Cons : List_Id;
8498
 
8499
      begin
8500
         --  Nothing else to do if no change of representation
8501
 
8502
         if Same_Representation (Operand_Type, Target_Type) then
8503
            return;
8504
 
8505
         --  The real change of representation work is done by the assignment
8506
         --  statement processing. So if this type conversion is appearing as
8507
         --  the expression of an assignment statement, nothing needs to be
8508
         --  done to the conversion.
8509
 
8510
         elsif Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Assignment_Statement then
8511
            return;
8512
 
8513
         --  Otherwise we need to generate a temporary variable, and do the
8514
         --  change of representation assignment into that temporary variable.
8515
         --  The conversion is then replaced by a reference to this variable.
8516
 
8517
         else
8518
            Cons := No_List;
8519
 
8520
            --  If type is unconstrained we have to add a constraint, copied
8521
            --  from the actual value of the left hand side.
8522
 
8523
            if not Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
8524
               if Has_Discriminants (Operand_Type) then
8525
                  Disc := First_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
8526
 
8527
                  if Disc /= First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type) then
8528
                     Disc := First_Stored_Discriminant (Operand_Type);
8529
                  end if;
8530
 
8531
                  Cons := New_List;
8532
                  while Present (Disc) loop
8533
                     Append_To (Cons,
8534
                       Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
8535
                         Prefix        =>
8536
                           Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (Operand),
8537
                         Selector_Name =>
8538
                           Make_Identifier (Loc, Chars (Disc))));
8539
                     Next_Discriminant (Disc);
8540
                  end loop;
8541
 
8542
               elsif Is_Array_Type (Operand_Type) then
8543
                  N_Ix := First_Index (Target_Type);
8544
                  Cons := New_List;
8545
 
8546
                  for J in 1 .. Number_Dimensions (Operand_Type) loop
8547
 
8548
                     --  We convert the bounds explicitly. We use an unchecked
8549
                     --  conversion because bounds checks are done elsewhere.
8550
 
8551
                     Append_To (Cons,
8552
                       Make_Range (Loc,
8553
                         Low_Bound =>
8554
                           Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
8555
                             Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8556
                               Prefix =>
8557
                                 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
8558
                                   (Operand, Name_Req => True),
8559
                               Attribute_Name => Name_First,
8560
                               Expressions    => New_List (
8561
                                 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J)))),
8562
 
8563
                         High_Bound =>
8564
                           Unchecked_Convert_To (Etype (N_Ix),
8565
                             Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8566
                               Prefix =>
8567
                                 Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks
8568
                                   (Operand, Name_Req => True),
8569
                               Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
8570
                               Expressions    => New_List (
8571
                                 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, J))))));
8572
 
8573
                     Next_Index (N_Ix);
8574
                  end loop;
8575
               end if;
8576
            end if;
8577
 
8578
            Odef := New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc);
8579
 
8580
            if Present (Cons) then
8581
               Odef :=
8582
                 Make_Subtype_Indication (Loc,
8583
                   Subtype_Mark => Odef,
8584
                   Constraint =>
8585
                     Make_Index_Or_Discriminant_Constraint (Loc,
8586
                       Constraints => Cons));
8587
            end if;
8588
 
8589
            Temp := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C');
8590
            Decl :=
8591
              Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8592
                Defining_Identifier => Temp,
8593
                Object_Definition   => Odef);
8594
 
8595
            Set_No_Initialization (Decl, True);
8596
 
8597
            --  Insert required actions. It is essential to suppress checks
8598
            --  since we have suppressed default initialization, which means
8599
            --  that the variable we create may have no discriminants.
8600
 
8601
            Insert_Actions (N,
8602
              New_List (
8603
                Decl,
8604
                Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
8605
                  Name => New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc),
8606
                  Expression => Relocate_Node (N))),
8607
                Suppress => All_Checks);
8608
 
8609
            Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Temp, Loc));
8610
            return;
8611
         end if;
8612
      end Handle_Changed_Representation;
8613
 
8614
      -------------------------------
8615
      -- Raise_Accessibility_Error --
8616
      -------------------------------
8617
 
8618
      procedure Raise_Accessibility_Error is
8619
      begin
8620
         Rewrite (N,
8621
           Make_Raise_Program_Error (Sloc (N),
8622
             Reason => PE_Accessibility_Check_Failed));
8623
         Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
8624
 
8625
         Error_Msg_N ("?accessibility check failure", N);
8626
         Error_Msg_NE
8627
           ("\?& will be raised at run time", N, Standard_Program_Error);
8628
      end Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8629
 
8630
      ----------------------
8631
      -- Real_Range_Check --
8632
      ----------------------
8633
 
8634
      --  Case of conversions to floating-point or fixed-point. If range checks
8635
      --  are enabled and the target type has a range constraint, we convert:
8636
 
8637
      --     typ (x)
8638
 
8639
      --       to
8640
 
8641
      --     Tnn : typ'Base := typ'Base (x);
8642
      --     [constraint_error when Tnn < typ'First or else Tnn > typ'Last]
8643
      --     Tnn
8644
 
8645
      --  This is necessary when there is a conversion of integer to float or
8646
      --  to fixed-point to ensure that the correct checks are made. It is not
8647
      --  necessary for float to float where it is enough to simply set the
8648
      --  Do_Range_Check flag.
8649
 
8650
      procedure Real_Range_Check is
8651
         Btyp : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Target_Type);
8652
         Lo   : constant Node_Id   := Type_Low_Bound  (Target_Type);
8653
         Hi   : constant Node_Id   := Type_High_Bound (Target_Type);
8654
         Xtyp : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
8655
         Conv : Node_Id;
8656
         Tnn  : Entity_Id;
8657
 
8658
      begin
8659
         --  Nothing to do if conversion was rewritten
8660
 
8661
         if Nkind (N) /= N_Type_Conversion then
8662
            return;
8663
         end if;
8664
 
8665
         --  Nothing to do if range checks suppressed, or target has the same
8666
         --  range as the base type (or is the base type).
8667
 
8668
         if Range_Checks_Suppressed (Target_Type)
8669
           or else (Lo = Type_Low_Bound (Btyp)
8670
                      and then
8671
                    Hi = Type_High_Bound (Btyp))
8672
         then
8673
            return;
8674
         end if;
8675
 
8676
         --  Nothing to do if expression is an entity on which checks have been
8677
         --  suppressed.
8678
 
8679
         if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
8680
           and then Range_Checks_Suppressed (Entity (Operand))
8681
         then
8682
            return;
8683
         end if;
8684
 
8685
         --  Nothing to do if bounds are all static and we can tell that the
8686
         --  expression is within the bounds of the target. Note that if the
8687
         --  operand is of an unconstrained floating-point type, then we do
8688
         --  not trust it to be in range (might be infinite)
8689
 
8690
         declare
8691
            S_Lo : constant Node_Id := Type_Low_Bound (Xtyp);
8692
            S_Hi : constant Node_Id := Type_High_Bound (Xtyp);
8693
 
8694
         begin
8695
            if (not Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
8696
                 or else Is_Constrained (Xtyp))
8697
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Lo)
8698
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (S_Hi)
8699
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Hi)
8700
              and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Lo)
8701
            then
8702
               declare
8703
                  D_Lov : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Lo);
8704
                  D_Hiv : constant Ureal := Expr_Value_R (Hi);
8705
                  S_Lov : Ureal;
8706
                  S_Hiv : Ureal;
8707
 
8708
               begin
8709
                  if Is_Real_Type (Xtyp) then
8710
                     S_Lov := Expr_Value_R (S_Lo);
8711
                     S_Hiv := Expr_Value_R (S_Hi);
8712
                  else
8713
                     S_Lov := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Lo));
8714
                     S_Hiv := UR_From_Uint (Expr_Value (S_Hi));
8715
                  end if;
8716
 
8717
                  if D_Hiv > D_Lov
8718
                    and then S_Lov >= D_Lov
8719
                    and then S_Hiv <= D_Hiv
8720
                  then
8721
                     Set_Do_Range_Check (Operand, False);
8722
                     return;
8723
                  end if;
8724
               end;
8725
            end if;
8726
         end;
8727
 
8728
         --  For float to float conversions, we are done
8729
 
8730
         if Is_Floating_Point_Type (Xtyp)
8731
              and then
8732
            Is_Floating_Point_Type (Btyp)
8733
         then
8734
            return;
8735
         end if;
8736
 
8737
         --  Otherwise rewrite the conversion as described above
8738
 
8739
         Conv := Relocate_Node (N);
8740
         Rewrite (Subtype_Mark (Conv), New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc));
8741
         Set_Etype (Conv, Btyp);
8742
 
8743
         --  Enable overflow except for case of integer to float conversions,
8744
         --  where it is never required, since we can never have overflow in
8745
         --  this case.
8746
 
8747
         if not Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Operand)) then
8748
            Enable_Overflow_Check (Conv);
8749
         end if;
8750
 
8751
         Tnn := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'T', Conv);
8752
 
8753
         Insert_Actions (N, New_List (
8754
           Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
8755
             Defining_Identifier => Tnn,
8756
             Object_Definition   => New_Occurrence_Of (Btyp, Loc),
8757
             Constant_Present    => True,
8758
             Expression          => Conv),
8759
 
8760
           Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
8761
             Condition =>
8762
              Make_Or_Else (Loc,
8763
                Left_Opnd =>
8764
                  Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
8765
                    Left_Opnd  => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
8766
                    Right_Opnd =>
8767
                      Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8768
                        Attribute_Name => Name_First,
8769
                        Prefix =>
8770
                          New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc))),
8771
 
8772
                Right_Opnd =>
8773
                  Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
8774
                    Left_Opnd  => New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc),
8775
                    Right_Opnd =>
8776
                      Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
8777
                        Attribute_Name => Name_Last,
8778
                        Prefix =>
8779
                          New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc)))),
8780
             Reason => CE_Range_Check_Failed)));
8781
 
8782
         Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Tnn, Loc));
8783
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Btyp);
8784
      end Real_Range_Check;
8785
 
8786
      -----------------------------
8787
      -- Has_Extra_Accessibility --
8788
      -----------------------------
8789
 
8790
      --  Returns true for a formal of an anonymous access type or for
8791
      --  an Ada 2012-style stand-alone object of an anonymous access type.
8792
 
8793
      function Has_Extra_Accessibility (Id : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
8794
      begin
8795
         if Is_Formal (Id) or else Ekind_In (Id, E_Constant, E_Variable) then
8796
            return Present (Effective_Extra_Accessibility (Id));
8797
         else
8798
            return False;
8799
         end if;
8800
      end Has_Extra_Accessibility;
8801
 
8802
   --  Start of processing for Expand_N_Type_Conversion
8803
 
8804
   begin
8805
      --  Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
8806
      --  the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
8807
      --  an Assignment_OK attribute, which must be propagated to the operand.
8808
 
8809
      if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
8810
         if Assignment_OK (N) then
8811
            Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
8812
         end if;
8813
 
8814
         Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
8815
         goto Done;
8816
      end if;
8817
 
8818
      --  Nothing to do if this is the second argument of read. This is a
8819
      --  "backwards" conversion that will be handled by the specialized code
8820
      --  in attribute processing.
8821
 
8822
      if Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
8823
        and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Read
8824
        and then Next (First (Expressions (Parent (N)))) = N
8825
      then
8826
         goto Done;
8827
      end if;
8828
 
8829
      --  Check for case of converting to a type that has an invariant
8830
      --  associated with it. This required an invariant check. We convert
8831
 
8832
      --    typ (expr)
8833
 
8834
      --  into
8835
 
8836
      --    do invariant_check (typ (expr)) in typ (expr);
8837
 
8838
      --  using Duplicate_Subexpr to avoid multiple side effects
8839
 
8840
      --  Note: the Comes_From_Source check, and then the resetting of this
8841
      --  flag prevents what would otherwise be an infinite recursion.
8842
 
8843
      if Has_Invariants (Target_Type)
8844
        and then Present (Invariant_Procedure (Target_Type))
8845
        and then Comes_From_Source (N)
8846
      then
8847
         Set_Comes_From_Source (N, False);
8848
         Rewrite (N,
8849
           Make_Expression_With_Actions (Loc,
8850
             Actions    => New_List (
8851
               Make_Invariant_Call (Duplicate_Subexpr (N))),
8852
             Expression => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (N)));
8853
         Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8854
         goto Done;
8855
      end if;
8856
 
8857
      --  Here if we may need to expand conversion
8858
 
8859
      --  If the operand of the type conversion is an arithmetic operation on
8860
      --  signed integers, and the based type of the signed integer type in
8861
      --  question is smaller than Standard.Integer, we promote both of the
8862
      --  operands to type Integer.
8863
 
8864
      --  For example, if we have
8865
 
8866
      --     target-type (opnd1 + opnd2)
8867
 
8868
      --  and opnd1 and opnd2 are of type short integer, then we rewrite
8869
      --  this as:
8870
 
8871
      --     target-type (integer(opnd1) + integer(opnd2))
8872
 
8873
      --  We do this because we are always allowed to compute in a larger type
8874
      --  if we do the right thing with the result, and in this case we are
8875
      --  going to do a conversion which will do an appropriate check to make
8876
      --  sure that things are in range of the target type in any case. This
8877
      --  avoids some unnecessary intermediate overflows.
8878
 
8879
      --  We might consider a similar transformation in the case where the
8880
      --  target is a real type or a 64-bit integer type, and the operand
8881
      --  is an arithmetic operation using a 32-bit integer type. However,
8882
      --  we do not bother with this case, because it could cause significant
8883
      --  inefficiencies on 32-bit machines. On a 64-bit machine it would be
8884
      --  much cheaper, but we don't want different behavior on 32-bit and
8885
      --  64-bit machines. Note that the exclusion of the 64-bit case also
8886
      --  handles the configurable run-time cases where 64-bit arithmetic
8887
      --  may simply be unavailable.
8888
 
8889
      --  Note: this circuit is partially redundant with respect to the circuit
8890
      --  in Checks.Apply_Arithmetic_Overflow_Check, but we catch more cases in
8891
      --  the processing here. Also we still need the Checks circuit, since we
8892
      --  have to be sure not to generate junk overflow checks in the first
8893
      --  place, since it would be trick to remove them here!
8894
 
8895
      if Integer_Promotion_Possible (N) then
8896
 
8897
         --  All conditions met, go ahead with transformation
8898
 
8899
         declare
8900
            Opnd : Node_Id;
8901
            L, R : Node_Id;
8902
 
8903
         begin
8904
            R :=
8905
              Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8906
                Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
8907
                Expression   => Relocate_Node (Right_Opnd (Operand)));
8908
 
8909
            Opnd := New_Op_Node (Nkind (Operand), Loc);
8910
            Set_Right_Opnd (Opnd, R);
8911
 
8912
            if Nkind (Operand) in N_Binary_Op then
8913
               L :=
8914
                 Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8915
                   Subtype_Mark => New_Reference_To (Standard_Integer, Loc),
8916
                   Expression   => Relocate_Node (Left_Opnd (Operand)));
8917
 
8918
               Set_Left_Opnd  (Opnd, L);
8919
            end if;
8920
 
8921
            Rewrite (N,
8922
              Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
8923
                Subtype_Mark => Relocate_Node (Subtype_Mark (N)),
8924
                Expression   => Opnd));
8925
 
8926
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
8927
            goto Done;
8928
         end;
8929
      end if;
8930
 
8931
      --  Do validity check if validity checking operands
8932
 
8933
      if Validity_Checks_On
8934
        and then Validity_Check_Operands
8935
      then
8936
         Ensure_Valid (Operand);
8937
      end if;
8938
 
8939
      --  Special case of converting from non-standard boolean type
8940
 
8941
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Operand_Type)
8942
        and then (Nonzero_Is_True (Operand_Type))
8943
      then
8944
         Adjust_Condition (Operand);
8945
         Set_Etype (Operand, Standard_Boolean);
8946
         Operand_Type := Standard_Boolean;
8947
      end if;
8948
 
8949
      --  Case of converting to an access type
8950
 
8951
      if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
8952
 
8953
         --  Apply an accessibility check when the conversion operand is an
8954
         --  access parameter (or a renaming thereof), unless conversion was
8955
         --  expanded from an Unchecked_ or Unrestricted_Access attribute.
8956
         --  Note that other checks may still need to be applied below (such
8957
         --  as tagged type checks).
8958
 
8959
         if Is_Entity_Name (Operand)
8960
           and then Has_Extra_Accessibility (Entity (Operand))
8961
           and then Ekind (Etype (Operand)) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8962
           and then (Nkind (Original_Node (N)) /= N_Attribute_Reference
8963
                      or else Attribute_Name (Original_Node (N)) = Name_Access)
8964
         then
8965
            Apply_Accessibility_Check
8966
              (Operand, Target_Type, Insert_Node => Operand);
8967
 
8968
         --  If the level of the operand type is statically deeper than the
8969
         --  level of the target type, then force Program_Error. Note that this
8970
         --  can only occur for cases where the attribute is within the body of
8971
         --  an instantiation (otherwise the conversion will already have been
8972
         --  rejected as illegal). Note: warnings are issued by the analyzer
8973
         --  for the instance cases.
8974
 
8975
         elsif In_Instance_Body
8976
           and then Type_Access_Level (Operand_Type) >
8977
                    Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8978
         then
8979
            Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8980
 
8981
         --  When the operand is a selected access discriminant the check needs
8982
         --  to be made against the level of the object denoted by the prefix
8983
         --  of the selected name. Force Program_Error for this case as well
8984
         --  (this accessibility violation can only happen if within the body
8985
         --  of an instantiation).
8986
 
8987
         elsif In_Instance_Body
8988
           and then Ekind (Operand_Type) = E_Anonymous_Access_Type
8989
           and then Nkind (Operand) = N_Selected_Component
8990
           and then Object_Access_Level (Operand) >
8991
                      Type_Access_Level (Target_Type)
8992
         then
8993
            Raise_Accessibility_Error;
8994
            goto Done;
8995
         end if;
8996
      end if;
8997
 
8998
      --  Case of conversions of tagged types and access to tagged types
8999
 
9000
      --  When needed, that is to say when the expression is class-wide, Add
9001
      --  runtime a tag check for (strict) downward conversion by using the
9002
      --  membership test, generating:
9003
 
9004
      --      [constraint_error when Operand not in Target_Type'Class]
9005
 
9006
      --  or in the access type case
9007
 
9008
      --      [constraint_error
9009
      --        when Operand /= null
9010
      --          and then Operand.all not in
9011
      --            Designated_Type (Target_Type)'Class]
9012
 
9013
      if (Is_Access_Type (Target_Type)
9014
           and then Is_Tagged_Type (Designated_Type (Target_Type)))
9015
        or else Is_Tagged_Type (Target_Type)
9016
      then
9017
         --  Do not do any expansion in the access type case if the parent is a
9018
         --  renaming, since this is an error situation which will be caught by
9019
         --  Sem_Ch8, and the expansion can interfere with this error check.
9020
 
9021
         if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) and then Is_Renamed_Object (N) then
9022
            goto Done;
9023
         end if;
9024
 
9025
         --  Otherwise, proceed with processing tagged conversion
9026
 
9027
         Tagged_Conversion : declare
9028
            Actual_Op_Typ   : Entity_Id;
9029
            Actual_Targ_Typ : Entity_Id;
9030
            Make_Conversion : Boolean := False;
9031
            Root_Op_Typ     : Entity_Id;
9032
 
9033
            procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id);
9034
            --  Create a membership check to test whether Operand is a member
9035
            --  of Targ_Typ. If the original Target_Type is an access, include
9036
            --  a test for null value. The check is inserted at N.
9037
 
9038
            --------------------
9039
            -- Make_Tag_Check --
9040
            --------------------
9041
 
9042
            procedure Make_Tag_Check (Targ_Typ : Entity_Id) is
9043
               Cond : Node_Id;
9044
 
9045
            begin
9046
               --  Generate:
9047
               --    [Constraint_Error
9048
               --       when Operand /= null
9049
               --         and then Operand.all not in Targ_Typ]
9050
 
9051
               if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
9052
                  Cond :=
9053
                    Make_And_Then (Loc,
9054
                      Left_Opnd =>
9055
                        Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
9056
                          Left_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
9057
                          Right_Opnd => Make_Null (Loc)),
9058
 
9059
                      Right_Opnd =>
9060
                        Make_Not_In (Loc,
9061
                          Left_Opnd  =>
9062
                            Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
9063
                              Prefix => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand)),
9064
                          Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc)));
9065
 
9066
               --  Generate:
9067
               --    [Constraint_Error when Operand not in Targ_Typ]
9068
 
9069
               else
9070
                  Cond :=
9071
                    Make_Not_In (Loc,
9072
                      Left_Opnd  => Duplicate_Subexpr_No_Checks (Operand),
9073
                      Right_Opnd => New_Reference_To (Targ_Typ, Loc));
9074
               end if;
9075
 
9076
               Insert_Action (N,
9077
                 Make_Raise_Constraint_Error (Loc,
9078
                   Condition => Cond,
9079
                   Reason    => CE_Tag_Check_Failed));
9080
            end Make_Tag_Check;
9081
 
9082
         --  Start of processing for Tagged_Conversion
9083
 
9084
         begin
9085
            --  Handle entities from the limited view
9086
 
9087
            if Is_Access_Type (Operand_Type) then
9088
               Actual_Op_Typ :=
9089
                 Available_View (Designated_Type (Operand_Type));
9090
            else
9091
               Actual_Op_Typ := Operand_Type;
9092
            end if;
9093
 
9094
            if Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
9095
               Actual_Targ_Typ :=
9096
                 Available_View (Designated_Type (Target_Type));
9097
            else
9098
               Actual_Targ_Typ := Target_Type;
9099
            end if;
9100
 
9101
            Root_Op_Typ := Root_Type (Actual_Op_Typ);
9102
 
9103
            --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): Handle interface type conversion
9104
 
9105
            if Is_Interface (Actual_Op_Typ) then
9106
               Expand_Interface_Conversion (N, Is_Static => False);
9107
               goto Done;
9108
            end if;
9109
 
9110
            if not Tag_Checks_Suppressed (Actual_Targ_Typ) then
9111
 
9112
               --  Create a runtime tag check for a downward class-wide type
9113
               --  conversion.
9114
 
9115
               if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Op_Typ)
9116
                 and then Actual_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
9117
                 and then Root_Op_Typ /= Actual_Targ_Typ
9118
                 and then Is_Ancestor (Root_Op_Typ, Actual_Targ_Typ,
9119
                                       Use_Full_View => True)
9120
               then
9121
                  Make_Tag_Check (Class_Wide_Type (Actual_Targ_Typ));
9122
                  Make_Conversion := True;
9123
               end if;
9124
 
9125
               --  AI05-0073: If the result subtype of the function is defined
9126
               --  by an access_definition designating a specific tagged type
9127
               --  T, a check is made that the result value is null or the tag
9128
               --  of the object designated by the result value identifies T.
9129
               --  Constraint_Error is raised if this check fails.
9130
 
9131
               if Nkind (Parent (N)) = Sinfo.N_Return_Statement then
9132
                  declare
9133
                     Func     : Entity_Id;
9134
                     Func_Typ : Entity_Id;
9135
 
9136
                  begin
9137
                     --  Climb scope stack looking for the enclosing function
9138
 
9139
                     Func := Current_Scope;
9140
                     while Present (Func)
9141
                       and then Ekind (Func) /= E_Function
9142
                     loop
9143
                        Func := Scope (Func);
9144
                     end loop;
9145
 
9146
                     --  The function's return subtype must be defined using
9147
                     --  an access definition.
9148
 
9149
                     if Nkind (Result_Definition (Parent (Func))) =
9150
                          N_Access_Definition
9151
                     then
9152
                        Func_Typ := Directly_Designated_Type (Etype (Func));
9153
 
9154
                        --  The return subtype denotes a specific tagged type,
9155
                        --  in other words, a non class-wide type.
9156
 
9157
                        if Is_Tagged_Type (Func_Typ)
9158
                          and then not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Func_Typ)
9159
                        then
9160
                           Make_Tag_Check (Actual_Targ_Typ);
9161
                           Make_Conversion := True;
9162
                        end if;
9163
                     end if;
9164
                  end;
9165
               end if;
9166
 
9167
               --  We have generated a tag check for either a class-wide type
9168
               --  conversion or for AI05-0073.
9169
 
9170
               if Make_Conversion then
9171
                  declare
9172
                     Conv : Node_Id;
9173
                  begin
9174
                     Conv :=
9175
                       Make_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (Loc,
9176
                         Subtype_Mark => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
9177
                         Expression   => Relocate_Node (Expression (N)));
9178
                     Rewrite (N, Conv);
9179
                     Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
9180
                  end;
9181
               end if;
9182
            end if;
9183
         end Tagged_Conversion;
9184
 
9185
      --  Case of other access type conversions
9186
 
9187
      elsif Is_Access_Type (Target_Type) then
9188
         Apply_Constraint_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
9189
 
9190
      --  Case of conversions from a fixed-point type
9191
 
9192
      --  These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
9193
      --  the Exp_Fixd package. We ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
9194
      --  since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
9195
      --  conversions, which do not need further processing.
9196
 
9197
      elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
9198
        and then not Conversion_OK (N)
9199
      then
9200
         --  We should never see universal fixed at this case, since the
9201
         --  expansion of the constituent divide or multiply should have
9202
         --  eliminated the explicit mention of universal fixed.
9203
 
9204
         pragma Assert (Operand_Type /= Universal_Fixed);
9205
 
9206
         --  Check for special case of the conversion to universal real that
9207
         --  occurs as a result of the use of a round attribute. In this case,
9208
         --  the real type for the conversion is taken from the target type of
9209
         --  the Round attribute and the result must be marked as rounded.
9210
 
9211
         if Target_Type = Universal_Real
9212
           and then Nkind (Parent (N)) = N_Attribute_Reference
9213
           and then Attribute_Name (Parent (N)) = Name_Round
9214
         then
9215
            Set_Rounded_Result (N);
9216
            Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (N)));
9217
         end if;
9218
 
9219
         --  Otherwise do correct fixed-conversion, but skip these if the
9220
         --  Conversion_OK flag is set, because from a semantic point of view
9221
         --  these are simple integer conversions needing no further processing
9222
         --  (the backend will simply treat them as integers).
9223
 
9224
         if not Conversion_OK (N) then
9225
            if Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Etype (N)) then
9226
               Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Fixed (N);
9227
               Real_Range_Check;
9228
 
9229
            elsif Is_Integer_Type (Etype (N)) then
9230
               Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Integer (N);
9231
 
9232
            else
9233
               pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Etype (N)));
9234
               Expand_Convert_Fixed_To_Float (N);
9235
               Real_Range_Check;
9236
            end if;
9237
         end if;
9238
 
9239
      --  Case of conversions to a fixed-point type
9240
 
9241
      --  These conversions require special expansion and processing, found in
9242
      --  the Exp_Fixd package. Again, ignore cases where Conversion_OK is set,
9243
      --  since from a semantic point of view, these are simple integer
9244
      --  conversions, which do not need further processing.
9245
 
9246
      elsif Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type)
9247
        and then not Conversion_OK (N)
9248
      then
9249
         if Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type) then
9250
            Expand_Convert_Integer_To_Fixed (N);
9251
            Real_Range_Check;
9252
         else
9253
            pragma Assert (Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type));
9254
            Expand_Convert_Float_To_Fixed (N);
9255
            Real_Range_Check;
9256
         end if;
9257
 
9258
      --  Case of float-to-integer conversions
9259
 
9260
      --  We also handle float-to-fixed conversions with Conversion_OK set
9261
      --  since semantically the fixed-point target is treated as though it
9262
      --  were an integer in such cases.
9263
 
9264
      elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Operand_Type)
9265
        and then
9266
          (Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
9267
            or else
9268
          (Is_Fixed_Point_Type (Target_Type) and then Conversion_OK (N)))
9269
      then
9270
         --  One more check here, gcc is still not able to do conversions of
9271
         --  this type with proper overflow checking, and so gigi is doing an
9272
         --  approximation of what is required by doing floating-point compares
9273
         --  with the end-point. But that can lose precision in some cases, and
9274
         --  give a wrong result. Converting the operand to Universal_Real is
9275
         --  helpful, but still does not catch all cases with 64-bit integers
9276
         --  on targets with only 64-bit floats.
9277
 
9278
         --  The above comment seems obsoleted by Apply_Float_Conversion_Check
9279
         --  Can this code be removed ???
9280
 
9281
         if Do_Range_Check (Operand) then
9282
            Rewrite (Operand,
9283
              Make_Type_Conversion (Loc,
9284
                Subtype_Mark =>
9285
                  New_Occurrence_Of (Universal_Real, Loc),
9286
                Expression =>
9287
                  Relocate_Node (Operand)));
9288
 
9289
            Set_Etype (Operand, Universal_Real);
9290
            Enable_Range_Check (Operand);
9291
            Set_Do_Range_Check (Expression (Operand), False);
9292
         end if;
9293
 
9294
      --  Case of array conversions
9295
 
9296
      --  Expansion of array conversions, add required length/range checks but
9297
      --  only do this if there is no change of representation. For handling of
9298
      --  this case, see Handle_Changed_Representation.
9299
 
9300
      elsif Is_Array_Type (Target_Type) then
9301
         if Is_Constrained (Target_Type) then
9302
            Apply_Length_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
9303
         else
9304
            Apply_Range_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
9305
         end if;
9306
 
9307
         Handle_Changed_Representation;
9308
 
9309
      --  Case of conversions of discriminated types
9310
 
9311
      --  Add required discriminant checks if target is constrained. Again this
9312
      --  change is skipped if we have a change of representation.
9313
 
9314
      elsif Has_Discriminants (Target_Type)
9315
        and then Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
9316
      then
9317
         Apply_Discriminant_Check (Operand, Target_Type);
9318
         Handle_Changed_Representation;
9319
 
9320
      --  Case of all other record conversions. The only processing required
9321
      --  is to check for a change of representation requiring the special
9322
      --  assignment processing.
9323
 
9324
      elsif Is_Record_Type (Target_Type) then
9325
 
9326
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-216): Program_Error is raised when converting from
9327
         --  a derived Unchecked_Union type to an unconstrained type that is
9328
         --  not Unchecked_Union if the operand lacks inferable discriminants.
9329
 
9330
         if Is_Derived_Type (Operand_Type)
9331
           and then Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Operand_Type))
9332
           and then not Is_Constrained (Target_Type)
9333
           and then not Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Target_Type))
9334
           and then not Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Operand)
9335
         then
9336
            --  To prevent Gigi from generating illegal code, we generate a
9337
            --  Program_Error node, but we give it the target type of the
9338
            --  conversion.
9339
 
9340
            declare
9341
               PE : constant Node_Id := Make_Raise_Program_Error (Loc,
9342
                      Reason => PE_Unchecked_Union_Restriction);
9343
 
9344
            begin
9345
               Set_Etype (PE, Target_Type);
9346
               Rewrite (N, PE);
9347
 
9348
            end;
9349
         else
9350
            Handle_Changed_Representation;
9351
         end if;
9352
 
9353
      --  Case of conversions of enumeration types
9354
 
9355
      elsif Is_Enumeration_Type (Target_Type) then
9356
 
9357
         --  Special processing is required if there is a change of
9358
         --  representation (from enumeration representation clauses).
9359
 
9360
         if not Same_Representation (Target_Type, Operand_Type) then
9361
 
9362
            --  Convert: x(y) to x'val (ytyp'val (y))
9363
 
9364
            Rewrite (N,
9365
               Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9366
                 Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Target_Type, Loc),
9367
                 Attribute_Name => Name_Val,
9368
                 Expressions => New_List (
9369
                   Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
9370
                     Prefix => New_Occurrence_Of (Operand_Type, Loc),
9371
                     Attribute_Name => Name_Pos,
9372
                     Expressions => New_List (Operand)))));
9373
 
9374
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
9375
         end if;
9376
 
9377
      --  Case of conversions to floating-point
9378
 
9379
      elsif Is_Floating_Point_Type (Target_Type) then
9380
         Real_Range_Check;
9381
      end if;
9382
 
9383
      --  At this stage, either the conversion node has been transformed into
9384
      --  some other equivalent expression, or left as a conversion that can be
9385
      --  handled by Gigi, in the following cases:
9386
 
9387
      --    Conversions with no change of representation or type
9388
 
9389
      --    Numeric conversions involving integer, floating- and fixed-point
9390
      --    values. Fixed-point values are allowed only if Conversion_OK is
9391
      --    set, i.e. if the fixed-point values are to be treated as integers.
9392
 
9393
      --  No other conversions should be passed to Gigi
9394
 
9395
      --  Check: are these rules stated in sinfo??? if so, why restate here???
9396
 
9397
      --  The only remaining step is to generate a range check if we still have
9398
      --  a type conversion at this stage and Do_Range_Check is set. For now we
9399
      --  do this only for conversions of discrete types.
9400
 
9401
      if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
9402
        and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (N))
9403
      then
9404
         declare
9405
            Expr : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
9406
            Ftyp : Entity_Id;
9407
            Ityp : Entity_Id;
9408
 
9409
         begin
9410
            if Do_Range_Check (Expr)
9411
              and then Is_Discrete_Type (Etype (Expr))
9412
            then
9413
               Set_Do_Range_Check (Expr, False);
9414
 
9415
               --  Before we do a range check, we have to deal with treating a
9416
               --  fixed-point operand as an integer. The way we do this is
9417
               --  simply to do an unchecked conversion to an appropriate
9418
               --  integer type large enough to hold the result.
9419
 
9420
               --  This code is not active yet, because we are only dealing
9421
               --  with discrete types so far ???
9422
 
9423
               if Nkind (Expr) in N_Has_Treat_Fixed_As_Integer
9424
                 and then Treat_Fixed_As_Integer (Expr)
9425
               then
9426
                  Ftyp := Base_Type (Etype (Expr));
9427
 
9428
                  if Esize (Ftyp) >= Esize (Standard_Integer) then
9429
                     Ityp := Standard_Long_Long_Integer;
9430
                  else
9431
                     Ityp := Standard_Integer;
9432
                  end if;
9433
 
9434
                  Rewrite (Expr, Unchecked_Convert_To (Ityp, Expr));
9435
               end if;
9436
 
9437
               --  Reset overflow flag, since the range check will include
9438
               --  dealing with possible overflow, and generate the check. If
9439
               --  Address is either a source type or target type, suppress
9440
               --  range check to avoid typing anomalies when it is a visible
9441
               --  integer type.
9442
 
9443
               Set_Do_Overflow_Check (N, False);
9444
               if not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Etype (Expr))
9445
                 and then not Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type)
9446
               then
9447
                  Generate_Range_Check
9448
                    (Expr, Target_Type, CE_Range_Check_Failed);
9449
               end if;
9450
            end if;
9451
         end;
9452
      end if;
9453
 
9454
      --  Final step, if the result is a type conversion involving Vax_Float
9455
      --  types, then it is subject for further special processing.
9456
 
9457
      if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
9458
        and then (Vax_Float (Operand_Type) or else Vax_Float (Target_Type))
9459
      then
9460
         Expand_Vax_Conversion (N);
9461
         goto Done;
9462
      end if;
9463
 
9464
      --  Here at end of processing
9465
 
9466
   <<Done>>
9467
      --  Apply predicate check if required. Note that we can't just call
9468
      --  Apply_Predicate_Check here, because the type looks right after
9469
      --  the conversion and it would omit the check. The Comes_From_Source
9470
      --  guard is necessary to prevent infinite recursions when we generate
9471
      --  internal conversions for the purpose of checking predicates.
9472
 
9473
      if Present (Predicate_Function (Target_Type))
9474
        and then Target_Type /= Operand_Type
9475
        and then Comes_From_Source (N)
9476
      then
9477
         declare
9478
            New_Expr : constant Node_Id := Duplicate_Subexpr (N);
9479
 
9480
         begin
9481
            --  Avoid infinite recursion on the subsequent expansion of
9482
            --  of the copy of the original type conversion.
9483
 
9484
            Set_Comes_From_Source (New_Expr, False);
9485
            Insert_Action (N, Make_Predicate_Check (Target_Type, New_Expr));
9486
         end;
9487
      end if;
9488
   end Expand_N_Type_Conversion;
9489
 
9490
   -----------------------------------
9491
   -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression --
9492
   -----------------------------------
9493
 
9494
   --  Remove the unchecked expression node from the tree. Its job was simply
9495
   --  to make sure that its constituent expression was handled with checks
9496
   --  off, and now that that is done, we can remove it from the tree, and
9497
   --  indeed must, since Gigi does not expect to see these nodes.
9498
 
9499
   procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression (N : Node_Id) is
9500
      Exp : constant Node_Id := Expression (N);
9501
   begin
9502
      Set_Assignment_OK (Exp, Assignment_OK (N) or else Assignment_OK (Exp));
9503
      Rewrite (N, Exp);
9504
   end Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression;
9505
 
9506
   ----------------------------------------
9507
   -- Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion --
9508
   ----------------------------------------
9509
 
9510
   --  If this cannot be handled by Gigi and we haven't already made a
9511
   --  temporary for it, do it now.
9512
 
9513
   procedure Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N : Node_Id) is
9514
      Target_Type  : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
9515
      Operand      : constant Node_Id   := Expression (N);
9516
      Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
9517
 
9518
   begin
9519
      --  Nothing at all to do if conversion is to the identical type so remove
9520
      --  the conversion completely, it is useless, except that it may carry
9521
      --  an Assignment_OK indication which must be propagated to the operand.
9522
 
9523
      if Operand_Type = Target_Type then
9524
 
9525
         --  Code duplicates Expand_N_Unchecked_Expression above, factor???
9526
 
9527
         if Assignment_OK (N) then
9528
            Set_Assignment_OK (Operand);
9529
         end if;
9530
 
9531
         Rewrite (N, Relocate_Node (Operand));
9532
         return;
9533
      end if;
9534
 
9535
      --  If we have a conversion of a compile time known value to a target
9536
      --  type and the value is in range of the target type, then we can simply
9537
      --  replace the construct by an integer literal of the correct type. We
9538
      --  only apply this to integer types being converted. Possibly it may
9539
      --  apply in other cases, but it is too much trouble to worry about.
9540
 
9541
      --  Note that we do not do this transformation if the Kill_Range_Check
9542
      --  flag is set, since then the value may be outside the expected range.
9543
      --  This happens in the Normalize_Scalars case.
9544
 
9545
      --  We also skip this if either the target or operand type is biased
9546
      --  because in this case, the unchecked conversion is supposed to
9547
      --  preserve the bit pattern, not the integer value.
9548
 
9549
      if Is_Integer_Type (Target_Type)
9550
        and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Target_Type)
9551
        and then Is_Integer_Type (Operand_Type)
9552
        and then not Has_Biased_Representation (Operand_Type)
9553
        and then Compile_Time_Known_Value (Operand)
9554
        and then not Kill_Range_Check (N)
9555
      then
9556
         declare
9557
            Val : constant Uint := Expr_Value (Operand);
9558
 
9559
         begin
9560
            if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
9561
                 and then
9562
               Compile_Time_Known_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
9563
                 and then
9564
               Val >= Expr_Value (Type_Low_Bound (Target_Type))
9565
                 and then
9566
               Val <= Expr_Value (Type_High_Bound (Target_Type))
9567
            then
9568
               Rewrite (N, Make_Integer_Literal (Sloc (N), Val));
9569
 
9570
               --  If Address is the target type, just set the type to avoid a
9571
               --  spurious type error on the literal when Address is a visible
9572
               --  integer type.
9573
 
9574
               if Is_Descendent_Of_Address (Target_Type) then
9575
                  Set_Etype (N, Target_Type);
9576
               else
9577
                  Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Target_Type);
9578
               end if;
9579
 
9580
               return;
9581
            end if;
9582
         end;
9583
      end if;
9584
 
9585
      --  Nothing to do if conversion is safe
9586
 
9587
      if Safe_Unchecked_Type_Conversion (N) then
9588
         return;
9589
      end if;
9590
 
9591
      --  Otherwise force evaluation unless Assignment_OK flag is set (this
9592
      --  flag indicates ??? -- more comments needed here)
9593
 
9594
      if Assignment_OK (N) then
9595
         null;
9596
      else
9597
         Force_Evaluation (N);
9598
      end if;
9599
   end Expand_N_Unchecked_Type_Conversion;
9600
 
9601
   ----------------------------
9602
   -- Expand_Record_Equality --
9603
   ----------------------------
9604
 
9605
   --  For non-variant records, Equality is expanded when needed into:
9606
 
9607
   --      and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
9608
   --      and then ...
9609
   --      and then Lhs.Discrn = Rhs.Discrn
9610
   --      and then Lhs.Cmp1 = Rhs.Cmp1
9611
   --      and then ...
9612
   --      and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
9613
 
9614
   --  The expression is folded by the back-end for adjacent fields. This
9615
   --  function is called for tagged record in only one occasion: for imple-
9616
   --  menting predefined primitive equality (see Predefined_Primitives_Bodies)
9617
   --  otherwise the primitive "=" is used directly.
9618
 
9619
   function Expand_Record_Equality
9620
     (Nod    : Node_Id;
9621
      Typ    : Entity_Id;
9622
      Lhs    : Node_Id;
9623
      Rhs    : Node_Id;
9624
      Bodies : List_Id) return Node_Id
9625
   is
9626
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
9627
 
9628
      Result : Node_Id;
9629
      C      : Entity_Id;
9630
 
9631
      First_Time : Boolean := True;
9632
 
9633
      function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id;
9634
      --  Return the first field to compare beginning with C, skipping the
9635
      --  inherited components.
9636
 
9637
      ----------------------
9638
      -- Suitable_Element --
9639
      ----------------------
9640
 
9641
      function Suitable_Element (C : Entity_Id) return Entity_Id is
9642
      begin
9643
         if No (C) then
9644
            return Empty;
9645
 
9646
         elsif Ekind (C) /= E_Discriminant
9647
           and then Ekind (C) /= E_Component
9648
         then
9649
            return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
9650
 
9651
         elsif Is_Tagged_Type (Typ)
9652
           and then C /= Original_Record_Component (C)
9653
         then
9654
            return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
9655
 
9656
         elsif Chars (C) = Name_uTag then
9657
            return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
9658
 
9659
         --  The .NET/JVM version of type Root_Controlled contains two fields
9660
         --  which should not be considered part of the object. To achieve
9661
         --  proper equiality between two controlled objects on .NET/JVM, skip
9662
         --  field _parent whenever it is of type Root_Controlled.
9663
 
9664
         elsif Chars (C) = Name_uParent
9665
           and then VM_Target /= No_VM
9666
           and then Etype (C) = RTE (RE_Root_Controlled)
9667
         then
9668
            return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
9669
 
9670
         elsif Is_Interface (Etype (C)) then
9671
            return Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
9672
 
9673
         else
9674
            return C;
9675
         end if;
9676
      end Suitable_Element;
9677
 
9678
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Record_Equality
9679
 
9680
   begin
9681
      --  Generates the following code: (assuming that Typ has one Discr and
9682
      --  component C2 is also a record)
9683
 
9684
      --   True
9685
      --     and then Lhs.Discr1 = Rhs.Discr1
9686
      --     and then Lhs.C1 = Rhs.C1
9687
      --     and then Lhs.C2.C1=Rhs.C2.C1 and then ... Lhs.C2.Cn=Rhs.C2.Cn
9688
      --     and then ...
9689
      --     and then Lhs.Cmpn = Rhs.Cmpn
9690
 
9691
      Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
9692
      C := Suitable_Element (First_Entity (Typ));
9693
      while Present (C) loop
9694
         declare
9695
            New_Lhs : Node_Id;
9696
            New_Rhs : Node_Id;
9697
            Check   : Node_Id;
9698
 
9699
         begin
9700
            if First_Time then
9701
               First_Time := False;
9702
               New_Lhs := Lhs;
9703
               New_Rhs := Rhs;
9704
            else
9705
               New_Lhs := New_Copy_Tree (Lhs);
9706
               New_Rhs := New_Copy_Tree (Rhs);
9707
            end if;
9708
 
9709
            Check :=
9710
              Expand_Composite_Equality (Nod, Etype (C),
9711
               Lhs =>
9712
                 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
9713
                   Prefix => New_Lhs,
9714
                   Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
9715
               Rhs =>
9716
                 Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
9717
                   Prefix => New_Rhs,
9718
                   Selector_Name => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)),
9719
               Bodies => Bodies);
9720
 
9721
            --  If some (sub)component is an unchecked_union, the whole
9722
            --  operation will raise program error.
9723
 
9724
            if Nkind (Check) = N_Raise_Program_Error then
9725
               Result := Check;
9726
               Set_Etype (Result, Standard_Boolean);
9727
               exit;
9728
            else
9729
               Result :=
9730
                 Make_And_Then (Loc,
9731
                   Left_Opnd  => Result,
9732
                   Right_Opnd => Check);
9733
            end if;
9734
         end;
9735
 
9736
         C := Suitable_Element (Next_Entity (C));
9737
      end loop;
9738
 
9739
      return Result;
9740
   end Expand_Record_Equality;
9741
 
9742
   ---------------------------
9743
   -- Expand_Set_Membership --
9744
   ---------------------------
9745
 
9746
   procedure Expand_Set_Membership (N : Node_Id) is
9747
      Lop : constant Node_Id := Left_Opnd (N);
9748
      Alt : Node_Id;
9749
      Res : Node_Id;
9750
 
9751
      function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
9752
      --  If the alternative is a subtype mark, create a simple membership
9753
      --  test. Otherwise create an equality test for it.
9754
 
9755
      ---------------
9756
      -- Make_Cond --
9757
      ---------------
9758
 
9759
      function Make_Cond (Alt : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
9760
         Cond : Node_Id;
9761
         L    : constant Node_Id := New_Copy (Lop);
9762
         R    : constant Node_Id := Relocate_Node (Alt);
9763
 
9764
      begin
9765
         if (Is_Entity_Name (Alt) and then Is_Type (Entity (Alt)))
9766
           or else Nkind (Alt) = N_Range
9767
         then
9768
            Cond :=
9769
              Make_In (Sloc (Alt),
9770
                Left_Opnd  => L,
9771
                Right_Opnd => R);
9772
         else
9773
            Cond :=
9774
              Make_Op_Eq (Sloc (Alt),
9775
                Left_Opnd  => L,
9776
                Right_Opnd => R);
9777
         end if;
9778
 
9779
         return Cond;
9780
      end Make_Cond;
9781
 
9782
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Set_Membership
9783
 
9784
   begin
9785
      Remove_Side_Effects (Lop);
9786
 
9787
      Alt := Last (Alternatives (N));
9788
      Res := Make_Cond (Alt);
9789
 
9790
      Prev (Alt);
9791
      while Present (Alt) loop
9792
         Res :=
9793
           Make_Or_Else (Sloc (Alt),
9794
             Left_Opnd  => Make_Cond (Alt),
9795
             Right_Opnd => Res);
9796
         Prev (Alt);
9797
      end loop;
9798
 
9799
      Rewrite (N, Res);
9800
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
9801
   end Expand_Set_Membership;
9802
 
9803
   -----------------------------------
9804
   -- Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator --
9805
   -----------------------------------
9806
 
9807
   --  Deal with special expansion if actions are present for the right operand
9808
   --  and deal with optimizing case of arguments being True or False. We also
9809
   --  deal with the special case of non-standard boolean values.
9810
 
9811
   procedure Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator (N : Node_Id) is
9812
      Loc     : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
9813
      Typ     : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
9814
      Left    : constant Node_Id    := Left_Opnd (N);
9815
      Right   : constant Node_Id    := Right_Opnd (N);
9816
      LocR    : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Right);
9817
      Actlist : List_Id;
9818
 
9819
      Shortcut_Value : constant Boolean := Nkind (N) = N_Or_Else;
9820
      Shortcut_Ent   : constant Entity_Id := Boolean_Literals (Shortcut_Value);
9821
      --  If Left = Shortcut_Value then Right need not be evaluated
9822
 
9823
      function Make_Test_Expr (Opnd : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
9824
      --  For Opnd a boolean expression, return a Boolean expression equivalent
9825
      --  to Opnd /= Shortcut_Value.
9826
 
9827
      --------------------
9828
      -- Make_Test_Expr --
9829
      --------------------
9830
 
9831
      function Make_Test_Expr (Opnd : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
9832
      begin
9833
         if Shortcut_Value then
9834
            return Make_Op_Not (Sloc (Opnd), Opnd);
9835
         else
9836
            return Opnd;
9837
         end if;
9838
      end Make_Test_Expr;
9839
 
9840
      Op_Var : Entity_Id;
9841
      --  Entity for a temporary variable holding the value of the operator,
9842
      --  used for expansion in the case where actions are present.
9843
 
9844
   --  Start of processing for Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator
9845
 
9846
   begin
9847
      --  Deal with non-standard booleans
9848
 
9849
      if Is_Boolean_Type (Typ) then
9850
         Adjust_Condition (Left);
9851
         Adjust_Condition (Right);
9852
         Set_Etype (N, Standard_Boolean);
9853
      end if;
9854
 
9855
      --  Check for cases where left argument is known to be True or False
9856
 
9857
      if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Left) then
9858
 
9859
         --  Mark SCO for left condition as compile time known
9860
 
9861
         if Generate_SCO and then Comes_From_Source (Left) then
9862
            Set_SCO_Condition (Left, Expr_Value_E (Left) = Standard_True);
9863
         end if;
9864
 
9865
         --  Rewrite True AND THEN Right / False OR ELSE Right to Right.
9866
         --  Any actions associated with Right will be executed unconditionally
9867
         --  and can thus be inserted into the tree unconditionally.
9868
 
9869
         if Expr_Value_E (Left) /= Shortcut_Ent then
9870
            if Present (Actions (N)) then
9871
               Insert_Actions (N, Actions (N));
9872
            end if;
9873
 
9874
            Rewrite (N, Right);
9875
 
9876
         --  Rewrite False AND THEN Right / True OR ELSE Right to Left.
9877
         --  In this case we can forget the actions associated with Right,
9878
         --  since they will never be executed.
9879
 
9880
         else
9881
            Kill_Dead_Code (Right);
9882
            Kill_Dead_Code (Actions (N));
9883
            Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Shortcut_Ent, Loc));
9884
         end if;
9885
 
9886
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
9887
         return;
9888
      end if;
9889
 
9890
      --  If Actions are present for the right operand, we have to do some
9891
      --  special processing. We can't just let these actions filter back into
9892
      --  code preceding the short circuit (which is what would have happened
9893
      --  if we had not trapped them in the short-circuit form), since they
9894
      --  must only be executed if the right operand of the short circuit is
9895
      --  executed and not otherwise.
9896
 
9897
      --  the temporary variable C.
9898
 
9899
      if Present (Actions (N)) then
9900
         Actlist := Actions (N);
9901
 
9902
         --  The old approach is to expand:
9903
 
9904
         --     left AND THEN right
9905
 
9906
         --  into
9907
 
9908
         --     C : Boolean := False;
9909
         --     IF left THEN
9910
         --        Actions;
9911
         --        IF right THEN
9912
         --           C := True;
9913
         --        END IF;
9914
         --     END IF;
9915
 
9916
         --  and finally rewrite the operator into a reference to C. Similarly
9917
         --  for left OR ELSE right, with negated values. Note that this
9918
         --  rewrite causes some difficulties for coverage analysis because
9919
         --  of the introduction of the new variable C, which obscures the
9920
         --  structure of the test.
9921
 
9922
         --  We use this "old approach" if use of N_Expression_With_Actions
9923
         --  is False (see description in Opt of when this is or is not set).
9924
 
9925
         if not Use_Expression_With_Actions then
9926
            Op_Var := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'C', Related_Node => N);
9927
 
9928
            Insert_Action (N,
9929
              Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
9930
                Defining_Identifier =>
9931
                  Op_Var,
9932
                Object_Definition   =>
9933
                  New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_Boolean, Loc),
9934
                Expression          =>
9935
                  New_Occurrence_Of (Shortcut_Ent, Loc)));
9936
 
9937
            Append_To (Actlist,
9938
              Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Right,
9939
                Condition       => Make_Test_Expr (Right),
9940
                Then_Statements => New_List (
9941
                  Make_Assignment_Statement (LocR,
9942
                    Name       => New_Occurrence_Of (Op_Var, LocR),
9943
                    Expression =>
9944
                      New_Occurrence_Of
9945
                        (Boolean_Literals (not Shortcut_Value), LocR)))));
9946
 
9947
            Insert_Action (N,
9948
              Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Left,
9949
                Condition       => Make_Test_Expr (Left),
9950
                Then_Statements => Actlist));
9951
 
9952
            Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Op_Var, Loc));
9953
            Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Standard_Boolean);
9954
 
9955
         --  The new approach, activated for now by the use of debug flag
9956
         --  -gnatd.X is to use the new Expression_With_Actions node for the
9957
         --  right operand of the short-circuit form. This should solve the
9958
         --  traceability problems for coverage analysis.
9959
 
9960
         else
9961
            Rewrite (Right,
9962
              Make_Expression_With_Actions (LocR,
9963
                Expression => Relocate_Node (Right),
9964
                Actions    => Actlist));
9965
            Set_Actions (N, No_List);
9966
            Analyze_And_Resolve (Right, Standard_Boolean);
9967
         end if;
9968
 
9969
         Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
9970
         return;
9971
      end if;
9972
 
9973
      --  No actions present, check for cases of right argument True/False
9974
 
9975
      if Compile_Time_Known_Value (Right) then
9976
 
9977
         --  Mark SCO for left condition as compile time known
9978
 
9979
         if Generate_SCO and then Comes_From_Source (Right) then
9980
            Set_SCO_Condition (Right, Expr_Value_E (Right) = Standard_True);
9981
         end if;
9982
 
9983
         --  Change (Left and then True), (Left or else False) to Left.
9984
         --  Note that we know there are no actions associated with the right
9985
         --  operand, since we just checked for this case above.
9986
 
9987
         if Expr_Value_E (Right) /= Shortcut_Ent then
9988
            Rewrite (N, Left);
9989
 
9990
         --  Change (Left and then False), (Left or else True) to Right,
9991
         --  making sure to preserve any side effects associated with the Left
9992
         --  operand.
9993
 
9994
         else
9995
            Remove_Side_Effects (Left);
9996
            Rewrite (N, New_Occurrence_Of (Shortcut_Ent, Loc));
9997
         end if;
9998
      end if;
9999
 
10000
      Adjust_Result_Type (N, Typ);
10001
   end Expand_Short_Circuit_Operator;
10002
 
10003
   -------------------------------------
10004
   -- Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation --
10005
   -------------------------------------
10006
 
10007
   procedure Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation (N : Node_Id) is
10008
      Conv : constant Node_Id := Parent (N);
10009
 
10010
   begin
10011
      --  We must have a type conversion immediately above us
10012
 
10013
      pragma Assert (Nkind (Conv) = N_Type_Conversion);
10014
 
10015
      --  Normally the type conversion gives our target type. The exception
10016
      --  occurs in the case of the Round attribute, where the conversion
10017
      --  will be to universal real, and our real type comes from the Round
10018
      --  attribute (as well as an indication that we must round the result)
10019
 
10020
      if Nkind (Parent (Conv)) = N_Attribute_Reference
10021
        and then Attribute_Name (Parent (Conv)) = Name_Round
10022
      then
10023
         Set_Etype (N, Etype (Parent (Conv)));
10024
         Set_Rounded_Result (N);
10025
 
10026
      --  Normal case where type comes from conversion above us
10027
 
10028
      else
10029
         Set_Etype (N, Etype (Conv));
10030
      end if;
10031
   end Fixup_Universal_Fixed_Operation;
10032
 
10033
   ---------------------------------
10034
   -- Has_Inferable_Discriminants --
10035
   ---------------------------------
10036
 
10037
   function Has_Inferable_Discriminants (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
10038
 
10039
      function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
10040
      --  Determines whether the left-most prefix of a selected component is a
10041
      --  formal parameter in a subprogram. Assumes N is a selected component.
10042
 
10043
      --------------------------------
10044
      -- Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter --
10045
      --------------------------------
10046
 
10047
      function Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
10048
         Sel_Comp : Node_Id := N;
10049
 
10050
      begin
10051
         --  Move to the left-most prefix by climbing up the tree
10052
 
10053
         while Present (Parent (Sel_Comp))
10054
           and then Nkind (Parent (Sel_Comp)) = N_Selected_Component
10055
         loop
10056
            Sel_Comp := Parent (Sel_Comp);
10057
         end loop;
10058
 
10059
         return Ekind (Entity (Prefix (Sel_Comp))) in Formal_Kind;
10060
      end Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter;
10061
 
10062
   --  Start of processing for Has_Inferable_Discriminants
10063
 
10064
   begin
10065
      --  For identifiers and indexed components, it is sufficient to have a
10066
      --  constrained Unchecked_Union nominal subtype.
10067
 
10068
      if Nkind_In (N, N_Identifier, N_Indexed_Component) then
10069
         return Is_Unchecked_Union (Base_Type (Etype (N)))
10070
                  and then
10071
                Is_Constrained (Etype (N));
10072
 
10073
      --  For selected components, the subtype of the selector must be a
10074
      --  constrained Unchecked_Union. If the component is subject to a
10075
      --  per-object constraint, then the enclosing object must have inferable
10076
      --  discriminants.
10077
 
10078
      elsif Nkind (N) = N_Selected_Component then
10079
         if Has_Per_Object_Constraint (Entity (Selector_Name (N))) then
10080
 
10081
            --  A small hack. If we have a per-object constrained selected
10082
            --  component of a formal parameter, return True since we do not
10083
            --  know the actual parameter association yet.
10084
 
10085
            if Prefix_Is_Formal_Parameter (N) then
10086
               return True;
10087
            end if;
10088
 
10089
            --  Otherwise, check the enclosing object and the selector
10090
 
10091
            return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Prefix (N))
10092
                     and then
10093
                   Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
10094
         end if;
10095
 
10096
         --  The call to Has_Inferable_Discriminants will determine whether
10097
         --  the selector has a constrained Unchecked_Union nominal type.
10098
 
10099
         return Has_Inferable_Discriminants (Selector_Name (N));
10100
 
10101
      --  A qualified expression has inferable discriminants if its subtype
10102
      --  mark is a constrained Unchecked_Union subtype.
10103
 
10104
      elsif Nkind (N) = N_Qualified_Expression then
10105
         return Is_Unchecked_Union (Subtype_Mark (N))
10106
                  and then
10107
                Is_Constrained (Subtype_Mark (N));
10108
 
10109
      end if;
10110
 
10111
      return False;
10112
   end Has_Inferable_Discriminants;
10113
 
10114
   -------------------------------
10115
   -- Insert_Dereference_Action --
10116
   -------------------------------
10117
 
10118
   procedure Insert_Dereference_Action (N : Node_Id) is
10119
      Loc  : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
10120
      Typ  : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
10121
      Pool : constant Entity_Id  := Associated_Storage_Pool (Typ);
10122
      Pnod : constant Node_Id    := Parent (N);
10123
 
10124
      function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean;
10125
      --  Return true if type of P is derived from Checked_Pool;
10126
 
10127
      -----------------------------
10128
      -- Is_Checked_Storage_Pool --
10129
      -----------------------------
10130
 
10131
      function Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (P : Entity_Id) return Boolean is
10132
         T : Entity_Id;
10133
 
10134
      begin
10135
         if No (P) then
10136
            return False;
10137
         end if;
10138
 
10139
         T := Etype (P);
10140
         while T /= Etype (T) loop
10141
            if Is_RTE (T, RE_Checked_Pool) then
10142
               return True;
10143
            else
10144
               T := Etype (T);
10145
            end if;
10146
         end loop;
10147
 
10148
         return False;
10149
      end Is_Checked_Storage_Pool;
10150
 
10151
   --  Start of processing for Insert_Dereference_Action
10152
 
10153
   begin
10154
      pragma Assert (Nkind (Pnod) = N_Explicit_Dereference);
10155
 
10156
      if not (Is_Checked_Storage_Pool (Pool)
10157
              and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (Pnod)))
10158
      then
10159
         return;
10160
      end if;
10161
 
10162
      Insert_Action (N,
10163
        Make_Procedure_Call_Statement (Loc,
10164
          Name => New_Reference_To (
10165
            Find_Prim_Op (Etype (Pool), Name_Dereference), Loc),
10166
 
10167
          Parameter_Associations => New_List (
10168
 
10169
            --  Pool
10170
 
10171
             New_Reference_To (Pool, Loc),
10172
 
10173
            --  Storage_Address. We use the attribute Pool_Address, which uses
10174
            --  the pointer itself to find the address of the object, and which
10175
            --  handles unconstrained arrays properly by computing the address
10176
            --  of the template. i.e. the correct address of the corresponding
10177
            --  allocation.
10178
 
10179
             Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10180
               Prefix         => Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N),
10181
               Attribute_Name => Name_Pool_Address),
10182
 
10183
            --  Size_In_Storage_Elements
10184
 
10185
             Make_Op_Divide (Loc,
10186
               Left_Opnd  =>
10187
                Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10188
                  Prefix         =>
10189
                    Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
10190
                      Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
10191
                  Attribute_Name => Name_Size),
10192
               Right_Opnd =>
10193
                 Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, System_Storage_Unit)),
10194
 
10195
            --  Alignment
10196
 
10197
             Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10198
               Prefix         =>
10199
                 Make_Explicit_Dereference (Loc,
10200
                   Duplicate_Subexpr_Move_Checks (N)),
10201
               Attribute_Name => Name_Alignment))));
10202
 
10203
   exception
10204
      when RE_Not_Available =>
10205
         return;
10206
   end Insert_Dereference_Action;
10207
 
10208
   --------------------------------
10209
   -- Integer_Promotion_Possible --
10210
   --------------------------------
10211
 
10212
   function Integer_Promotion_Possible (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
10213
      Operand           : constant Node_Id   := Expression (N);
10214
      Operand_Type      : constant Entity_Id := Etype (Operand);
10215
      Root_Operand_Type : constant Entity_Id := Root_Type (Operand_Type);
10216
 
10217
   begin
10218
      pragma Assert (Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion);
10219
 
10220
      return
10221
 
10222
           --  We only do the transformation for source constructs. We assume
10223
           --  that the expander knows what it is doing when it generates code.
10224
 
10225
           Comes_From_Source (N)
10226
 
10227
           --  If the operand type is Short_Integer or Short_Short_Integer,
10228
           --  then we will promote to Integer, which is available on all
10229
           --  targets, and is sufficient to ensure no intermediate overflow.
10230
           --  Furthermore it is likely to be as efficient or more efficient
10231
           --  than using the smaller type for the computation so we do this
10232
           --  unconditionally.
10233
 
10234
           and then
10235
             (Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Integer)
10236
               or else
10237
              Root_Operand_Type = Base_Type (Standard_Short_Short_Integer))
10238
 
10239
           --  Test for interesting operation, which includes addition,
10240
           --  division, exponentiation, multiplication, subtraction, absolute
10241
           --  value and unary negation. Unary "+" is omitted since it is a
10242
           --  no-op and thus can't overflow.
10243
 
10244
           and then Nkind_In (Operand, N_Op_Abs,
10245
                                       N_Op_Add,
10246
                                       N_Op_Divide,
10247
                                       N_Op_Expon,
10248
                                       N_Op_Minus,
10249
                                       N_Op_Multiply,
10250
                                       N_Op_Subtract);
10251
   end Integer_Promotion_Possible;
10252
 
10253
   ------------------------------
10254
   -- Make_Array_Comparison_Op --
10255
   ------------------------------
10256
 
10257
   --  This is a hand-coded expansion of the following generic function:
10258
 
10259
   --  generic
10260
   --    type elem is  (<>);
10261
   --    type index is (<>);
10262
   --    type a is array (index range <>) of elem;
10263
 
10264
   --  function Gnnn (X : a; Y: a) return boolean is
10265
   --    J : index := Y'first;
10266
 
10267
   --  begin
10268
   --    if X'length = 0 then
10269
   --       return false;
10270
 
10271
   --    elsif Y'length = 0 then
10272
   --       return true;
10273
 
10274
   --    else
10275
   --      for I in X'range loop
10276
   --        if X (I) = Y (J) then
10277
   --          if J = Y'last then
10278
   --            exit;
10279
   --          else
10280
   --            J := index'succ (J);
10281
   --          end if;
10282
 
10283
   --        else
10284
   --           return X (I) > Y (J);
10285
   --        end if;
10286
   --      end loop;
10287
 
10288
   --      return X'length > Y'length;
10289
   --    end if;
10290
   --  end Gnnn;
10291
 
10292
   --  Note that since we are essentially doing this expansion by hand, we
10293
   --  do not need to generate an actual or formal generic part, just the
10294
   --  instantiated function itself.
10295
 
10296
   function Make_Array_Comparison_Op
10297
     (Typ : Entity_Id;
10298
      Nod : Node_Id) return Node_Id
10299
   is
10300
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (Nod);
10301
 
10302
      X : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uX);
10303
      Y : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uY);
10304
      I : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uI);
10305
      J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
10306
 
10307
      Index : constant Entity_Id := Base_Type (Etype (First_Index (Typ)));
10308
 
10309
      Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
10310
      Loop_Body      : Node_Id;
10311
      If_Stat        : Node_Id;
10312
      Inner_If       : Node_Id;
10313
      Final_Expr     : Node_Id;
10314
      Func_Body      : Node_Id;
10315
      Func_Name      : Entity_Id;
10316
      Formals        : List_Id;
10317
      Length1        : Node_Id;
10318
      Length2        : Node_Id;
10319
 
10320
   begin
10321
      --  if J = Y'last then
10322
      --     exit;
10323
      --  else
10324
      --     J := index'succ (J);
10325
      --  end if;
10326
 
10327
      Inner_If :=
10328
        Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
10329
          Condition =>
10330
            Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
10331
              Left_Opnd => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
10332
              Right_Opnd =>
10333
                Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10334
                  Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
10335
                  Attribute_Name => Name_Last)),
10336
 
10337
          Then_Statements => New_List (
10338
                Make_Exit_Statement (Loc)),
10339
 
10340
          Else_Statements =>
10341
            New_List (
10342
              Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
10343
                Name => New_Reference_To (J, Loc),
10344
                Expression =>
10345
                  Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10346
                    Prefix => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
10347
                    Attribute_Name => Name_Succ,
10348
                    Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc))))));
10349
 
10350
      --  if X (I) = Y (J) then
10351
      --     if ... end if;
10352
      --  else
10353
      --     return X (I) > Y (J);
10354
      --  end if;
10355
 
10356
      Loop_Body :=
10357
        Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
10358
          Condition =>
10359
            Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
10360
              Left_Opnd =>
10361
                Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
10362
                  Prefix      => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
10363
                  Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
10364
 
10365
              Right_Opnd =>
10366
                Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
10367
                  Prefix      => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
10368
                  Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))),
10369
 
10370
          Then_Statements => New_List (Inner_If),
10371
 
10372
          Else_Statements => New_List (
10373
            Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
10374
              Expression =>
10375
                Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
10376
                  Left_Opnd =>
10377
                    Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
10378
                      Prefix      => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
10379
                      Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (I, Loc))),
10380
 
10381
                  Right_Opnd =>
10382
                    Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
10383
                      Prefix      => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
10384
                      Expressions => New_List (
10385
                        New_Reference_To (J, Loc)))))));
10386
 
10387
      --  for I in X'range loop
10388
      --     if ... end if;
10389
      --  end loop;
10390
 
10391
      Loop_Statement :=
10392
        Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (Nod,
10393
          Identifier => Empty,
10394
 
10395
          Iteration_Scheme =>
10396
            Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
10397
              Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
10398
                Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
10399
                  Defining_Identifier => I,
10400
                  Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
10401
                    Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10402
                      Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
10403
                      Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
10404
 
10405
          Statements => New_List (Loop_Body));
10406
 
10407
      --    if X'length = 0 then
10408
      --       return false;
10409
      --    elsif Y'length = 0 then
10410
      --       return true;
10411
      --    else
10412
      --      for ... loop ... end loop;
10413
      --      return X'length > Y'length;
10414
      --    end if;
10415
 
10416
      Length1 :=
10417
        Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10418
          Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
10419
          Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
10420
 
10421
      Length2 :=
10422
        Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10423
          Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
10424
          Attribute_Name => Name_Length);
10425
 
10426
      Final_Expr :=
10427
        Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
10428
          Left_Opnd  => Length1,
10429
          Right_Opnd => Length2);
10430
 
10431
      If_Stat :=
10432
        Make_Implicit_If_Statement (Nod,
10433
          Condition =>
10434
            Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
10435
              Left_Opnd =>
10436
                Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10437
                  Prefix => New_Reference_To (X, Loc),
10438
                  Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
10439
              Right_Opnd =>
10440
                Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
10441
 
10442
          Then_Statements =>
10443
            New_List (
10444
              Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
10445
                Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc))),
10446
 
10447
          Elsif_Parts => New_List (
10448
            Make_Elsif_Part (Loc,
10449
              Condition =>
10450
                Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
10451
                  Left_Opnd =>
10452
                    Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10453
                      Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
10454
                      Attribute_Name => Name_Length),
10455
                  Right_Opnd =>
10456
                    Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 0)),
10457
 
10458
              Then_Statements =>
10459
                New_List (
10460
                  Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
10461
                     Expression => New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc))))),
10462
 
10463
          Else_Statements => New_List (
10464
            Loop_Statement,
10465
            Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
10466
              Expression => Final_Expr)));
10467
 
10468
      --  (X : a; Y: a)
10469
 
10470
      Formals := New_List (
10471
        Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
10472
          Defining_Identifier => X,
10473
          Parameter_Type      => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
10474
 
10475
        Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
10476
          Defining_Identifier => Y,
10477
          Parameter_Type      => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
10478
 
10479
      --  function Gnnn (...) return boolean is
10480
      --    J : index := Y'first;
10481
      --  begin
10482
      --    if ... end if;
10483
      --  end Gnnn;
10484
 
10485
      Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'G');
10486
 
10487
      Func_Body :=
10488
        Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
10489
          Specification =>
10490
            Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
10491
              Defining_Unit_Name       => Func_Name,
10492
              Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
10493
              Result_Definition => New_Reference_To (Standard_Boolean, Loc)),
10494
 
10495
          Declarations => New_List (
10496
            Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
10497
              Defining_Identifier => J,
10498
              Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Index, Loc),
10499
              Expression =>
10500
                Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10501
                  Prefix => New_Reference_To (Y, Loc),
10502
                  Attribute_Name => Name_First))),
10503
 
10504
          Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
10505
            Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
10506
              Statements => New_List (If_Stat)));
10507
 
10508
      return Func_Body;
10509
   end Make_Array_Comparison_Op;
10510
 
10511
   ---------------------------
10512
   -- Make_Boolean_Array_Op --
10513
   ---------------------------
10514
 
10515
   --  For logical operations on boolean arrays, expand in line the following,
10516
   --  replacing 'and' with 'or' or 'xor' where needed:
10517
 
10518
   --    function Annn (A : typ; B: typ) return typ is
10519
   --       C : typ;
10520
   --    begin
10521
   --       for J in A'range loop
10522
   --          C (J) := A (J) op B (J);
10523
   --       end loop;
10524
   --       return C;
10525
   --    end Annn;
10526
 
10527
   --  Here typ is the boolean array type
10528
 
10529
   function Make_Boolean_Array_Op
10530
     (Typ : Entity_Id;
10531
      N   : Node_Id) return Node_Id
10532
   is
10533
      Loc : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
10534
 
10535
      A : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uA);
10536
      B : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uB);
10537
      C : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uC);
10538
      J : constant Entity_Id := Make_Defining_Identifier (Loc, Name_uJ);
10539
 
10540
      A_J : Node_Id;
10541
      B_J : Node_Id;
10542
      C_J : Node_Id;
10543
      Op  : Node_Id;
10544
 
10545
      Formals        : List_Id;
10546
      Func_Name      : Entity_Id;
10547
      Func_Body      : Node_Id;
10548
      Loop_Statement : Node_Id;
10549
 
10550
   begin
10551
      A_J :=
10552
        Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
10553
          Prefix      => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
10554
          Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
10555
 
10556
      B_J :=
10557
        Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
10558
          Prefix      => New_Reference_To (B, Loc),
10559
          Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
10560
 
10561
      C_J :=
10562
        Make_Indexed_Component (Loc,
10563
          Prefix      => New_Reference_To (C, Loc),
10564
          Expressions => New_List (New_Reference_To (J, Loc)));
10565
 
10566
      if Nkind (N) = N_Op_And then
10567
         Op :=
10568
           Make_Op_And (Loc,
10569
             Left_Opnd  => A_J,
10570
             Right_Opnd => B_J);
10571
 
10572
      elsif Nkind (N) = N_Op_Or then
10573
         Op :=
10574
           Make_Op_Or (Loc,
10575
             Left_Opnd  => A_J,
10576
             Right_Opnd => B_J);
10577
 
10578
      else
10579
         Op :=
10580
           Make_Op_Xor (Loc,
10581
             Left_Opnd  => A_J,
10582
             Right_Opnd => B_J);
10583
      end if;
10584
 
10585
      Loop_Statement :=
10586
        Make_Implicit_Loop_Statement (N,
10587
          Identifier => Empty,
10588
 
10589
          Iteration_Scheme =>
10590
            Make_Iteration_Scheme (Loc,
10591
              Loop_Parameter_Specification =>
10592
                Make_Loop_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
10593
                  Defining_Identifier => J,
10594
                  Discrete_Subtype_Definition =>
10595
                    Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10596
                      Prefix => New_Reference_To (A, Loc),
10597
                      Attribute_Name => Name_Range))),
10598
 
10599
          Statements => New_List (
10600
            Make_Assignment_Statement (Loc,
10601
              Name       => C_J,
10602
              Expression => Op)));
10603
 
10604
      Formals := New_List (
10605
        Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
10606
          Defining_Identifier => A,
10607
          Parameter_Type      => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
10608
 
10609
        Make_Parameter_Specification (Loc,
10610
          Defining_Identifier => B,
10611
          Parameter_Type      => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)));
10612
 
10613
      Func_Name := Make_Temporary (Loc, 'A');
10614
      Set_Is_Inlined (Func_Name);
10615
 
10616
      Func_Body :=
10617
        Make_Subprogram_Body (Loc,
10618
          Specification =>
10619
            Make_Function_Specification (Loc,
10620
              Defining_Unit_Name       => Func_Name,
10621
              Parameter_Specifications => Formals,
10622
              Result_Definition        => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc)),
10623
 
10624
          Declarations => New_List (
10625
            Make_Object_Declaration (Loc,
10626
              Defining_Identifier => C,
10627
              Object_Definition   => New_Reference_To (Typ, Loc))),
10628
 
10629
          Handled_Statement_Sequence =>
10630
            Make_Handled_Sequence_Of_Statements (Loc,
10631
              Statements => New_List (
10632
                Loop_Statement,
10633
                Make_Simple_Return_Statement (Loc,
10634
                  Expression => New_Reference_To (C, Loc)))));
10635
 
10636
      return Func_Body;
10637
   end Make_Boolean_Array_Op;
10638
 
10639
   --------------------------------
10640
   -- Optimize_Length_Comparison --
10641
   --------------------------------
10642
 
10643
   procedure Optimize_Length_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
10644
      Loc    : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
10645
      Typ    : constant Entity_Id  := Etype (N);
10646
      Result : Node_Id;
10647
 
10648
      Left  : Node_Id;
10649
      Right : Node_Id;
10650
      --  First and Last attribute reference nodes, which end up as left and
10651
      --  right operands of the optimized result.
10652
 
10653
      Is_Zero : Boolean;
10654
      --  True for comparison operand of zero
10655
 
10656
      Comp : Node_Id;
10657
      --  Comparison operand, set only if Is_Zero is false
10658
 
10659
      Ent : Entity_Id;
10660
      --  Entity whose length is being compared
10661
 
10662
      Index : Node_Id;
10663
      --  Integer_Literal node for length attribute expression, or Empty
10664
      --  if there is no such expression present.
10665
 
10666
      Ityp  : Entity_Id;
10667
      --  Type of array index to which 'Length is applied
10668
 
10669
      Op : Node_Kind := Nkind (N);
10670
      --  Kind of comparison operator, gets flipped if operands backwards
10671
 
10672
      function Is_Optimizable (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
10673
      --  Tests N to see if it is an optimizable comparison value (defined as
10674
      --  constant zero or one, or something else where the value is known to
10675
      --  be positive and in the range of 32-bits, and where the corresponding
10676
      --  Length value is also known to be 32-bits. If result is true, sets
10677
      --  Is_Zero, Ityp, and Comp accordingly.
10678
 
10679
      function Is_Entity_Length (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
10680
      --  Tests if N is a length attribute applied to a simple entity. If so,
10681
      --  returns True, and sets Ent to the entity, and Index to the integer
10682
      --  literal provided as an attribute expression, or to Empty if none.
10683
      --  Also returns True if the expression is a generated type conversion
10684
      --  whose expression is of the desired form. This latter case arises
10685
      --  when Apply_Universal_Integer_Attribute_Check installs a conversion
10686
      --  to check for being in range, which is not needed in this context.
10687
      --  Returns False if neither condition holds.
10688
 
10689
      function Prepare_64 (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id;
10690
      --  Given a discrete expression, returns a Long_Long_Integer typed
10691
      --  expression representing the underlying value of the expression.
10692
      --  This is done with an unchecked conversion to the result type. We
10693
      --  use unchecked conversion to handle the enumeration type case.
10694
 
10695
      ----------------------
10696
      -- Is_Entity_Length --
10697
      ----------------------
10698
 
10699
      function Is_Entity_Length (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
10700
      begin
10701
         if Nkind (N) = N_Attribute_Reference
10702
           and then Attribute_Name (N) = Name_Length
10703
           and then Is_Entity_Name (Prefix (N))
10704
         then
10705
            Ent := Entity (Prefix (N));
10706
 
10707
            if Present (Expressions (N)) then
10708
               Index := First (Expressions (N));
10709
            else
10710
               Index := Empty;
10711
            end if;
10712
 
10713
            return True;
10714
 
10715
         elsif Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion
10716
           and then not Comes_From_Source (N)
10717
         then
10718
            return Is_Entity_Length (Expression (N));
10719
 
10720
         else
10721
            return False;
10722
         end if;
10723
      end Is_Entity_Length;
10724
 
10725
      --------------------
10726
      -- Is_Optimizable --
10727
      --------------------
10728
 
10729
      function Is_Optimizable (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
10730
         Val  : Uint;
10731
         OK   : Boolean;
10732
         Lo   : Uint;
10733
         Hi   : Uint;
10734
         Indx : Node_Id;
10735
 
10736
      begin
10737
         if Compile_Time_Known_Value (N) then
10738
            Val := Expr_Value (N);
10739
 
10740
            if Val = Uint_0 then
10741
               Is_Zero := True;
10742
               Comp    := Empty;
10743
               return True;
10744
 
10745
            elsif Val = Uint_1 then
10746
               Is_Zero := False;
10747
               Comp    := Empty;
10748
               return True;
10749
            end if;
10750
         end if;
10751
 
10752
         --  Here we have to make sure of being within 32-bits
10753
 
10754
         Determine_Range (N, OK, Lo, Hi, Assume_Valid => True);
10755
 
10756
         if not OK
10757
           or else Lo < Uint_1
10758
           or else Hi > UI_From_Int (Int'Last)
10759
         then
10760
            return False;
10761
         end if;
10762
 
10763
         --  Comparison value was within range, so now we must check the index
10764
         --  value to make sure it is also within 32-bits.
10765
 
10766
         Indx := First_Index (Etype (Ent));
10767
 
10768
         if Present (Index) then
10769
            for J in 2 .. UI_To_Int (Intval (Index)) loop
10770
               Next_Index (Indx);
10771
            end loop;
10772
         end if;
10773
 
10774
         Ityp := Etype (Indx);
10775
 
10776
         if Esize (Ityp) > 32 then
10777
            return False;
10778
         end if;
10779
 
10780
         Is_Zero := False;
10781
         Comp := N;
10782
         return True;
10783
      end Is_Optimizable;
10784
 
10785
      ----------------
10786
      -- Prepare_64 --
10787
      ----------------
10788
 
10789
      function Prepare_64 (N : Node_Id) return Node_Id is
10790
      begin
10791
         return Unchecked_Convert_To (Standard_Long_Long_Integer, N);
10792
      end Prepare_64;
10793
 
10794
   --  Start of processing for Optimize_Length_Comparison
10795
 
10796
   begin
10797
      --  Nothing to do if not a comparison
10798
 
10799
      if Op not in N_Op_Compare then
10800
         return;
10801
      end if;
10802
 
10803
      --  Nothing to do if special -gnatd.P debug flag set
10804
 
10805
      if Debug_Flag_Dot_PP then
10806
         return;
10807
      end if;
10808
 
10809
      --  Ent'Length op 0/1
10810
 
10811
      if Is_Entity_Length (Left_Opnd (N))
10812
        and then Is_Optimizable (Right_Opnd (N))
10813
      then
10814
         null;
10815
 
10816
      --  0/1 op Ent'Length
10817
 
10818
      elsif Is_Entity_Length (Right_Opnd (N))
10819
        and then Is_Optimizable (Left_Opnd (N))
10820
      then
10821
         --  Flip comparison to opposite sense
10822
 
10823
         case Op is
10824
            when N_Op_Lt => Op := N_Op_Gt;
10825
            when N_Op_Le => Op := N_Op_Ge;
10826
            when N_Op_Gt => Op := N_Op_Lt;
10827
            when N_Op_Ge => Op := N_Op_Le;
10828
            when others  => null;
10829
         end case;
10830
 
10831
      --  Else optimization not possible
10832
 
10833
      else
10834
         return;
10835
      end if;
10836
 
10837
      --  Fall through if we will do the optimization
10838
 
10839
      --  Cases to handle:
10840
 
10841
      --    X'Length = 0  => X'First > X'Last
10842
      --    X'Length = 1  => X'First = X'Last
10843
      --    X'Length = n  => X'First + (n - 1) = X'Last
10844
 
10845
      --    X'Length /= 0 => X'First <= X'Last
10846
      --    X'Length /= 1 => X'First /= X'Last
10847
      --    X'Length /= n => X'First + (n - 1) /= X'Last
10848
 
10849
      --    X'Length >= 0 => always true, warn
10850
      --    X'Length >= 1 => X'First <= X'Last
10851
      --    X'Length >= n => X'First + (n - 1) <= X'Last
10852
 
10853
      --    X'Length > 0  => X'First <= X'Last
10854
      --    X'Length > 1  => X'First < X'Last
10855
      --    X'Length > n  => X'First + (n - 1) < X'Last
10856
 
10857
      --    X'Length <= 0 => X'First > X'Last (warn, could be =)
10858
      --    X'Length <= 1 => X'First >= X'Last
10859
      --    X'Length <= n => X'First + (n - 1) >= X'Last
10860
 
10861
      --    X'Length < 0  => always false (warn)
10862
      --    X'Length < 1  => X'First > X'Last
10863
      --    X'Length < n  => X'First + (n - 1) > X'Last
10864
 
10865
      --  Note: for the cases of n (not constant 0,1), we require that the
10866
      --  corresponding index type be integer or shorter (i.e. not 64-bit),
10867
      --  and the same for the comparison value. Then we do the comparison
10868
      --  using 64-bit arithmetic (actually long long integer), so that we
10869
      --  cannot have overflow intefering with the result.
10870
 
10871
      --  First deal with warning cases
10872
 
10873
      if Is_Zero then
10874
         case Op is
10875
 
10876
            --  X'Length >= 0
10877
 
10878
            when N_Op_Ge =>
10879
               Rewrite (N,
10880
                 Convert_To (Typ, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_True, Loc)));
10881
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
10882
               Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
10883
               return;
10884
 
10885
            --  X'Length < 0
10886
 
10887
            when N_Op_Lt =>
10888
               Rewrite (N,
10889
                 Convert_To (Typ, New_Occurrence_Of (Standard_False, Loc)));
10890
               Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
10891
               Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
10892
               return;
10893
 
10894
            when N_Op_Le =>
10895
               if Constant_Condition_Warnings
10896
                 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
10897
               then
10898
                  Error_Msg_N ("could replace by ""'=""?", N);
10899
               end if;
10900
 
10901
               Op := N_Op_Eq;
10902
 
10903
            when others =>
10904
               null;
10905
         end case;
10906
      end if;
10907
 
10908
      --  Build the First reference we will use
10909
 
10910
      Left :=
10911
        Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10912
          Prefix         => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
10913
          Attribute_Name => Name_First);
10914
 
10915
      if Present (Index) then
10916
         Set_Expressions (Left, New_List (New_Copy (Index)));
10917
      end if;
10918
 
10919
      --  If general value case, then do the addition of (n - 1), and
10920
      --  also add the needed conversions to type Long_Long_Integer.
10921
 
10922
      if Present (Comp) then
10923
         Left :=
10924
           Make_Op_Add (Loc,
10925
             Left_Opnd  => Prepare_64 (Left),
10926
             Right_Opnd =>
10927
               Make_Op_Subtract (Loc,
10928
                 Left_Opnd  => Prepare_64 (Comp),
10929
                 Right_Opnd => Make_Integer_Literal (Loc, 1)));
10930
      end if;
10931
 
10932
      --  Build the Last reference we will use
10933
 
10934
      Right :=
10935
        Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
10936
          Prefix         => New_Occurrence_Of (Ent, Loc),
10937
          Attribute_Name => Name_Last);
10938
 
10939
      if Present (Index) then
10940
         Set_Expressions (Right, New_List (New_Copy (Index)));
10941
      end if;
10942
 
10943
      --  If general operand, convert Last reference to Long_Long_Integer
10944
 
10945
      if Present (Comp) then
10946
         Right := Prepare_64 (Right);
10947
      end if;
10948
 
10949
      --  Check for cases to optimize
10950
 
10951
      --  X'Length = 0  => X'First > X'Last
10952
      --  X'Length < 1  => X'First > X'Last
10953
      --  X'Length < n  => X'First + (n - 1) > X'Last
10954
 
10955
      if (Is_Zero and then Op = N_Op_Eq)
10956
        or else (not Is_Zero and then Op = N_Op_Lt)
10957
      then
10958
         Result :=
10959
           Make_Op_Gt (Loc,
10960
             Left_Opnd  => Left,
10961
             Right_Opnd => Right);
10962
 
10963
      --  X'Length = 1  => X'First = X'Last
10964
      --  X'Length = n  => X'First + (n - 1) = X'Last
10965
 
10966
      elsif not Is_Zero and then Op = N_Op_Eq then
10967
         Result :=
10968
           Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
10969
             Left_Opnd  => Left,
10970
             Right_Opnd => Right);
10971
 
10972
      --  X'Length /= 0 => X'First <= X'Last
10973
      --  X'Length > 0  => X'First <= X'Last
10974
 
10975
      elsif Is_Zero and (Op = N_Op_Ne or else Op = N_Op_Gt) then
10976
         Result :=
10977
           Make_Op_Le (Loc,
10978
             Left_Opnd  => Left,
10979
             Right_Opnd => Right);
10980
 
10981
      --  X'Length /= 1 => X'First /= X'Last
10982
      --  X'Length /= n => X'First + (n - 1) /= X'Last
10983
 
10984
      elsif not Is_Zero and then Op = N_Op_Ne then
10985
         Result :=
10986
           Make_Op_Ne (Loc,
10987
             Left_Opnd  => Left,
10988
             Right_Opnd => Right);
10989
 
10990
      --  X'Length >= 1 => X'First <= X'Last
10991
      --  X'Length >= n => X'First + (n - 1) <= X'Last
10992
 
10993
      elsif not Is_Zero and then Op = N_Op_Ge then
10994
         Result :=
10995
           Make_Op_Le (Loc,
10996
             Left_Opnd  => Left,
10997
                       Right_Opnd => Right);
10998
 
10999
      --  X'Length > 1  => X'First < X'Last
11000
      --  X'Length > n  => X'First + (n = 1) < X'Last
11001
 
11002
      elsif not Is_Zero and then Op = N_Op_Gt then
11003
         Result :=
11004
           Make_Op_Lt (Loc,
11005
             Left_Opnd  => Left,
11006
             Right_Opnd => Right);
11007
 
11008
      --  X'Length <= 1 => X'First >= X'Last
11009
      --  X'Length <= n => X'First + (n - 1) >= X'Last
11010
 
11011
      elsif not Is_Zero and then Op = N_Op_Le then
11012
         Result :=
11013
           Make_Op_Ge (Loc,
11014
             Left_Opnd  => Left,
11015
             Right_Opnd => Right);
11016
 
11017
      --  Should not happen at this stage
11018
 
11019
      else
11020
         raise Program_Error;
11021
      end if;
11022
 
11023
      --  Rewrite and finish up
11024
 
11025
      Rewrite (N, Result);
11026
      Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
11027
      return;
11028
   end Optimize_Length_Comparison;
11029
 
11030
   ------------------------
11031
   -- Rewrite_Comparison --
11032
   ------------------------
11033
 
11034
   procedure Rewrite_Comparison (N : Node_Id) is
11035
      Warning_Generated : Boolean := False;
11036
      --  Set to True if first pass with Assume_Valid generates a warning in
11037
      --  which case we skip the second pass to avoid warning overloaded.
11038
 
11039
      Result : Node_Id;
11040
      --  Set to Standard_True or Standard_False
11041
 
11042
   begin
11043
      if Nkind (N) = N_Type_Conversion then
11044
         Rewrite_Comparison (Expression (N));
11045
         return;
11046
 
11047
      elsif Nkind (N) not in N_Op_Compare then
11048
         return;
11049
      end if;
11050
 
11051
      --  Now start looking at the comparison in detail. We potentially go
11052
      --  through this loop twice. The first time, Assume_Valid is set False
11053
      --  in the call to Compile_Time_Compare. If this call results in a
11054
      --  clear result of always True or Always False, that's decisive and
11055
      --  we are done. Otherwise we repeat the processing with Assume_Valid
11056
      --  set to True to generate additional warnings. We can skip that step
11057
      --  if Constant_Condition_Warnings is False.
11058
 
11059
      for AV in False .. True loop
11060
         declare
11061
            Typ : constant Entity_Id := Etype (N);
11062
            Op1 : constant Node_Id   := Left_Opnd (N);
11063
            Op2 : constant Node_Id   := Right_Opnd (N);
11064
 
11065
            Res : constant Compare_Result :=
11066
                    Compile_Time_Compare (Op1, Op2, Assume_Valid => AV);
11067
            --  Res indicates if compare outcome can be compile time determined
11068
 
11069
            True_Result  : Boolean;
11070
            False_Result : Boolean;
11071
 
11072
         begin
11073
            case N_Op_Compare (Nkind (N)) is
11074
            when N_Op_Eq =>
11075
               True_Result  := Res = EQ;
11076
               False_Result := Res = LT or else Res = GT or else Res = NE;
11077
 
11078
            when N_Op_Ge =>
11079
               True_Result  := Res in Compare_GE;
11080
               False_Result := Res = LT;
11081
 
11082
               if Res = LE
11083
                 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
11084
                 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
11085
                 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Ge
11086
                 and then not In_Instance
11087
                 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
11088
                 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
11089
               then
11090
                  Error_Msg_N
11091
                    ("can never be greater than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
11092
                  Warning_Generated := True;
11093
               end if;
11094
 
11095
            when N_Op_Gt =>
11096
               True_Result  := Res = GT;
11097
               False_Result := Res in Compare_LE;
11098
 
11099
            when N_Op_Lt =>
11100
               True_Result  := Res = LT;
11101
               False_Result := Res in Compare_GE;
11102
 
11103
            when N_Op_Le =>
11104
               True_Result  := Res in Compare_LE;
11105
               False_Result := Res = GT;
11106
 
11107
               if Res = GE
11108
                 and then Constant_Condition_Warnings
11109
                 and then Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
11110
                 and then Nkind (Original_Node (N)) = N_Op_Le
11111
                 and then not In_Instance
11112
                 and then Is_Integer_Type (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
11113
                 and then not Has_Warnings_Off (Etype (Left_Opnd (N)))
11114
               then
11115
                  Error_Msg_N
11116
                    ("can never be less than, could replace by ""'=""?", N);
11117
                  Warning_Generated := True;
11118
               end if;
11119
 
11120
            when N_Op_Ne =>
11121
               True_Result  := Res = NE or else Res = GT or else Res = LT;
11122
               False_Result := Res = EQ;
11123
            end case;
11124
 
11125
            --  If this is the first iteration, then we actually convert the
11126
            --  comparison into True or False, if the result is certain.
11127
 
11128
            if AV = False then
11129
               if True_Result or False_Result then
11130
                  if True_Result then
11131
                     Result := Standard_True;
11132
                  else
11133
                     Result := Standard_False;
11134
                  end if;
11135
 
11136
                  Rewrite (N,
11137
                    Convert_To (Typ,
11138
                      New_Occurrence_Of (Result, Sloc (N))));
11139
                  Analyze_And_Resolve (N, Typ);
11140
                  Warn_On_Known_Condition (N);
11141
                  return;
11142
               end if;
11143
 
11144
            --  If this is the second iteration (AV = True), and the original
11145
            --  node comes from source and we are not in an instance, then give
11146
            --  a warning if we know result would be True or False. Note: we
11147
            --  know Constant_Condition_Warnings is set if we get here.
11148
 
11149
            elsif Comes_From_Source (Original_Node (N))
11150
              and then not In_Instance
11151
            then
11152
               if True_Result then
11153
                  Error_Msg_N
11154
                    ("condition can only be False if invalid values present?",
11155
                     N);
11156
               elsif False_Result then
11157
                  Error_Msg_N
11158
                    ("condition can only be True if invalid values present?",
11159
                     N);
11160
               end if;
11161
            end if;
11162
         end;
11163
 
11164
         --  Skip second iteration if not warning on constant conditions or
11165
         --  if the first iteration already generated a warning of some kind or
11166
         --  if we are in any case assuming all values are valid (so that the
11167
         --  first iteration took care of the valid case).
11168
 
11169
         exit when not Constant_Condition_Warnings;
11170
         exit when Warning_Generated;
11171
         exit when Assume_No_Invalid_Values;
11172
      end loop;
11173
   end Rewrite_Comparison;
11174
 
11175
   ----------------------------
11176
   -- Safe_In_Place_Array_Op --
11177
   ----------------------------
11178
 
11179
   function Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
11180
     (Lhs : Node_Id;
11181
      Op1 : Node_Id;
11182
      Op2 : Node_Id) return Boolean
11183
   is
11184
      Target : Entity_Id;
11185
 
11186
      function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean;
11187
      --  Operand is safe if it cannot overlap part of the target of the
11188
      --  operation. If the operand and the target are identical, the operand
11189
      --  is safe. The operand can be empty in the case of negation.
11190
 
11191
      function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean;
11192
      --  Check that N is a stand-alone entity
11193
 
11194
      ------------------
11195
      -- Is_Unaliased --
11196
      ------------------
11197
 
11198
      function Is_Unaliased (N : Node_Id) return Boolean is
11199
      begin
11200
         return
11201
           Is_Entity_Name (N)
11202
             and then No (Address_Clause (Entity (N)))
11203
             and then No (Renamed_Object (Entity (N)));
11204
      end Is_Unaliased;
11205
 
11206
      ---------------------
11207
      -- Is_Safe_Operand --
11208
      ---------------------
11209
 
11210
      function Is_Safe_Operand (Op : Node_Id) return Boolean is
11211
      begin
11212
         if No (Op) then
11213
            return True;
11214
 
11215
         elsif Is_Entity_Name (Op) then
11216
            return Is_Unaliased (Op);
11217
 
11218
         elsif Nkind_In (Op, N_Indexed_Component, N_Selected_Component) then
11219
            return Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op));
11220
 
11221
         elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Slice then
11222
            return
11223
              Is_Unaliased (Prefix (Op))
11224
                and then Entity (Prefix (Op)) /= Target;
11225
 
11226
         elsif Nkind (Op) = N_Op_Not then
11227
            return Is_Safe_Operand (Right_Opnd (Op));
11228
 
11229
         else
11230
            return False;
11231
         end if;
11232
      end Is_Safe_Operand;
11233
 
11234
   --  Start of processing for Is_Safe_In_Place_Array_Op
11235
 
11236
   begin
11237
      --  Skip this processing if the component size is different from system
11238
      --  storage unit (since at least for NOT this would cause problems).
11239
 
11240
      if Component_Size (Etype (Lhs)) /= System_Storage_Unit then
11241
         return False;
11242
 
11243
      --  Cannot do in place stuff on VM_Target since cannot pass addresses
11244
 
11245
      elsif VM_Target /= No_VM then
11246
         return False;
11247
 
11248
      --  Cannot do in place stuff if non-standard Boolean representation
11249
 
11250
      elsif Has_Non_Standard_Rep (Component_Type (Etype (Lhs))) then
11251
         return False;
11252
 
11253
      elsif not Is_Unaliased (Lhs) then
11254
         return False;
11255
 
11256
      else
11257
         Target := Entity (Lhs);
11258
         return Is_Safe_Operand (Op1) and then Is_Safe_Operand (Op2);
11259
      end if;
11260
   end Safe_In_Place_Array_Op;
11261
 
11262
   -----------------------
11263
   -- Tagged_Membership --
11264
   -----------------------
11265
 
11266
   --  There are two different cases to consider depending on whether the right
11267
   --  operand is a class-wide type or not. If not we just compare the actual
11268
   --  tag of the left expr to the target type tag:
11269
   --
11270
   --     Left_Expr.Tag = Right_Type'Tag;
11271
   --
11272
   --  If it is a class-wide type we use the RT function CW_Membership which is
11273
   --  usually implemented by looking in the ancestor tables contained in the
11274
   --  dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
11275
 
11276
   --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): If it is a class-wide interface type we use the RT
11277
   --  function IW_Membership which is usually implemented by looking in the
11278
   --  table of abstract interface types plus the ancestor table contained in
11279
   --  the dispatch table pointed by Left_Expr.Tag for Typ'Tag
11280
 
11281
   procedure Tagged_Membership
11282
     (N         : Node_Id;
11283
      SCIL_Node : out Node_Id;
11284
      Result    : out Node_Id)
11285
   is
11286
      Left  : constant Node_Id    := Left_Opnd  (N);
11287
      Right : constant Node_Id    := Right_Opnd (N);
11288
      Loc   : constant Source_Ptr := Sloc (N);
11289
 
11290
      Full_R_Typ : Entity_Id;
11291
      Left_Type  : Entity_Id;
11292
      New_Node   : Node_Id;
11293
      Right_Type : Entity_Id;
11294
      Obj_Tag    : Node_Id;
11295
 
11296
   begin
11297
      SCIL_Node := Empty;
11298
 
11299
      --  Handle entities from the limited view
11300
 
11301
      Left_Type  := Available_View (Etype (Left));
11302
      Right_Type := Available_View (Etype (Right));
11303
 
11304
      --  In the case where the type is an access type, the test is applied
11305
      --  using the designated types (needed in Ada 2012 for implicit anonymous
11306
      --  access conversions, for AI05-0149).
11307
 
11308
      if Is_Access_Type (Right_Type) then
11309
         Left_Type  := Designated_Type (Left_Type);
11310
         Right_Type := Designated_Type (Right_Type);
11311
      end if;
11312
 
11313
      if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type) then
11314
         Left_Type := Root_Type (Left_Type);
11315
      end if;
11316
 
11317
      if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
11318
         Full_R_Typ := Underlying_Type (Root_Type (Right_Type));
11319
      else
11320
         Full_R_Typ := Underlying_Type (Right_Type);
11321
      end if;
11322
 
11323
      Obj_Tag :=
11324
        Make_Selected_Component (Loc,
11325
          Prefix        => Relocate_Node (Left),
11326
          Selector_Name =>
11327
            New_Reference_To (First_Tag_Component (Left_Type), Loc));
11328
 
11329
      if Is_Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type) then
11330
 
11331
         --  No need to issue a run-time check if we statically know that the
11332
         --  result of this membership test is always true. For example,
11333
         --  considering the following declarations:
11334
 
11335
         --    type Iface is interface;
11336
         --    type T     is tagged null record;
11337
         --    type DT    is new T and Iface with null record;
11338
 
11339
         --    Obj1 : T;
11340
         --    Obj2 : DT;
11341
 
11342
         --  These membership tests are always true:
11343
 
11344
         --    Obj1 in T'Class
11345
         --    Obj2 in T'Class;
11346
         --    Obj2 in Iface'Class;
11347
 
11348
         --  We do not need to handle cases where the membership is illegal.
11349
         --  For example:
11350
 
11351
         --    Obj1 in DT'Class;     --  Compile time error
11352
         --    Obj1 in Iface'Class;  --  Compile time error
11353
 
11354
         if not Is_Class_Wide_Type (Left_Type)
11355
           and then (Is_Ancestor (Etype (Right_Type), Left_Type,
11356
                                  Use_Full_View => True)
11357
                       or else (Is_Interface (Etype (Right_Type))
11358
                                 and then Interface_Present_In_Ancestor
11359
                                           (Typ   => Left_Type,
11360
                                            Iface => Etype (Right_Type))))
11361
         then
11362
            Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_True, Loc);
11363
            return;
11364
         end if;
11365
 
11366
         --  Ada 2005 (AI-251): Class-wide applied to interfaces
11367
 
11368
         if Is_Interface (Etype (Class_Wide_Type (Right_Type)))
11369
 
11370
            --   Support to: "Iface_CW_Typ in Typ'Class"
11371
 
11372
           or else Is_Interface (Left_Type)
11373
         then
11374
            --  Issue error if IW_Membership operation not available in a
11375
            --  configurable run time setting.
11376
 
11377
            if not RTE_Available (RE_IW_Membership) then
11378
               Error_Msg_CRT
11379
                 ("dynamic membership test on interface types", N);
11380
               Result := Empty;
11381
               return;
11382
            end if;
11383
 
11384
            Result :=
11385
              Make_Function_Call (Loc,
11386
                 Name => New_Occurrence_Of (RTE (RE_IW_Membership), Loc),
11387
                 Parameter_Associations => New_List (
11388
                   Make_Attribute_Reference (Loc,
11389
                     Prefix => Obj_Tag,
11390
                     Attribute_Name => Name_Address),
11391
                   New_Reference_To (
11392
                     Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Full_R_Typ))),
11393
                     Loc)));
11394
 
11395
         --  Ada 95: Normal case
11396
 
11397
         else
11398
            Build_CW_Membership (Loc,
11399
              Obj_Tag_Node => Obj_Tag,
11400
              Typ_Tag_Node =>
11401
                 New_Reference_To (
11402
                   Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Full_R_Typ))),  Loc),
11403
              Related_Nod => N,
11404
              New_Node    => New_Node);
11405
 
11406
            --  Generate the SCIL node for this class-wide membership test.
11407
            --  Done here because the previous call to Build_CW_Membership
11408
            --  relocates Obj_Tag.
11409
 
11410
            if Generate_SCIL then
11411
               SCIL_Node := Make_SCIL_Membership_Test (Sloc (N));
11412
               Set_SCIL_Entity (SCIL_Node, Etype (Right_Type));
11413
               Set_SCIL_Tag_Value (SCIL_Node, Obj_Tag);
11414
            end if;
11415
 
11416
            Result := New_Node;
11417
         end if;
11418
 
11419
      --  Right_Type is not a class-wide type
11420
 
11421
      else
11422
         --  No need to check the tag of the object if Right_Typ is abstract
11423
 
11424
         if Is_Abstract_Type (Right_Type) then
11425
            Result := New_Reference_To (Standard_False, Loc);
11426
 
11427
         else
11428
            Result :=
11429
              Make_Op_Eq (Loc,
11430
                Left_Opnd  => Obj_Tag,
11431
                Right_Opnd =>
11432
                  New_Reference_To
11433
                    (Node (First_Elmt (Access_Disp_Table (Full_R_Typ))), Loc));
11434
         end if;
11435
      end if;
11436
   end Tagged_Membership;
11437
 
11438
   ------------------------------
11439
   -- Unary_Op_Validity_Checks --
11440
   ------------------------------
11441
 
11442
   procedure Unary_Op_Validity_Checks (N : Node_Id) is
11443
   begin
11444
      if Validity_Checks_On and Validity_Check_Operands then
11445
         Ensure_Valid (Right_Opnd (N));
11446
      end if;
11447
   end Unary_Op_Validity_Checks;
11448
 
11449
end Exp_Ch4;

powered by: WebSVN 2.1.0

© copyright 1999-2024 OpenCores.org, equivalent to Oliscience, all rights reserved. OpenCores®, registered trademark.